TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORP
10-K, 1994-03-15
PERSONAL CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
Previous: THOMAS INDUSTRIES INC, DEF 14A, 1994-03-15
Next: TYSON FOODS INC, PREC14A, 1994-03-15



PAGE 1



                  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                        Washington, D. C. 20549

                               FORM 10-K
                                   
       (X) Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
                    Securities Exchange Act of 1934
                                   
For the fiscal year ended         Commission file number 1-6798
  December 31, 1993
                                   
                   Transamerica Finance Corporation
        (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                Delaware                        95-1077235
                ---------                      -----------
(State or other jurisdication             (I.R.S. Employer
  of incorporation or organization)       Identifcation No.)
                                          
         1150 South Olive Street          
         Los Angeles, California                  90015
        -------------------------                 -----
(Address of principal executive offices)  (Zip Code)

  Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (213) 742-4321

      Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                   
                                          Name of each exchange
           Title of each class            on which registered
          --------------------            -----------------------
                                          
8-1/2% Notes Maturing at Holder's Option    
  Annually on July 1 and due July 1, 2001   New York Stock Exchange

   Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

      Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed  all
reports  required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934 during the preceding 12  months  (or  for  such
shorter  period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and  (2)  has been subject to such filing requirements for the past  90
days.               YES__X__    NO__

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant
to  Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained,  to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive  proxy
or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  (   )  Not Applicable

      All  of the outstanding shares of the registrant's capital  stock
are owned by Transamerica Finance Group, Inc., which is wholly owned by
Transamerica Corporation.

     Number of shares of common stock, $10 par value, outstanding as of
close of business on March 14, 1994:  1,464,285.

       The  registrant  meets  the  conditions  set  forth  in  General
Instruction  J(1)(a) and (b) of Form 10-K and is therefore filing  this
form with the reduced disclosure format.
PAGE 2
                (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
                                   
PAGE 3
                                PART I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

THE COMPANY

   Transamerica  Finance  Corporation, a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of
Transamerica  Finance  Group, Inc. ("TFG")  which  is  a  wholly  owned
subsidiary  of  Transamerica Corporation,  is  principally  engaged  in
consumer  lending,  commercial lending and leasing operations.   Unless
the  context  indicates otherwise, the terms "Company" and "Registrant"
as  used  herein  refer  to Transamerica Finance  Corporation  and  its
subsidiaries.

   Transamerica  Corporation (Transamerica)  is  a  financial  services
organization  which  engages  through  its  subsidiaries  in   consumer
lending,  commercial  lending,  leasing,  real  estate  services,  life
insurance  and  asset  management.  Transamerica  was  incorporated  in
Delaware in 1928.

   The  Company  was incorporated in Delaware in 1931  under  the  name
Pacific  Finance Corporation, as successor to a California  corporation
of  the  same  name organized in 1920.  In 1961, the Company  became  a
wholly  owned  subsidiary of Transamerica Corporation,  which  in  1990
formed TFG to own all the Company's outstanding capital stock.

   On  July  17,  1990,  the Company acquired  FIFSI,  Inc.  (dba  NOVA
Financial  Services), a consumer lending subsidiary of First Interstate
Bancorp, for $117,455,000 in cash and the assumption of $445,400,000 of
liabilities.  The transaction was accounted for as a purchase  and  the
operations  of  NOVA  Financial Services  have  been  included  in  the
Consolidated Statement of Operations from the date of acquisition.

   The Company provides funding for its subsidiaries' consumer lending,
commercial  lending and leasing operations and for  the  operations  of
certain  wholly owned subsidiaries of TFG.  Capital is allocated  among
the  operations  based  on  their capital needs.   The  operations  are
required  to  maintain prudent financial ratios consistent  with  other
companies  in their respective industries.  The Company's  total  notes
and  loans  payable  were  $7,031,503,000  at  December  31,  1993  and
$6,589,576,000  at  December  31,  1992.   Variable   rate   debt   was
$3,970,484,000   at   December   31,   1993   and   $3,492,842,000   at
December  31, 1992.  The ratio of debt to debt plus equity was  83%  at
December 31, 1993 and 82% at December 31, 1992.

  Transamerica Finance Corporation offers publicly, from time to time,
senior or subordinated debt securities. Public debt issued totaled
approximately $407,000,000 in 1993, $538,700,000 in 1992 and
$1,107,800,000 in 1991.  Under a shelf registration filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission in 1991 to offer publicly up to
$1,500,000,000 of senior or subordinated debt securities with varying
terms, debt securities totaling $1,400,000,000 had been sold through
December 31, 1993.  In addition, under a registration statement filed
in July 1993, the Company may offer up to $2,000,000,000 of senior or
subordinated debt securities (which may include medium-term notes,)
with varying terms, of which $1,853,000,000 remained unsold as of
December 31, 1993.

   Liquidity is a characteristic of the Company's operations since  the
majority  of the assets consist of finance receivables. Principal  cash
collections of finance receivables totaled $11,535,766,000 during 1993,
$9,415,231,000 during 1992 and $8,375,018,000 during 1991.
PAGE 4
CONSUMER LENDING

GENERAL

   The Company's consumer lending services are provided by Transamerica
Financial Services, headquartered in Los Angeles, California, which has
561  branch lending offices.  Branch offices are located in the  United
States (548 in 41 states), Canada (11) and United Kingdom (2).

   Transamerica Financial Services makes both real estate  secured  and
unsecured  loans  to  individuals.  The company's  customers  typically
borrow  to  consolidate debt, finance home remodeling,  pay  for  their
children's  college educations, make major purchases,  take  vacations,
and for other personal uses.

  Transamerica Financial Services offers three principal loan products:
fixed  rate  real estate secured loans, revolving real  estate  secured
lines of credit and personal loans.  The company's primary business  is
making  fixed  rate,  home  equity loans that  generally  range  up  to
$200,000.  Approximately 83% of the net finance receivables outstanding
at December  31,  1993  are secured by residential  properties.   Of
the Company's real estate portfolio, 50% is secured by first mortgages.
Since  1991,  the  company  has continued  to  broaden  its  receivable
portfolio  by  expanding  its revolving real estate  secured  lines  of
credit, its unsecured personal loan business and its purchase of retail
finance  contracts  from  dealers  (i.e.,  appliances,  furniture   and
services).

  When permitted by law, the consumer lending services offer to arrange
credit  life  and  disability  insurance in  connection  with  consumer
instalment loans and generally require that property securing  consumer
loans be insured.  The consumer lending operation receives a fee if  it
arranges   such   insurance.   Credit  life  insurance  satisfies   the
obligation  of  the  borrower  in the  event  of  death,  while  credit
disability  insurance  satisfies  the  borrower's  obligation  to   pay
instalments during a period of disability.  Property insurance  insures
the  collateral  against  damage or loss.   Beginning  in  April  1991,
substantially  all such insurance arranged for by the consumer  lending
operation  was underwritten by subsidiaries of the Company's commercial
lending operation.

<TABLE>

Consumer Finance Receivables

   The  following  tables  set  forth the volume  of  consumer  finance
receivables  acquired  during the years indicated  and  the  amount  of
consumer finance receivables outstanding at the end of each such year:

<CAPTION>
                                   
            VOLUME OF CONSUMER FINANCE RECEIVABLES ACQUIRED

                                          Years Ended December 31,
                              -------------------------------------------------
                                1993      1992      1991      1990      1989
                                ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
                                          (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Consumer instalment loans:                                                                                            
(1)(2)
 Real estate secured(3)       $1,039,39 $1,120,54 $1,308,94 $1,800,20 $1,283,53
                                      4         9         1         4         8
                                    65%       72%       81%       87%       86%
 Other(4)                       524,241   436,521   310,607   276,240   194,126
                                    33%       28%       19%       13%       13%
                              --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
                              1,563,635 1,557,070 1,619,548 2,076,444 1,477,664
                                    98%      100%      100%      100%       99%
Other finance receivables(5)     29,181     4,843     5,310     5,773     7,694
                                     2%                                      1%
                              --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
 Total                        $1,592,81 $1,561,91 $1,624,85 $2,082,21 $1,485,35
                                      6         3         8         7         8
                                   100%      100%      100%      100%      100%
                              ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
<FN>
- -----------------
(1)Includes balances refinanced.
(2)Includes  $491,236,000  in 1990 related to the purchase  of  NOVA  Financial
   Services  (NOVA) on July 17, 1990 (real estate secured -$458,650,000;  other
   instalment loans - $32,586,000).
(3)Includes  only  loans  which  at inception were  at  least  50%  secured  by
   residential  real  estate  and which had an original  advance  over  $10,000
   ($6,000 prior to July 1, 1992). The 1993 and 1992 decreases were mainly  due
   to  sluggishness  in  the domestic economy and a weak  real  estate  market,
   particularly in California.
(4)The   increase   in  1990  includes  unsecured  loans  to   executives   and
   professionals  related  to  the  purchase of  NOVA.   Increases  since  1990
   reflect  general  expansion  in the company's  program  of  non-real  estate
   secured loans.
</TABLE>

PAGE 5
<TABLE>

(5)The  increase  in  1993  resulted from expansion  into  the  retail  finance
   contract   business,   purchasing  principally  contracts   on   appliances,
   furniture  and  services.   The amounts for 1989  through  1992  principally
   represented automobiles leased to affiliated companies.

                        ----------------------
                                   
<CAPTION>
               CONSUMER FINANCE RECEIVABLES OUTSTANDING


                                                           As of December 31,
                                       1993         1992         1991         1990         1989
                                       ----         ----         ----         ----         ----
                                                     (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Consumer instalment loans:                                                                         
 Real Estate secured(1)              $3,214,468   $3,267,479   $3,268,918   $2,962,674   $2,836,152
                                            84%          87%          91%          91%          92%
 Other(2)                               595,284      482,819      334,304      291,248      229,218
                                            15%          13%           9%           9%           8%
                                      3,809,752    3,750,298    3,603,222    3,253,922    3,065,370
                                            99%         100%         100%         100%         100%
Other finance receivables(3)             22,276        6,355        7,503        9,193       10,230
                                             1%                                                    
                                      3,832,028    3,756,653    3,610,725    3,263,115    3,075,600
                                           100%         100%         100%         100%         100%
Less unearned finance charges                                                                        
  and insurance premiums                  181,505      177,310      165,295      150,229      150,214
                                                                                                   
 Total net finance receivables(4)    $3,650,523   $3,579,343   $3,445,430   $3,112,886   $2,925,386
<FN>
- ------------
(1)   See footnote 3 on preceding table.
(2)   See footnote 4 on preceding table.
(3)   See footnote 5 on preceding table.
(4)   Outstandings shown above excludes accounts in foreclosure and assets held for sale.


   Earned finance charges as a percentage of the average amount of  net
finance  receivables outstanding during each of the years 1989  through
1993 were 18.3%, 18.2%, 18.0%, 17.9% and 17.5%.

   A  summary  of  consumer  instalment loan  activity  for  the  years
indicated is as follows:

<CAPTION>
                                               Years Ended December 31,
                            --------------------------------------------------------
                                    1993        1992        1991        1990        1989
                                  ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
<S>                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Volume by source:                                                                       
 New borrowers                     45.5%       46.0%       38.4%       32.8%       32.2%
 Former borrowers                   15.6        10.5         8.2         8.4         9.0
 Renewals:                                                                              
  Balances refinanced               19.6        21.9        27.4        29.1        27.2
  Additions to renewed                                                                  
     balances                       19.3        21.6        26.0        29.7        31.6
                                  ------      ------      ------      ------      ------
                                                                                        
    Total                         100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
                                  ======      ======      ======      ======      ======
                                                                                        
Average size of loan made         $11,561     $13,489     $16,756     $17,989     $18,582
including renewals
                                                                                        
Outstanding at end of year:                                                             
 Amount (in thousands)        $3,809,752  $3,750,298  $3,603,222  $3,253,922  $3,065,370
 Number                          251,457     219,911     195,377     183,825     174,768
 Average balance              $   15,151  $   17,054  $   18,442  $   17,701  $   17,540
</TABLE>
PAGE 6
<TABLE>

Delinquent Receivables

   The  following table shows the ratio of consumer finance receivables
which are contractually past due 60 days or more and 90 days or more to
finance  receivables outstanding for each category and in total  as  of
the end of each of the years indicated:

<CAPTION>
                                                      As of December 31,
                                         ---------------------------------------------
                                          1993      1992      1991      1990      1989
                                         -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
<S>                                  <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Consumer instalment loans: 
 Real estate secured:(1)
   60 days and over                      1.86%     1.84%     1.73%     1.49%     1.21%
   90 days and over                       1.20      1.10      0.94      0.81      0.62
                                                                                      
 Other consumer instalment loans:                                                     
   60 days and over                       2.71      2.00      2.19      2.09      2.70
   90 days and over                       2.22      0.26      1.49      1.49      2.05
                                         -----     -----     -----     -----     -----

   Total consumer instalment loan                                                     
     60 days and over                     1.99      1.86      1.77      1.54      1.32
     90 days and over                     1.36      0.99      0.99      0.87      0.72
                                         -----     -----     -----     -----     -----

Other finance receivables:                                                            
   60 days and over                       3.96      0.09      0.14                    
   90 days and over                       2.30      0.05      0.07                    
                                         -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
                                                                                      
   Total finance receivables:(2)(3)                                                   
     60 days and over                    2.00%     1.86%     1.76%     1.54%     1.32%
     90 days and over                    1.36%     0.99%     0.99%     0.87%     0.72%
                                         =====     =====     =====     =====     =====
<FN>
- ------------
(1) Includes  only loans which at inception were at least 50% secured by  residential
    real  estate and which had an original advance over $10,000 ($6,000 prior to July
    1, 1992).
(2) The  increasing delinquency through 1993 was principally due to the  sluggishness
    in  the domestic economy and, in particular, the weakening in the California real
    estate market.
(3) Delinquency  statistics  shown above exclude accounts in foreclosure and assets
    held for sale.

</TABLE>

Nonearning Receivables

   Nonearning consumer finance receivables, which are defined as those
past due more than 29 days, amounted to $156,542,000 and $140,763,000
at December 31, 1993 and 1992.  Payments received on nonearning
receivables are applied to principal and interest according to the terms
of the loan; however, accrued interest receivable and amortization of
other finance charges are recognized in income only on accounts past due
less than 30 days.  During 1993, the gross amount  of interest income that
would have been recorded on receivables classified as nonearning at year
end was $25,496,000 and the amount of interest on those loans that was
recognized in income was $15,234,000.

Accounts in Foreclosure and Assets Held for Sale

   Generally, by the time an account secured by residential real estate
becomes past due 90 days, foreclosure proceedings have begun, at  which
time the account is moved from finance receivables to other assets  and
is  written down to the estimated realizable value of the collateral if
less  than the account balance.  After foreclosure, repossessed  assets
are  carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated  selling
costs  and  are  reclassified to assets held  for  sale.   Accounts  in
foreclosure  and repossessed assets held for sale totaled  $214,665,000
at  December  31, 1993 compared to $176,054,000 at December  31,  1992.
The  increase primarily reflects increased repossessions in  California
and longer disposal times due to its weak real estate market.
PAGE 7

<TABLE>
Credit Loss Experience

   Certain  information regarding credit losses on finance  receivables
for  the consumer lending operation during the years indicated  is  set
forth in the following table:

<CAPTION>

                                                          Years Ended December 31,
                                           -----------------------------------------------------
                                            1993        1992        1991        1990        1989
                                            -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
                                                        (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Provision for credit losses charged                                                              
  to income                               $62,349     $47,985     $42,214     $35,617     $32,820
                                                                                                 
Credit losses (net of recoveries)(1)      $60,653     $42,961     $32,986     $25,757     $25,214
                                                                                                 
 Ratio to average net finance                                                                    
    receivables outstanding:
  Consumer instalment loans:(2)
   Real estate secured                      1.35%       0.85%       0.78%       0.68%       0.74%
   Other                                     3.43        4.25        3.12        2.22        2.68
                                            -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
                                                                                                 
     Total consumer instalment                                                                   
        loans                                1.67        1.22        1.00        0.80        0.91
  Other finance receivables                  0.35        0.11        0.25       (0.01)      (0.13)
                                            -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
                                                                                                 
     Total(2)                               1.67%       1.22%       1.00%       0.79%       0.91%
                                            =====       =====       =====       =====       =====
                                                                                                 
Allowance for losses at end of                                                                   
  year(3)(4)                             $103,313    $101,195     $98,185     $88,535     $79,379
Ratio to net finance receivables                                                                 
  outstanding(5)                            2.83%       2.83%       2.85%       2.85%       2.71%
<FN>
- -------------

(1) Credit  losses  increased $17,692,000 (41%) in 1993 due to increased losses  on  real
    estate  secured instalment loans of $14,915,000 (56%) and on non-real estate  secured
    receivables  of $2,777,000 (17%).  Credit losses increased $9,975,000 (30%)  in  1992
    due  to increased losses on real estate secured instalment loans of $3,221,000  (14%)
    and  on  non-real  estate  secured receivables of $6,754,000  (70%).   Credit  losses
    increased  $7,229,000 (28%) in 1991 due to increased losses on  real  estate  secured
    instalment  loans of $3,201,000 (16%) and on non-real estate secured  receivables  of
    $4,028,000  (71%).  The increases since 1990 in credit losses on real estate  secured
    loans  resulted  mainly from the continuing weakening of the California  real  estate
    market.   The  1993,  1992  and 1991 increases in credit losses  on  non-real  estate
    secured  loans  was caused by growth in the related outstandings and sluggishness  in
    the  domestic economy.  With the adoption in the fourth quarter of 1992 of a required
    new accounting rule, losses on the disposal of repossessed assets were classified  as
    operating  expenses  rather than as credit losses.  Data for  periods  prior  to  the
    fourth quarter of 1992 have not been reclassified.
(2) In the case of real estate secured loans, includes only loans which at inception were
    at  least  50%  secured by residential real estate and which had an original  advance
    over  $10,000  ($6,000 prior to July 1, 1992).  The changes in  ratios  were  due  to
    corresponding fluctuations in credit losses (see note 1 above).
(3) In  connection  with  the  acquisition of NOVA in 1990, the  company  established  an
    allowance for losses of $13,138,000 as of the date of purchase.
(4) In  connection with the nonrecourse sale of receivables described in Note M of  Notes
    to  Financial  Statements,  Item  8,  $13,842,000  was  transferred  to  Transamerica
    Financial Services Finance Co. in 1990.
(5) The   allowance   for   losses  as  a  percentage  of  receivables   outstanding   at
    December 31, 1990 was increased in response to the economic uncertainties due to  the
    decline  in  the  U.S. economy and the resulting slowdown in the residential  housing
    market.

</TABLE>
PAGE 8
Offices and Employees

  The number of offices and employees of the Company in connection with
its  consumer  lending  operation as of the  dates  indicated  were  as
follows:

                                 As of December 31,
                  -------------------------------------------------
                       1993      1992      1991      1990      1989
                       ----      ----      ----      ----      ----
                                                                   
Offices                 561       509       464       448       428
Employees             2,381     2,256     2,148     2,093     1,861

   The following table sets forth the geographical distribution of  the
Company's consumer lending offices at December 31, 1993:

                  No. of                              No. of
                 Offices                             Offices
                 -------                             -------
United States:                      United States:      
 Alabama              15             New Jersey            5
 Arizona              20             New Mexico            6
 California          174             New York             26
 Colorado              9             North Carolina       12
 Connecticut           2             Ohio                 21
 Delaware              2             Oklahoma              6
 Florida              21             Oregon               10
 Georgia              14             Pennsylvania         23
 Hawaii                4             Rhode Island          1
 Idaho                 4             South Carolina        7
 Illinois             29             Tennessee             7
 Indiana              12             Texas                 5
 Iowa                  6             Utah                  4
 Kansas                2             Virginia             10
 Kentucky              8             Washington           22
 Louisiana             8             Wisconsin            10
 Maryland              9             Wyoming               1
 Massachusetts         3                                 ---
 Michigan              8                                
 Minnesota             5            Canada               548
 Mississippi           1            United Kingdom        11
 Missouri             11                                   2
 Nebraska              2                                 ---
 Nevada                3                                    
                                       Total             561
                                                         ===

Competition

   The  Company's  consumer lending subsidiaries operate  in  a  highly
competitive  industry,  in  many cases  competing  with  companies  and
financial  institutions with long established operating  histories  and
substantial financial resources.

Regulation

   The Company's consumer lending operation is subject to various state
and  federal laws. Depending upon the type of lending, these  laws  may
require  licensing and certain disclosures and may limit  the  amounts,
terms and interest rates that may be offered.
PAGE 9
COMMERCIAL LENDING

General

    The   Company's  commercial  lending  services  are   provided   by
Transamerica  Commercial Finance Corporation ("Transamerica  Commercial
Finance"). Transamerica Commercial Finance operates from its  executive
office in Chicago, Illinois, as well as from 72 branch lending offices.
Branch offices are located in the United States (47), Puerto Rico (15),
Canada (6) and Europe (4).

   Transamerica Commercial Finance made a decision late in  the  fourth
quarter  of  1991  to  exit  the rent-to-own finance  business,  reduce
lending  to  certain asset based lending lines, accelerate disposal  of
repossessed assets and liquidate receivables remaining from  previously
sold  businesses.  As  a result of this action the  commercial  lending
operation recognized a special after tax charge of $130,000,000.

   In  conjunction  with  the decisions discussed  above,  Transamerica
Commercial Finance's operations were reorganized into two core business
units: inventory finance and business credit. The lending activities of
these core businesses are discussed below.

Inventory Finance

   Inventory  finance (also known as wholesale financing or floor  plan
financing)  consists principally of financing dealers'  purchases  from
distributors  or  manufacturers of goods for inventory.   The  products
financed  primarily  include  boats and other  recreational  equipment,
television   and   stereo   equipment,   major   appliances   such   as
refrigerators,  washers, dryers and air conditioners, and  manufactured
housing.   Loan  terms typically provide for repayment within  30  days
following  sale of the inventory by the borrower. After initial  review
of  a  borrower's credit worthiness, the ongoing management  of  credit
risk  in  this area may include various monitoring techniques, such  as
periodic physical inventory checks and review of the borrower's  sales,
as  well  as  maintenance of repurchase agreements  with  manufacturers
which  provides  a degree of security in the event of  slow  moving  or
obsolete inventory.

Business Credit

  Business credit consists of secured loans, primarily revolving, to
manufacturers, distributors and selected service businesses, including
financial service companies.  The loans are fully collateralized, with
credit lines typically from $5,000,000 to $25,000,000 and terms ranging
from three to five years.  Actual borrowings are limited to specified
percentages of the borrower's inventory, receivables and other eligible
collateral which are regularly monitored to ascertain that outstandings
are within approved limits and that the borrower is otherwise in
compliance with the terms of the arrangement.  The loans to financial
service companies are secured by their respective finance receivable
portfolios.  The company manages its credit risk in this area by
monitoring the quality of the borrower's loan portfolio and compliance
with financial covenants.

Other

  The "Other" category of receivables includes furniture and appliance
retail and finance operations in Puerto Rico and the liquidating
portfolios of businesses the company has exited. Transamerica
Commercial Finance also offers credit life and credit disability
insurance in connection with the financing activities of both the
consumer and commercial lending operations and to unrelated third party
lenders.  The unrelated insurance accounted for substantially all of
the insurance subsidiaries' total premium volume in 1990, 64% in 1991,
45% in 1992 and 7% in 1993.
PAGE 10
Interest Rate Sensitivity

   As  a  result of the relatively short-term nature of its financings,
Transamerica  Commercial Finance is able to adjust its finance  charges
rather  quickly in response to competitive factors and changes  in  its
costs.   However,  the interest rates at which Transamerica  Commercial
Finance  borrows funds for its businesses generally move  more  quickly
than  the rates at which it lends to customers.  As a result, in rising
interest  rate  environments,  margins are  normally  compressed  until
interest  rates  restabilize.  Conversely, in declining  interest  rate
environments, margins are generally enhanced.

Acquisitions and Divestitures

   In March 1992, the commercial lending operation purchased for cash a
business credit portfolio consisting of twelve manufacturer/distributor
accounts  with a net outstanding balance of $134,000,000.  In September
1991,  an  inventory finance portfolio was purchased  for  cash,  which
comprised  lending arrangements with over 700 manufactured housing  and
recreational  product  dealers  with  a  net  balance  outstanding   of
$290,604,000.  These transactions were funded with short-term debt.

   The  commercial lending operation sold its automobile fleet  leasing
operation  in 1990 and its commercial leasing and wholesale  automobile
financing  operations  in 1989.  Finance receivables  included  in  the
assets sold totaled $45,478,000 in 1990 and $534,734,000 in 1989.  Also
in 1990, the insurance finance operations were dividended to TFG.

Commercial Finance Receivables

   The  following  tables  set forth the volume of  commercial  finance
receivables  acquired  during the years indicated  and  the  amount  of
commercial  finance receivables outstanding at the  end  of  each  such
year:
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
           VOLUME OF COMMERCIAL FINANCE RECEIVABLES ACQUIRED

                                      Years Ended December 31,
                      ---------------------------------------------------------
                         1993        1992        1991        1990        1989
                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                      (dollar amounts in thousands)

<S>                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Inventory            $6,773,720  $6,225,899  $5,570,486  $6,029,587  $6,835,938
finance(1)
                            64%         72%         73%         64%         61%
Insurance                                                   714,918   1,402,434
finance(2)
                                                                 8%         12%
Business credit(3)    3,696,180   2,023,010   2,000,434   2,407,304   2,130,292
                            34%         23%         26%         26%         19%
                    ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
  Core businesses    10,469,900   8,248,909   7,570,920   9,151,809  10,368,664
                            98%         95%         99%         98%         92%
Other(4)                170,705     427,909      84,139     194,338     907,468
                             2%          5%          1%          2%          8%
                    ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
                                                                               
  Total             $10,640,605  $8,676,818  $7,655,059  $9,346,147 $11,276,132
                           100%        100%        100%        100%        100%
                    ===========  ==========  ==========  ========== ===========
                                                                               
Domestic             $9,296,240  $7,177,063  $5,589,008  $6,852,181  $8,638,213
                            87%         83%         73%         73%         77%
Foreign(5)            1,344,365   1,499,755   2,066,051   2,493,966   2,637,919
                            13%         17%         27%         27%         23%
                    ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
                                                                               
  Total             $10,640,605  $8,676,818  $7,655,059  $9,346,147 $11,276,132
                           100%        100%        100%        100%        100%
                    ===========  ==========  ==========  ========== ===========

<FN>
- -------------
(1) The 1993 increase reflects the overall improvement in the economy and increased sales
    and  marketing  programs  in the core business groups.  The  1992  increase  is  due  to
    improved  economic  conditions.  The decreases in 1991 and 1990  reflected  the  overall
    weak  economy and decline in consumer spending which supports the businesses  for  which
    the  company provides inventory financing.  Includes $290,604,000 in 1991 related to the
    purchase  of  lending  arrangements with manufactured housing and  recreational  product
    dealers.
</TABLE>
PAGE 11
<TABLE>
(2) 1990  includes  amounts  through  July  2,  1990,  the  date  the  insurance  finance
    subsidiaries were dividended to TFG.
(3) The 1993 increase reflects the overall improvement in the economy and increased sales
    and  marketing programs in the core business groups.  The volume increase in  1993  also
    reflects  a  shift  in focue from participating in loans to directly originating  loans.
    As  a  result,  advances  and  collections have increased.  1992  includes  $134,000,000
    related  to  the  purchase  of a portfolio of manufacturer/distributor  business  credit
    arrangements.   The  1991 decrease is primarily attributable to  the  worsened  economic
    conditions  that  began  in 1990 and which particularly affected the  company's  working
    capital loan program for Canadian personal computer retail dealers.  The company made  a
    decision  late  in  the  fourth  quarter of 1991 to reduce  lending  to  that  class  of
    customers as part of its effort to focus on its core businesses.
(4) The 1992 increase mainly reflects additional borrowings by customers in certain asset
    based  lending lines, which were reclassified to the "other" category in 1991 (see  note
    3  on  table  below), prior to implementation or completion of work-out  or  liquidation
    arrangements.   The  1993 decrease is due to reduced receivable  levels  in  liquidating
    portfolios.  The declines in 1991 and 1990 were due to the sale of the automobile  fleet
    leasing  operation  in  1990  and  the  sale of the  commercial  leasing  and  wholesale
    automobile financing operations in 1989.
(5) The decrease in 1992 resulted primarily from the company's decision late in the fourth
    quarter of 1991 to reduce lending to Canadian personal computer retail dealers.


<CAPTION>
              COMMERCIAL FINANCE RECEIVABLES OUTSTANDING

                                            As of December 31,
                        -----------------------------------------------------------
                             1993        1992        1991        1990        1989
                         ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
                                       (dollar amounts in thousands)

<S>                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Inventory finance(1)      $1,959,757  $1,873,895  $1,928,670  $1,872,191  $2,240,453
                                 74%         70%         71%         58%         52%
Insurance finance(2)                                                         560,728
                                                                                 13%
Business credit(3)(4)        553,859     575,984     288,776     968,216     897,128
                                 21%         22%         11%         30%         21%
                         ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
  Core businesses          2,513,616   2,449,879   2,217,446   2,840,407   3,698,309
                                 95%         92%         82%         88%         86%
Other(5)                     127,687     208,866     481,272     403,647     613,152
                                  5%          8%         18%         12%         14%
                         ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
                           2,641,303   2,658,745   2,698,718   3,244,054   4,311,461
                                100%        100%        100%        100%        100%
Less unearned finance                                                               
  charges                     40,856      55,212      67,737      87,075     146,006
                         ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
                                                                                    
  Total net finance                                                                 
    receivables(6)        $2,600,447  $2,603,533  $2,630,981  $3,156,979  $4,165,455
                          ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========
                                                                                    
Domestic                  $2,247,851  $2,219,520  $2,095,642  $2,452,985  $3,372,280
                                 86%         85%         80%         78%         81%
Foreign                      352,596     384,013     535,339     703,994     793,175
                                 14%         15%         20%         22%         19%
                         ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
                                                                                    
  Total net finance                                                                 
    receivables(6)        $2,600,447  $2,603,533  $2,630,981  $3,156,979  $4,165,455
                                100%        100%        100%        100%        100%
                          ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========
<FN>
- ---------------
(1)  The 1993 increase was due to the increased volume, primarily in home and recreational
     products.   The 1992 decrease was mainly due to faster paying customers resulting  from
     implementation  of  stronger portfolio management procedures  and  efforts  by  certain
     borrowers  to  decrease the time they hold inventory by using "just in  time"  delivery
     arrangements.
(2)  On July 2, 1990, the insurance finance operations were dividended to TFG.
(3)  The company's decision to exit the rent-to-own finance business and reduce lending to
     certain  asset based lending lines (formerly included in business credit)  resulted  in
     the  reclassification  at  December  31, 1991 of net  rent-to-own  finance  receivables
     totaling  $221,247,000 to assets held for sale, and the transfer of  other  receivables
     totaling  $206,931,000  from business credit to the "other" category  set  forth  under
     finance receivables outstanding.  Prior year data has not been restated.
(4)   The  1992  increase includes the purchase of a $134,000,000 manufacturer/distributor
     business  credit portfolio.  The 1991 decrease was due principally to the reduction  in
     rent-to-own  finance  receivables  resulting from  the  de-emphasis  during  the  year,
     repossession of rent-to-own stores, and the eventual decision to exit the business  and
     the  decision to reduce lending to certain asset based lending lines (see note 3  above
     regarding reclassification of receivables outstanding at December 31, 1991).  The  1990
     increase  was  due  to  increased  financing of small consumer  finance  companies  and
     domestic personal computer retail stores.
(5)   The  1993  and 1992 decreases primarily reflect the liquidation of receivables  from
     businesses  being  exited, including $18,403,000 and $87,406,000 of  write  offs.   The
     1991  increase  was  due  to  the  reclassification of  receivables  to  be  liquidated
     resulting from the company's decision to reduce lending to certain asset based  lending
     lines (see notes 3 and 4 above).  The 1990 decline was due to the liquidation and  sale
     of receivables from businesses being exited (see note 4 on preceding table).
(6)  Outstandings shown above exclude assets held for sale (see discussion on page 13).

</TABLE>
PAGE 12
   Earned finance charges as a percentage of the average amount of  net
finance  receivables outstanding during each of the years 1989  through
1993 were 14.9%, 14.7%, 13.3%, 12.1% and 11.3%.

Delinquent Receivables

   Effective  in  1993,  the  policy used  for  determining  delinquent
receivables  was  revised  to  provide greater  consistency  among  the
company's receivable portfolios.  It is management's view that the  new
methodology  provides a better and more meaningful  assessment  of  the
condition of the portfolio.  Delinquent receivables are now defined  as
the  instalment  balance  for  inventory finance  and  business  credit
receivables  and the receivable balance for all other receivables  over
60  days  past due.  Previously, delinquent receivables were  generally
defined  as  financed inventory sold but unpaid 30 days  or  more,  the
portion  of  business  credit loans in excess of the  approved  lending
limit and all other receivable balances contractually past due 60  days
or more.

   The  following table shows the ratio of deliquent commercial finance
receivables to finance receivables outstanding for each category and in
total as of the end of each of the years indicated.  Delinquency ratios
for  1992  and  prior years have not been restated for  the  change  in
policy outlined above.

                                         As of December 31,
                          ----------------------------------------------
                            1993      1992      1991      1990      1989
                           ------    ------    ------    ------     -----

Inventory finance(1)       0.13%     0.82%     1.31%     3.42%     2.95%
Insurance finance(2)                                                1.78
Business credit(1)(3)                 0.21      0.88     10.34      2.35
                          ------    ------    ------    ------     -----
   Core businesses          0.10      0.68      1.25      5.78      2.63
Other(4)                   19.14     22.42     25.84     12.79      9.54
                          ------    ------    ------    ------     -----
                                                                        
   Total(5)                1.02%     2.38%     5.64%     6.65%     3.61%
                          ======    ======    ======    ======    ======
- ---------------
(1)The  decreases in 1992 and 1991 reflect write offs of  delinquent
   accounts  (and  accounting  reclassifications  -  see  note   3   on
   preceding  table),  implementation of stronger portfolio  management
   procedures  and  general  improvement  in  the  economy.   Increased
   delinquency in 1990 reflected the overall weak economy.  This  trend
   began   in  1989  when  consumer  spending,  which  supports   these
   businesses,  began  to  decline.   Particularly  affected  were  the
   marine   industry  (inventory  finance),  and  the   appliance   and
   furniture rental and Canadian computer markets (business credit).
(2)See note 2 on preceding table.
(3)The  decline  in 1991 was due principally to rent-to-own  finance
   receivables being reclassified to assets held for sale, and  certain
   finance  receivables  being reclassified to  the  "other"  category.
   These  reclassifications  resulted from the  company's  decision  to
   exit  the  rent-to-own finance business and reduce  its  lending  to
   certain  asset based lending lines.  Prior year data  has  not  been
   restated.
(4)Represents finance receivables retained from businesses  sold  or
   exited  which  are being liquidated and receivables reclassified  in
   1991  due  to  the company's decision to reduce lending  to  certain
   asset based lending lines (see note 3 on preceding table).
(5)Delinquency  statistics  exclude  assets  held  for  sale (see
   discussion on page 13).

                         --------------------
                                   

Nonearning Receivables

   Effective  in  1993,  the  policy used  for  determining  nonearning
receivables  was  revised  to  provide greater  consistency  among  the
company's receivable portfolios.  It is management's view that the  new
methodology  provides a better and more meaningful  assessment  of  the
condition of the portfolio.   Nonearning receivables are now defined as
balances  from borrowers that are over 90 days delinquent  or  at  such
earlier  time  as  full  collectibility becomes doubtful.   Previously,
nonearning  receivables  were defined as  balances  from  borrowers  in
bankruptcy   or   litigation  and  other  accounts   for   which   full
collectibility was doubtful.  Accrual of finance charges  is  suspended
on  nonearning  receivables until such time as  past  due  amounts  are
collected.

    Nonearning  receivables  were  $31,763,000  (1.20%  of  receivables
outstanding)  and  $90,919,000 (3.42% of  receivables  outstanding)  at
December 31, 1993 and 1992; the 1992 data has not been restated.  Those
amounts  exclude nonearning rent-to-own finance receivables which  have
been  reclassified to assets held for sale (see page 13).  During 1993,
the  gross  amount of interest income that would have been recorded  on
receivables classified as nonearning at year end was $4,649,000 and the
amount  of  interest on those loans that was recognized in  income  was
$2,423,000.
PAGE 13
Assets Held for Sale

  Assets held for sale at December 31, 1993 totaled $90,114,000, net of
a $156,985,000 valuation allowance and consisted of rent-to-own finance
receivables   of  $120,469,000,  repossessed  rent-to-own   stores   of
$107,227,000 and other repossessed assets of $19,403,000.  Assets  held
for  sale  at  December  31,  1992  totaled  $191,515,000,  net  of   a
$121,549,000  valuation  allowance, and comprised  rent-to-own  finance
receivables   of  $179,013,000,  repossessed  rent-to-own   stores   of
$103,418,000 and other repossessed assets of $30,633,000.  At  December
31,  1993,  $27,489,000  of  the rent-to-own finance  receivables  were
classified  as both delinquent and nonearning.  At December  31,  1992,
delinquent   rent-to-own  finance  receivables  were  $15,397,000   and
nonearning    rent-to-own   finance   receivables   were   $32,615,000.
Delinquent and nonearning receivables as of December 31, 1992 have  not
be  restated  for the change in policies effective in 1993 as  outlined
above.

Credit Loss Experience

   Certain  information regarding credit losses on finance  receivables
for  the commercial lending operation during the years indicated is set
forth in the following table:

[CAPTION]
<TABLE>

                                                      Years Ended December 31,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------------
                                      1993        1992        1991        1990        1989
                                   -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
                                                      (dollar amounts in thousands)

<S>                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Provision for credit losses                                                               
  charged to income(1)             $31,793     $36,830    $245,190    $131,244     $51,078
                                                                                          
Credit losses (net of                                                                     
  recoveries)(2)                   $42,710    $117,052    $172,614     $95,514     $69,917
 Ratio to average net finance                                                             
   receivables outstanding:
   Inventory finance(3)              1.30%       1.56%       2.86%       2.64%       0.99%
   Insurance finance(4)                                                   0.71        0.22
   Business credit(3)               (0.02)        0.23       13.46        1.79        1.63
                                   -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
     Core businesses                  0.99        1.30        6.17        2.22        1.02
   Other(5)                          12.93       28.98        6.39        5.55        3.65
                                   -------     -------     -------     -------     -------
                                                                                          
       Total                         1.64%       4.53%       6.19%       2.61%       1.55%
                                    ======      ======     =======      ======      ======
                                                                                          
Allowance for losses at end                                                               
  of year(1)                       $76,079     $87,169    $169,529     $99,402     $70,870
 Ratio to outstandings less                                                                
  unearned finance charges(6)         2.93%       3.35%       6.44%       3.15%       1.70%
                                    ======      ======     =======      ======      ======
<FN>
- ----------------
(1) The  1991  provision and allowance for losses at December 31,  1991
    included   $62,816,000  taken  as  part  of  the   special   charge
    recognized  from  the  company's  decision  to  reduce  lending  to
    certain  asset  based  lending lines and to  liquidate  receivables
    remaining   from   previously  sold  businesses.    The   increased
    provision  in 1991, excluding the special charge, and in 1990  were
    in  response  to  increased credit losses and  higher  than  normal
    delinquencies and nonearning receivables associated with  the  weak
    U.S. and Canadian economies.
(2) In  1993  and 1992, charges to the allowance for losses on  finance
    receivables  due  to credit losses sustained decreased  $74,342,000
    (64%)  and  $55,562,000 (32%).  These decreases were caused  mainly
    by  decreases  in  delinquent and nonearning receivables  resulting
    from  improved economic conditions, the reclassification of certain
    receivables to assets held for sale and in 1992, implementation  of
    stronger  portfolio  management  procedures.   In  1991  and  1990,
    credit  losses  increased $77,100,000 (81%) and  $25,597,000  (37%)
    principally  as a result of the depressed appliance  and  furniture
    rental  and  Canadian computer markets associated with the  general
    downturn in the U.S. and Canadian economies.
(3) The  changes  in  ratios were due to corresponding fluctuations  in
    credit losses (see note 2 above).
(4) See note 2 on page 11.
(5) The  increase  in  1992  resulted  mainly  from  the  write-off  of
    delinquent  and  nonearning receivables that were  reclassified  to
    the "other" category in 1991.
(6) The  1993  and  1992 reductions in the allowance for  losses  as  a
    percentage  of  receivables outstanding primarily was  attributable
    to  the write off of delinquent and nonearning receivables in  1993
    and 1992 and lower levels of delinquent and nonearning accounts  in
    the  remaining portfolio at December 31, 1993 and 1992.   In  1991,
    the  percentage  was  increased principally due  to  the  company's
    decision  to  reduce lending to certain asset based  lending  lines
    and   to  liquidate  receivables  remaining  from  previously  sold
    businesses  (see note 1 above).  The 1990 increase was in  response
    to  the  weak U.S. and Canadian economies resulting in higher  than
    normal delinquencies and nonearning receivables.

</TABLE>
PAGE 14
Offices and Employees

  The number of offices and employees of the Company in connection with
its  commercial  lending operation as of the dates  indicated  were  as
follows:

                                    As of December 31,
                      ---------------------------------------------
                       1993      1992      1991      1990      1989
                      ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                     
Offices                    72       108       130       152       231
Employees               1,899     1,993     2,114     2,292     3,011

   The following table sets forth the geographical distribution of  the
Company's commercial lending offices at December 31, 1993:

                   No. of                            No. of
                  Offices                           Offices
                  -------                           -------
United States:                    United States:           
  Alabama               1          South Dakota           1
California              3          Tennessee              2
Colorado                1          Texas                  4
Florida                 1          Virginia               1
Georgia                 2          Wisconsin              2
Hawaii                  1                               ---
Illinois               10                                47
Indiana                 1                               ---
Iowa                    1          Puerto Rico           15
Kansas                  1                               ---
Minnesota               2         Canada:                  
Mississippi             1          Alberta                1
Missouri                1          British Columbia       1
New Hampshire           1          Ontario                3
New Jersey              2          Quebec                 1
New York                3                               ---
North Carolina          2                                 6
Ohio                    1                               ---
Oregon                  1         Europe:                  
Pennsylvania            1          France                 1
                                   Netherlands            1
                                   United Kingdom         2
                                                        ---
                                                          4
                                                        ---
                                   Total                  7
                                                          2
                                                        ===
Competition

  The  Company's commercial lending subsidiaries operate  in  a  highly
competitive industry, in many cases competing with companies with  long
established operating histories and substantial financial resources.

Regulation

 The Company's commercial lending operation is subject to various state
and  federal laws.  Depending upon the type of lending, these laws  may
require  licensing and certain disclosures and may limit  the  amounts,
terms and interest rates that may be offered.
PAGE 15
LEASING OPERATION

General

 Transamerica Leasing Inc. ("Transamerica Leasing") leases, services and
manages  containers, chassis and trailers around the world. The  company
is  based  in Purchase, New York and maintains 386 offices,  depots  and
other  facilities in 44 countries. The company specializes in intermodal
transportation equipment, which allows goods to travel by road, rail  or
ship.  The  company's customers include railroads, steamship  lines  and
motor carriers.

  At  December  31,  1993,  Transamerica Leasing's  fleet  consisted  of
standard containers, refrigerated containers, domestic containers,  tank
containers  and  chassis  totaling 316,000  units  which  are  owned  or
managed,  and  leased  from 347 depots worldwide, 36,500  rail  trailers
leased  to  all  major United States railroads and to roll  on/roll  off
steamship  operators, shippers, shippers' agents and regional  truckers,
and  3,800 over-the-road trailers in Europe. Transamerica Leasing  began
leasing tank containers for carrying bulk liquids in 1990 and had  1,900
tank containers in its fleet at December 31, 1993.

  In  November 1992, the company sold its domestic over-the-road trailer
business.   Proceeds from the sale totaled $191,000,000 and resulted  in
no gain or loss.

  Approximately  49% of the standard container, refrigerated  container,
domestic container, tank container and chassis fleet is on term lease or
service contract minimum lease for periods of one to five years.   Also,
34%  of  the  rail  trailer fleet is on term lease or  service  contract
minimum lease for periods of one to five years.

  The  following table sets forth Transamerica Leasing's fleet  size  in
units as of the end of each of the years indicated:

                                  As of December 31,
                        ---------------------------------------
                        1993     1992     1991     1990     1989
                        ----     ----     ----     ----     ----
                                                                 
Containers and        316,000  280,000  255,100  244,400  235,900
chassis
Rail trailers          36,500   34,400   36,800   40,500   43,300
European trailers       3,800    2,900    1,700      800         

 The following table sets forth Transamerica Leasing's fleet utilization
for the years indicated:

                                  Years Ended December 31,
                         --------------------------------------------
                          1993      1992      1991     1990     1989
                          ----      ----      ----     ----     ----
Containers and chassis    83%       85%       89%       90%      93%
Rail trailers             91%       84%       75%       79%      83%
European trailers         89%       84%       83%       81%

  The  1993  container and chassis utilization decline was due  to  slow
economic  growth in key European economies and Japan; the  1992  decline
was  due to higher than expected industry-wide supply of equipment.  The
1991  and 1990 reductions resulted from a small decline in the  rate  of
growth  of  world  trade  and  a less favorable  geographic  balance  of
business.  The rail trailer utilization increased in 1993 and  1992  due
to  a  smaller  industry  fleet, higher domestic economic  activity  and
because many shippers are moving from trucks to rail transport for long-
haul  shipments; the 1991 and 1990 declines were due to reduced domestic
economic activity.

  Revenues  of  the  domestic  leasing operation  derived  from  foreign
customers   were  $210,301,000  in  1993,  $176,172,000  in   1992   and
$137,127,000 in 1991, of which European customers accounted for 41%, 42%
and  40%.   Revenues of foreign-domiciled leasing operations  were  less
than  10%  of the consolidated total in each of the three years  in  the
period ended December 31, 1993.
PAGE 16
Offices and Employees

  The  number of offices, depots and other facilities, and employees  of
the  Company  in connection with its leasing operation as of  the  dates
indicated were as follows:

                              As of December 31,
                      ------------------------------------
                       1993    1992    1991    1990    1989
                       ----    ----    ----    ----    ----
Offices, depots and                                        
  other facilities      386     386     301     306     322
Employees               765     796     946   1,026   1,055

Competition

 Transamerica Leasing operates in a highly competitive industry, in many
cases competing with companies with long established operating histories
and substantial financial resources.

Subsequent Event

  On March 15, 1994, the Company completed the purchase of substantially
all of the assets of the container rental division  of Tiphook plc for
approximately $1,100,000,000 in cash.

BORROWING OPERATIONS

  Funds  employed in the Company's operations are obtained from invested
capital, retained earnings and the sale of short and long-term debt.

 Capitalization of the Company as of the dates indicated was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             As of December 31,
                         ------------------------------------------------------
                          1993        1992        1991        1990        1989
                          -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
                                       (dollar amounts in thousands)
<S>                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Debt:                                                                             
 Unsubordinated debt:
  Commercial paper and                                                                 
other short-term debt    $1,164,893                             $14,766     $14,079
                                14%                                                
  Long-term notes and     5,170,485  $6,032,531  $5,920,108   5,535,239   5,952,933
debentures
                                61%         75%         75%         73%         73%
                         ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                   
                          6,335,378   6,032,531   5,920,108   5,550,005   5,967,012
                                75%         75%         75%         73%         73%
 Subordinated debt          696,125     557,045     627,698     687,092     673,880
                                 8%          7%          8%          9%          8%
                         ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                   
   Total debt             7,031,503   6,589,576   6,547,806   6,237,097   6,640,892
                                83%         82%         83%         82%         81%
Total equity              1,449,621   1,428,936   1,360,051   1,382,872   1,493,056
                                17%         18%         17%         18%         19%
                         ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                   
   Total                 $8,481,124  $8,018,512  $7,907,857  $7,619,969  $8,133,948
                               100%        100%        100%        100%        100%
                         ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========

</TABLE>

  Short-term borrowings before reclassification to long-term  debt  (see
Note  G  of Notes to Financial Statements, Item 8) are primarily in  the
form  of  commercial paper notes issued by the Company. Such  commercial
paper is continuously offered, with maturities not exceeding 270 days in
the  U.S. and 365 days in Canada, at prevailing rates for major  finance
companies.    Bank  loans  are  an  additional  source   of   short-term
borrowings. At December 31, 1993, $721,814,000 of bank credit lines were
available  to  the Company, $75,000,000 of which were also available  to
Transamerica  Corporation.  At December 31, 1993, all  borrowings  under
these lines were made by the Company and amounted to $240,927,000.   The
cost of short-term borrowings is directly related to prevailing rates of
interest in the money market; such rates are subject to fluctuation.
PAGE 17
  Interest  rates  on  borrowings during the  years  indicated  were  as
follows:

                                    Years Ended December 31,
                          -----------------------------------------
                           1993     1992     1991     1990     1989
                           ----     ----     ----     ----     ----

Weighted average annual                                              
  interest rate during
    year:(1)
Short-term borrowings      3.41%    3.93%    6.47%    8.23%    9.26%
Long-term borrowings       8.24%    8.71%    9.77%    9.23%    9.69%
Total borrowings           6.00%    6.87%    8.28%    9.22%    9.68%


(1)  Excludes the cost of maintaining credit lines and the effect of
     interest rates on borrowings denominated in foreign currencies.

Return on Assets and Equity

  Certain  information  regarding the Company's consolidated  return  on
assets and equity, and certain other ratios, are set forth below:

                                   Years Ended December 31,
                            ----------------------------------------
                            1993     1992     1991     1990     1989
                            ----     ----     ----     ----     ----
                                                                     
Return on assets(1)          1.1%     1.9%   (1.2)%     1.4%     2.1%
Return on equity(2)          6.9%    11.7%   (7.6)%     8.2%    12.3%
Dividend payout ratio(3)    75.2%    55.7%     N.A.   136.3%    64.8%
Equity to assets ratio(4)   16.2%    16.2%   16.2 %    16.7%    16.8%

(1) Net income divided by simple average total assets.
(2) Net income divided by simple average equity.
(3) Cash  dividends declared (excluding cash dividends  in  connection
    with corporate restructuring in 1990) divided by net income.
(4) Simple average equity divided by simple average total assets.
                                    
                                    
                                    
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

  The following table sets forth the consolidated ratios of earnings  to
fixed  charges  for  the years indicated.  The ratios  are  computed  by
dividing   income  from  continuing  operations  before  income   taxes,
extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt and cumulative effect
of change in accounting, and before fixed charges, by the fixed charges.
Fixed  charges  consist of interest and debt expense, and  one-third  of
rent expense (which approximates the interest factor).


                                  Years Ended December 31,
                      --------------------------------------------
                        1993     1992     1991     1990     1989
                                                                
Ratio of earnings       1.50     1.59     0.77     1.28     1.42
  to fixed charges


  Excluding  the  effect  of  the previously  discussed  special  charge
($130,000,000  after tax) reported by the commercial lending  operation,
the ratio of earnings to fixed charges would have been 1.14 for 1991.

ITEM 2.   PROPERTIES

 Transamerica Finance Corporation leases its principal executive offices
at  1150 South Olive Street, Los Angeles, California, from an affiliated
company  under a lease expiring in November 1994 at an annual rental  of
approximately   $2,000,000.  The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries   have
noncancelable  lease  agreements expiring  mainly  through  1998.  These
agreements are principally operating leases for facilities used  in  the
Company's operations.
PAGE 18
ITEM 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

  Various  pending  or threatened legal proceedings by  or  against  the
Company  or one or more of its subsidiaries involve tax matters, alleged
breaches  of  contract, torts, employment discrimination, violations  of
antitrust laws and miscellaneous other causes of action arising  in  the
course  of  their businesses.  Some of these proceedings involve  claims
for punitive or treble damages in addition to other specific relief.

  Based upon information presently available, and in light of legal  and
other  defenses and insurance coverage available to the Company and  its
subsidiaries, contingent liabilities arising from threatened and pending
litigation,  income taxes and other matters are not considered  material
in  relation  to the consolidated financial position of the Company  and
its subsidiaries.

ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 Omitted in accordance with General Instruction J.

                                 PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
      MATTERS

  Not  applicable.   All of the outstanding shares of  the  Registrant's
capital  stock are owned by Transamerica Finance Group, Inc.,  which  is
wholly owned by Transamerica Corporation.

ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 Omitted in accordance with General Instruction J.

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION
      AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  Omitted  in  accordance with General Instruction J.  See "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis  of the Results of Operations"  following  the
Notes to Financial Statements (Item 8).

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

  The  response to this Item is submitted as a separate section of  this
report.

ITEM 9.    CHANGES  IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON  ACCOUNTING
      AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 Not applicable.

                                PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 Omitted in accordance with General Instruction J.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 Omitted in accordance with General Instruction J.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 Omitted in accordance with General Instruction J.

PAGE 19
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 Omitted in accordance with General Instruction J.


                                 PART IV

ITEM  14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON  FORM
8-K

  (a)  (1) and (2)  The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted
as a separate section of this report.

 (3) List of Exhibits:


EX-2  Assets  Purchase  Agreement dated as of  February 13, 1994  between
      Transamerica Container Acquisition Corporation and Tiphook plc and
      certain of its affiliated companies.

EX-2.1 Amendment and Supplement to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of
       March 15, 1994 between Transamerica Container Acquisition Corporation
       and the Container Rental Division of Tiphook plc.

EX-3(i).1   Transamerica  Finance Corporation  Restated  Certificate  of
      Incorporation as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware  on
      December  12,  1988 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  3.1  to
      Registrant's  Form 10-K Annual Report (File No.  1-6798)  for  the
      year ended December 31, 1988).

EX-3(i).2  Transamerica Finance Corporation Certificate of Amendment  of
      Certificate of Incorporation as filed with the Secretary of  State
      of  Delaware  on February 19, 1991 (incorporated by reference to
      Exhibit 3.1a to Registrant's Form 10-K Annual Report (File No. 1-
      6798) for the year ended December 31, 1990).

EX-3(ii)   Transamerica Finance Corporation By-Laws, as amended, last
      amendment  -  December 12, 1988 (incorporated by reference to
      Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant's Form 10-K Annual Report (File  No.  1-
      6798) for the year ended December 31, 1988).

EX 4  Indenture  dated  as of November 1, 1987 between  Registrant
      and  Harris  Trust  and Savings Bank, as Trustee (incorporated  by
      reference  to Exhibit 4.2 to Registrant's Form 10-K Annual  Report
      (File No. 1-6798) for the year ended December 31, 1988).

EX-10.1     Lease dated October 31, 1984 between Transamerica Occidental
      Life Insurance Company, as lessor, and Registrant, as lessee,  and
      Addendums  thereto dated November 14, 1984 and  November  7,  1989
      (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's  Form
      10-K  Annual Report (File No. 1-6798) for the year ended  December
      31, 1989).

EX-10.2     Loan  Sales  Agreement dated as of November 1, 1990  between
      Transamerica   Financial   Services  and  Transamerica   Financial
      Services  Finance Co. (incorporated by reference to  Exhibit  10.2
      to  Registrant's Form 10-K Annual Report (File No. 1-6798) for the
      year ended December 31, 1990).

EX-10.3.a   Corporate  Separateness Agreement dated as of  December  17,
      1990  between  Transamerica  Financial Services  and  Transamerica
      Financial  Services  Finance  Co. (incorporated  by  reference  to
      Exhibit  10.3.a to Registrant's Form 10-K Annual Report (File  No.
      1-6798) for the year ended December 31, 1990).

EX-10.3.b   Corporate  Separateness Agreement dated as of  December  17,
      1990   between  Transamerica  Finance  Group,  Inc.  [subsequently
      renamed   Transamerica  Finance  Corporation]   and   Transamerica
      Financial  Services  Finance  Co. (incorporated  by  reference  to
      Exhibit 10.3.b. to Registrant's Form 10-K Annual Report (File  No.
      1-6798) for the year ended December 31, 1990).
PAGE 20
EX-10.4     Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of November 1, 1990
      among  Transamerica Financial Services, as servicer,  Transamerica
      Financial Services Finance Co., as seller, and The First  National
      Bank  of Chicago, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
      2 to Form 8-A Registration Statement re: TFG Home Loan Trust 1990-
      1 dated March 26, 1991 - Registration No. 33-36431-01).

EX-10.5      Investment   Agreement  dated  December  17,   1990   among
      Transamerica    Finance   Group,   Inc.   [subsequently    renamed
      Transamerica   Finance   Corporation],   Transamerica    Financial
      Services  Finance Co., as seller, and The First National  Bank  of
      Chicago,  as  Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  2  to
      Form  8-A  Registration Statement re: TFG Home Loan  Trust  1990-1
      dated March 26, 1991 - Registration No. 33-36431-01).

EX-10.6     Guaranty dated July 31, 1990 by Transamerica Finance  Group,
      Inc.  [subsequently renamed Transamerica Finance Corporation],  in
      favor  of  Corporate  Asset  Funding Company,  Inc.  et.  al.  re:
      certain    obligations   of   Transamerica    Insurance    Finance
      Corporation,  California  (incorporated by  reference  to  Exhibit
      10.6  to  Registrant's Form 10-K Annual Report (File  No.  1-6798)
      for the year ended December 31, 1990).

EX-10.7     Guaranty dated July 31, 1990 by Transamerica Finance  Group,
      Inc.  [subsequently renamed Transamerica Finance Corporation],  in
      favor  of  Corporate  Asset  Funding Company,  Inc.  et.  al.  re:
      certain  obligations of Transamerica Insurance Finance Corporation
      (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Registrant's  Form
      10-K  Annual Report (File No. 1-6798) for the year ended  December
      31, 1990).

EX-12 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

EX-23 Consent  of  Ernst & Young to the incorporation  by  reference  of
      their   report   dated  February  16,  1994  in  the  Registrant's
      Registration  Statements on Form S-3, File Nos.  33-40236  and  33-
      49763.

    Pursuant to the instructions as to exhibits, the registrant  is  not
filing  certain  instruments with respect to long-term  debt  since  the
total  amount  of  securities currently authorized under  each  of  such
instruments  does not exceed 10% of the total assets of  the  registrant
and  its  subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.  The  registrant  hereby
agrees  to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Commission  upon
request.

 (b) Reports on Form 8-K filed in the fourth quarter of 1993:

     A report on Form 8-K was filed on November 19, 1993 relating to the
     proposed  acquisition by the Registrant or one of its  subsidiaries
     of  Tiphook  plc,  a  London-based  container,  trailer,  and  rail
     equipment lessor.

 (c) Exhibits:

     The  response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a separate
section of this report.

 (d) Financial Statement Schedules:

      The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a separate
section of this report.
PAGE 21
SIGNATURES

   Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report  to  be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                   TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION
                                          (Registrant)

                                   By   RAYMOND A. GOLAN
                                   (Raymond A. Golan,
                                   Vice President and Controller)
Date:  March 15, 1994

   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of  1934,
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf  of
the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 15, 1994.

      Signature                          Title

Principal Executive Officer and Director:

   RICHARD H. FINN            Chief Executive Officer and Director
- ----------------------------
    (Richard H. Finn)

Principal Financial Officer and Director:

                              Senior Vice President,  Treasurer  and
    DAVID H. HAWKINS          Director
- ----------------------------
    (David H. Hawkins)

Principal Accounting Officer:

   RAYMOND A. GOLAN
- ----------------------------
   (Raymond A. Golan)         Vice President and Controller


Directors:


- ----------------------------
   (David R. Carpenter)       Director

   KENT L. COLWELL
- ----------------------------
   (Kent L. Colwell)          Director

   EDGAR H. GRUBB
- ----------------------------
   (Edgar H. Grubb)           Director

   FRANK C. HERRINGER
- ----------------------------
   (Frank C. Herringer)        Director

   ROBERT R. LINDBERG
- ----------------------------
   (Robert R. Lindberg)        Director

   ALLEN C. MIECH
- ----------------------------
   (Allen C. Miech)            Director

   CHARLES E. TINGLEY
- ----------------------------
   (Charles E. Tingley)        Director
PAGE 22

                (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

PAGE 23


                     ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                                  
             ITEM 8, ITEM 14(a)(1) and (2), (c) and (d)
                                  
             FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
                                  
                    LIST OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
                                  
                          CERTAIN EXHIBITS
                                  
                    FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
                                  
                    Year Ended December 31, 1993
                                  
                                  
                                  
          TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                  
                       LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
                                  
PAGE 24

                (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
PAGE 25

FORM 10-K - ITEM 8, ITEM 14(a)(1) and (2)

TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

LIST OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The   following   financial   statements  of   Transamerica   Finance
Corporation  and  subsidiaries,  together  with  the  report  of  the
independent auditors, are included in Item 8:

    Report of Independent Auditors
    Consolidated Balance Sheet -- December 31, 1993 and 1992
    Consolidated Statement of Operations -- Years ended December  31,
      1993, 1992 and 1991
    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows -- Years ended December  31,
      1993, 1992 and 1991
    Consolidated  Statement of Shareholder's Equity  --  Years  ended
      December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991
    Notes to Financial Statements
    Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Results of Operations
      -- Year ended December 31,  1993
    Supplementary  Financial Information -- Years ended December  31,
      1993 and 1992


The   following   consolidated  financial  statement   schedules   of
Transamerica  Finance Corporation and subsidiaries  are  included  in
Item 14(d):

 VIII -   Valuation  and Qualifying Accounts -- Years ended  December
           31, 1993, 1992 and 1991
 IX   -   Short-Term  Borrowings -- Years ended  December  31,  1993,
           1992 and 1991
 X    -   Supplementary Income Statement Information --  Years  ended
           December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991

All  other  schedules for which provision is made in  the  applicable
accounting  regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission  are
not  required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and
therefore have been omitted.
PAGE 26

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Shareholder and
Board of Directors
Transamerica Finance Corporation

We  have  audited  the  accompanying consolidated  balance  sheet  of
Transamerica Finance Corporation and subsidiaries as of December  31,
1993 and 1992, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
cash  flows, and shareholder's equity for each of the three years  in
the  period  ended December 31, 1993.  Our audits also  included  the
financial  statement  schedules listed in the Index  at  Item  14(a).
These  financial  statements and schedules are the responsibility  of
the  Company's  management.   Our responsibility  is  to  express  an
opinion  on  these financial statements and schedules  based  on  our
audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
auditing standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform
the  audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements  are  free of material misstatement.   An  audit  includes
examining,  on  a  test basis, evidence supporting  the  amounts  and
disclosures  in  the  financial statements.  An audit  also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles used and significant  estimates
made  by  management,  as well as evaluating  the  overall  financial
statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In  our  opinion, the financial statements referred to above  present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position
of Transamerica  Finance   Corporation and   subsidiaries  at
December  31,  1993 and 1992, and the consolidated results  of  their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years  in  the
period ended December 31, 1993, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting  principles.  Also, in our opinion, the related  financial
statement  schedules,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in
all material respects the information set forth therein.

As  discussed  in  Note  J to the consolidated financial  statements,
effective  January 1, 1991 the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards  No. 106, Employers' Accounting for Postretirement
Benefits Other Than Pensions.


                                                        ERNST & YOUNG

Los Angeles, California
February 16, 1994, except for Note N, as to which the date
is March 15, 1994
PAGE 27

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                  
                     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                (in thousands, except for share data)


December 31                                      1993         1992
                                              ----------   -----------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>
                                                                      
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                      $  $29,321    $  60,495
Investments                                       110,078       97,702
                                                                      
Finance receivables, net of unearned finance                           
  charges and insurance premiums:                                      
 Consumer lending                                3,650,523    3,579,343
 Commercial lending                              2,600,447    2,603,533
                                                ----------   ----------
  Net finance receivables                        6,250,970    6,182,876
 Less allowance for losses                         179,392      188,364
                                                ----------   ----------
                                                 6,071,578    5,994,512
Property and equipment - less accumulated                              
   depreciation of $605,548 in 1993 and                                
   $570,015 in 1992:
 Land, buildings and equipment                      43,784       41,326
 Equipment held for lease                        1,306,458    1,062,116
Investments in and advances to affiliates          371,012      290,240
Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of                             
   $98,252 in 1993 and $88,102 in 1992             372,368      384,598
                                                                      
Assets held for sale                               386,300      405,256
Less valuation allowance                           159,532      123,755
                                                ----------   ----------
                                                   226,768      281,501
                                                                      
Other assets                                       500,003      476,404
                                                ----------   ----------
                                                                      
                                                $9,031,370   $8,688,894
                                                ==========   ==========
                                                                      
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY                                  
Debt:                                                                 
 Unsubordinated                                $6,335,378   $6,032,531
 Subordinated                                     696,125      557,045
                                               ----------   ----------
  Total debt                                    7,031,503    6,589,576
                                                                      
Accounts payable and other liabilities            483,939      585,328
Income taxes payable, of which $168,132 in                             
  1993 and $140,489 in 1992 is deferred            66,307       85,054
Shareholder's equity:
 Preferred stock - authorized, 250,000                                
   shares without par value; none issued
 Common stock - authorized, 2,500,000 shares                          
   of $10 par value;issued and outstanding,        14,643       14,643
    1,464,285 shares
 Additional paid-in capital                     1,356,533    1,352,618
 Retained earnings                                 87,105       62,308
 Net unrealized gain on marketable equity                             
   securities                                                       54
 Foreign currency translation adjustments          (8,660)        (687)
                                               ----------   ----------
  Total shareholder's equity                    1,449,621    1,428,936
                                               ----------   ----------
                                                                        
                                              $9,031,370    $8,688,894
                                               ==========   ==========

See notes to financial statements.

</TABLE>
PAGE 28
<TABLE>
          TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                  
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                           (in thousands)
                                  

Years Ended December 31                         1993        1992        1991
                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
REVENUES                                                                        
Finance charges                               $  929,464  $  946,687  $  963,186
Leasing revenues                                 388,327     402,230     381,375
Servicing fees                                       942       1,795       3,203
Income from affiliates                            18,021      21,248      29,524
Other                                             55,372      58,923      25,129
                                                                                
  Total revenues                               1,392,126   1,430,883   1,402,417
                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                
EXPENSES                                                                        
Interest and debt expense                        414,556     459,518     514,230
Depreciation on equipment held for lease         102,538      98,789      91,138
Salaries and other operating expenses            512,652     504,037     492,019
Provision for losses on receivables               94,142      84,815     287,404
Provision for losses on assets held for sale      50,000                 141,225
                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                
  Total expenses                               1,173,888   1,147,159   1,526,016
                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes,  
  extraordinary item and cumulative effect         
  of accounting change                            218,238     283,724   (123,599)
Income taxes (benefit)                             95,357     121,052    (30,088)
                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item and                                       
  cumulative effect of accounting change          122,881     162,672    (93,511)
Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment                                       
  of debt, net of applicable income tax                                          
  benefit of $11,447                              (23,084)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting                                        
  for post employment benefits other than                                (10,875)
  pensions, net of applicable income tax
  benefit of $5,602
                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                
Net income (loss)                             $   99,797  $  162,672  $(104,386)
                                              ==========  ==========  ==========

See notes to financial statements.
</TABLE>
PAGE 29
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                  
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                           (in thousands)
                                  
Years Ended December 31                             1993          1992         1991
                                                 -----------   -----------  -----------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                                                   
Net income (loss)                                    $99,797      $162,672  $ (104,386)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)                                              
  to net cash provided by operating activities:
 Depreciation and amortization of goodwill           126,513       124,680      117,536
 Provision for losses on receivables                  94,142        84,815      287,404
 Provision for losses on assets held for sale         50,000                    141,225
 Amortization of discount on long-term debt           30,419        49,681       51,317
 Change in accounts payable and other                                           (88,175)
    liabilities                                      (75,151)       20,292
 Change in income taxes payable                      (18,747)       48,143      (52,721)
 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment                                               
    of debt                                           23,084
 Cumulative effect of change in accounting for                                            
   post employment benefits other than pensions                                  10,875
 Other                                               138,676      (139,953)     (84,218)
                                                 -----------   -----------  -----------
                                                                                       
   Net cash provided by operating activities         468,733       350,330      278,857
                                                 -----------   -----------  -----------
                                                                                       
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                                                   
Finance receivables originated or purchased      (11,756,552)   (9,714,701)  (8,634,075)
Finance receivables collected or sold             11,535,766     9,415,231    8,375,018
Purchase of property and equipment                  (424,187)     (349,305)    (211,297)
Sales of property and equipment                       55,760        44,708       25,589
Purchase of investments                              (35,953)      (28,713)    (116,329)
Sales or maturities of investments                    23,523        25,766      131,253
Decrease (increase) in investments in and                                              
  advances to affiliates                             (80,772)       19,847     (77,768)
Sale of domestic over-the-road trailer business                    191,000
Other                                               (109,831)       (1,238)        221
                                                 -----------   -----------  ----------

   Net cash used by investing activities            (792,246)     (397,405)   (507,388)
                                                 -----------   -----------  ----------
                                                                                       
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                                                   
Proceeds from debt financing                       5,500,571     4,100,077   4,494,435
Payments of debt                                  (5,112,147)   (4,107,988) (4,235,043)
Capital contributions from parent company              3,915       103,955       5,251
Cash dividends paid                                 (100,000)      (74,600)    (18,150)
                                                 -----------   -----------  ----------
                                                                                       
   Net cash provided by financing activities         292,339        21,444     246,493
                                                 -----------   -----------  ----------
                                                                                       
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash                 (31,174)      (25,631)     17,962
  equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year        60,495        86,126      68,164
                                                 -----------   -----------  ----------
                                                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year         $    29,321   $    60,495  $   86,126
                                                 ===========   ===========  ==========


See notes to financial statements.
</TABLE>
PAGE 30
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                  
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
                           (in thousands)

                                                                         Net
                                                                     Unrealized
                                                                    Gain (Loss)
                                                                         on        Foreign
                                           Additional    Retained    Marketable    Currency
                               Capital       Paid-       Earnings      Equity    Translation
                                Stock      In Capital   (Deficit)    Securities  Adjustments
                              ---------   -----------   ---------   -----------  -----------
<S>                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance at January 1, 1991       $ 14,643   $1,264,862     $ 94,622         $ 11      $ 8,734
Net loss                                                   (104,386)
Capital contribution from                                                                     
  parent company                               105,251
Cash dividends declared.                       (21,450)
Other changes                                                                417       (2,653)
                                ---------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                             
Balance at December 31, 1991       14,643    1,348,663       (9,764)         428        6,081
Net income                                                  162,672                          
Capital contribution from                                                                     
  parent company                                 3,955
Cash dividends declared                                     (90,600)
Other changes                                                               (374)      (6,768)

Balance at December 31, 1992       14,643    1,352,618       62,308           54         (687)
Net income                                                   99,797                          
Capital contribution from                                                                    
  parent company                                 3,915             
Cash dividends declared                                     (75,000)
Other changes                                                                (54)      (7,973)
                                ---------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                             
Balance at December 31, 1993     $ 14,643   $1,356,533     $ 87,105    $            $  (8,660)
                                 ========   ==========     ========    =========    =========

</TABLE>

See notes to financial statements.
PAGE 31
          TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                  
                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    (dollar amounts in thousands)
                                  
                                  
Note A - Significant Accounting Policies

Transamerica  Finance  Corporation (together  with  its  consolidated
subsidiaries,  the  "Company")  is principally  engaged  in  consumer
lending, commercial lending and leasing operations.  The Company is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Transamerica Finance Group, Inc., which is
a wholly owned subsidiary of Transamerica Corporation.

Certain  amounts  for prior years have been reclassified  to  conform
with the 1993 presentation.

The  significant accounting policies followed by the Company and  its
subsidiaries are:

Consolidation  -  The consolidated financial statements  include  the
accounts  of  Transamerica Finance Corporation and all  its  majority
owned   subsidiaries.    All  material  intercompany   accounts   and
transactions  have been eliminated in consolidation.   The  Company's
nonvoting  preferred  stock ownership interest in  the  distributable
earnings  of  Transamerica Financial Services Finance Co.  ("TFSFC"),
which  is the Company's only significant non-majority owned investee,
is   accounted  for  by  the  equity  method  after  elimination   of
intercompany transactions (see Note M.)

Cash  and  Cash Equivalents - Cash and cash equivalents  include  all
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or
less  except  for  such  securities  held  by  the  Company's  credit
insurance subsidiaries which are included in investments.

Depreciation  and  Amortization - Property and equipment,  which  are
stated  on the basis of cost, are depreciated by use of the straight-
line method over their estimated useful lives, which range from eight
to  15 years (with residual values of 10% to 20%) for equipment  held
for   lease,  three  to  10  years  for  administrative  and  service
equipment,  and  20  years  for buildings. Other  intangible  assets,
principally renewal, referral and other rights incident to businesses
acquired, are amortized over estimated future benefit periods ranging
from  five to 25 years in proportion to estimated revenues.  Goodwill
is amortized over 40 years.

Foreign  Currency  Translation - The net  assets  and  operations  of
foreign   subsidiaries   included  in  the   consolidated   financial
statements are attributable to Canadian and European operations.  The
accounts  of  these  subsidiaries have been  converted  at  rates  of
exchange  in effect at year end as to balance sheet accounts  and  at
average rates for the year as to operations. The effect of changes in
exchange   rates  in  translating  foreign  subsidiaries'   financial
statements  is  accumulated in a separate component of  shareholder's
equity.   The  effect  of  transaction  gains  and  losses   on   the
Consolidated Statement of Operations is insignificant for  all  years
presented.

Transactions  with Affiliates - In the normal course  of  operations,
the  Company  has various transactions with Transamerica  Corporation
and  certain of its other subsidiaries. In addition to the filing  of
consolidated  income  tax returns and the transactions  discussed  in
Notes  J  and  M,  these  transactions  include  computer  and  other
specialized services, various types of insurance coverage and pension
administration, the effects of which are insignificant for all  years
presented.
PAGE 32
Finance  Charges - Finance charges, including loan origination  fees,
offset by direct loan origination costs, are generally recognized  as
earned  on  an accrual basis under an effective yield method,  except
that  accrual of finance charges is suspended on accounts that become
past  due  in excess of 29 days in the case of consumer loans  or  60
days  for  commercial loans. At December 31, 1993 and  1992,  finance
receivables  for which the accrual of finance charges  was  suspended
approximated  $188,300 and $231,700.  Charges collected  in  advance,
including renewal charges, on inventory finance receivables are taken
into  income on a straight-line basis over the periods to  which  the
charges relate.

Allowance for Losses - The allowance for losses is maintained  in  an
amount sufficient to cover estimated uncollectible receivables.  Such
estimates  are  based  on  percentages  of  net  finance  receivables
outstanding developed from historical credit loss experience and,  if
appropriate,  provision  for  deviation  from  historical   averages,
supplemented in the case of commercial loans by specific reserves for
accounts  known  to  be impaired. The allowance is  provided  through
charges  against  current income. Accounts are  charged  against  the
allowance  when they are deemed to be uncollectible. When foreclosure
proceedings  are begun in the case of a real estate secured  consumer
loan,  the account is written down to the estimated realizable  value
of   the   collateral  if  less  than  the  account  balance.   After
foreclosure, repossessed assets are carried at the lower cost or fair
value  less  estimated selling costs and are reclassified  to  assets
held  for sale. Additionally, accounts are generally charged  against
the  allowance when no payment has been received for six  months  for
consumer  lending  and  when  all avenues  for  repayment  have  been
exhausted for commercial lending.

Leasing  Revenues - Leasing revenues include income  from  operating,
finance  and sales-type leases. Operating lease income is  recognized
on  the  straight-line  method over the  lease  term.  Finance  lease
income,  represented  by  the excess of the  total  lease  receivable
(reduced by the amount attributable to contract maintenance) over the
net cost of the related equipment, is deferred and amortized over the
noncancelable  term  of the lease using an accelerated  method  which
provides  a  level rate of return on the outstanding  lease  contract
receivable.  Dealer profit on sales-type leases, represented  by  the
excess of the total fair market value of the equipment over its  cost
or  carrying  value,  is recognized at the inception  of  the  lease.
Unearned  income is amortized over the term of the lease in the  same
manner described above. Contract maintenance revenues are credited to
income on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases.

Income  Taxes  -  Taxable  results of the  Company's  operations  are
included  in  the consolidated federal and certain state  income  tax
returns  filed by Transamerica Corporation, which by the terms  of  a
tax  sharing agreement generally requires the Company to  accrue  and
settle  income tax obligations as if it filed separate  returns  with
the  applicable  taxing  authorities. The Company  provides  deferred
income  taxes based on enacted rates in effect on the dates temporary
differences  between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities
reverse.  In  1988,  the  Company adopted  the  liability  method  of
accounting  for income taxes and the adoption of Financial Accounting
Standard No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, in 1992 had no  effect
on the financial statements.

New  Accounting  Standards  - In May 1993, the  Financial  Accounting
Standards Board issued a new standard on accounting for impairment of
loans which the Company must adopt by the first quarter of 1995.  The
new standard requires that impaired loans be measured based on either
the  fair  value  of the loan, if discernible, the present  value  of
expected cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest  rate
or  the  fair  value  of  the collateral if the  loan  is  collateral
dependent.  When adopted, the new standard is not expected to have  a
material  effect  on  the consolidated financial  statements  of  the
Company.

Also  in May 1993, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued  a
new standard on accounting for certain investments in debt and equity
securities which the Company will adopt in the first quarter of 1994.
Under  the  new  standard the Company will report at fair  value  its
investments  in debt securities for which the Company does  not  have
the  positive  intent  and ability to hold to  maturity.   Unrealized
gains and losses will be reported on an after tax basis in a separate
component of shareholder's equity.
PAGE 33
When adopted, the new standard is not  expected to have a material
effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

Note B - Investments

Investments are summarized as:

                                                 1993      1992
                                                 ----      ----
                                                                  
Fixed maturities, at amortized cost (market                       
value:                                         $103,035  $ 92,004
  $111,621 in 1993 and $97,903 in1992)
Equity securities, at market value                            765
  (cost: $683 in 1992)
Short-term investments                            7,043     4,933
                                                -------- --------
                                                                  
   Total                                       $110,078  $ 97,702

Investments  totaling $4,175 at December 31, 1993 and  1992  were  on
deposit  with various states to meet requirements of state  insurance
and  financial  codes.   In addition, various state  insurance  codes
require  that  the  Company's credit insurance subsidiaries  hold  an
amount equal to their statutory unearned premium reserve ($36,069 and
$42,442  at  December  31, 1993 and 1992)  as  cash  or  in  suitable
investments for the protection of policyholders.  Such assets are not
available   for  distribution  until  all  liabilities  on  insurance
policies have been discharged.

There  were  no  unrealized  gains or  losses  on  marketable  equity
securities at December 31, 1993.


Note C - Concentration of Risk

During  the normal conduct of its operations, the Company engages  in
the  extension  of  credit to homeowners, electronics  and  appliance
dealers,  retail recreational product and computer stores,  appliance
and furniture rental operations and others.  The risk associated with
that credit is subject to economic, competitive and other influences.
While  a  substantial  portion of the risk  is  diversified,  certain
operations are concentrated in one industry or geographic area.

The  Company's  finance  receivables at December  31,  1993  included
$3,046,579,  net of unearned finance charges and insurance  premiums,
of  real estate secured loans, principally first and second mortgages
secured  by  residential properties, of which approximately  49%  are
located  in California. The commercial finance receivables  portfolio
represents  lending  arrangements with  over  120,000  customers.  At
December   31,  1993,  the  portfolio  included  11  customers   with
individual balances in excess of $15,000.  These accounts represented
9%   of   commercial   gross  finance  receivables   outstanding   at
December 31, 1993.
PAGE 34
Note D - Finance Receivables

The  carrying  amounts  and  estimated fair  values  of  the  finance
receivable portfolio at December 31, 1993 and 1992 are as follows:

                               1993                      1992
                     ------------------------  ------------------------
                                   Estimated                 Estimated
                       Carrying       Fair       Carrying       Fair
                        Value        Value        Value        Value
                      ---------   -----------   ---------     --------
Fixed rate                                                                
  receivables:
 Consumer              $3,547,210   $4,307,048   $3,478,148   $4,216,770
 Commercial               134,040      132,662      144,881      143,927
Variable
 rate receivables:
 Commercial             2,390,328    2,390,328    2,371,483    2,371,483
                       ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                       $6,071,578   $6,830,038   $5,994,512   $6,732,180
                       ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========

The   estimated   fair   values  of  consumer  finance   receivables,
substantially   all  of  which  are  fixed  rate   instalment   loans
collateralized  by  residential  real  estate,  and  the  fixed  rate
commercial  finance loans are based on the discounted  value  of  the
future  cash flows expected to be received using available  secondary
market prices for securities backed by similar loans after adjustment
for  differences in loan characteristics. In the absence  of  readily
available   market  prices,  the  expected  future  cash  flows   are
discounted  at effective rates currently offered by the  Company  for
similar loans. For variable rate commercial loans, which comprise the
majority  of  the  commercial  loan portfolio,  the  carrying  amount
represents a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Additional  information pertaining to finance receivables  outstanding
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     Maximum
                                                                  Original Term
                                           Receivables             (in months)
                                        -----------------      ------------------
                                        1993         1992       1993         1992
                                        ----         ----       ----         ----
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Consumer:                                                                   
 Consumer instalment loans:                                                 
   Real estate secured                $3,214,468   $3,267,479        180      180
   Other                                 595,284      482,819         60       60
 Other finance receivables                22,276        6,355         36       36
                                      ----------   ----------                          
                                       3,832,028    3,756,653                          
  Less unearned finance charges and      181,505      177,310                          
    insurance premiums
                                      ----------   ----------                          
 Net finance receivables               3,650,523    3,579,343                          
                                      ----------   ----------                          
                                                                                       
Commercial:                                                                            
 Inventory finance                     1,959,757    1,873,895         12       12
 Business credit                         553,859      575,984         60       60
                                      ----------   ----------                          
   Core businesses                     2,513,616    2,449,879                          
 Other                                   127,687      208,866        180      180
                                      ----------   ----------                          
                                       2,641,303    2,658,745                          
 Less unearned finance charges            40,856       55,212                          
                                      ----------   ----------                          
 Net finance receivables               2,600,447    2,603,533                          
                                      ----------   ----------                          
                                                                                       
   Total net finance receivables      $6,250,970   $6,182,876                          
                                      ==========   ==========                          
</TABLE>
PAGE 35
Contractual  maturities  of finance receivables  outstanding,  before
deduction  of  unearned  finance charges and insurance  premiums,  at
December 31, 1993 are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               Consumer      %       Commercial      %            Total      %
             ----------   ------     ----------   ------     ----------   ------
<S>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>

1994         $  562,579    14.7      $2,103,444    79.7      $2,666,023    41.2
1995            424,003    11.1         247,800     9.4         671,803    10.4
1996            384,416    10.0         217,930     8.3         602,346     9.3
1997            297,727     7.8          26,605     1.0         324,332     5.0
1998            237,582     6.2          43,183     1.6         280,765     4.3
Thereafter    1,925,721     50.2          2,341               1,928,062    29.8
             ----------   ------     ----------   ------     ----------   ------
                                                                             
 Total       $3,832,028    100.0     $2,641,303    100.0     $6,473,331    100.0
             ==========    =====     ==========    =====     ==========    =====

</TABLE>

Experience  of the Company has shown that a substantial  majority  of
the  consumer  finance receivables will be renewed  or  prepaid  many
months  prior to contractual maturity dates. Accordingly,  the  above
schedule  is  not  to  be  regarded as  a  forecast  of  future  cash
collections.  For  1993  and  1992, the ratio  for  consumer  finance
receivables   of  principal  cash  collections  (excluding   balances
refinanced) to average net finance receivables was 29% and 26%.

The  commercial  lending operation's business  credit  unit  provides
revolving  lines of credit, letters of credit and standby letters  of
credit.   At  December  31, 1993 and 1992, borrowers'  unused  credit
availability  under such arrangements totaled $533,781 and  $416,200,
and  the  estimated  amount the Company would  have  to  pay  another
financial  institution to assume the possible  future  obligation  to
fund them was $1,591 and $,2080.

Note E - Allowance for Losses

Changes in the allowance for losses on finance receivables are:

                                     Consumer    Commercial     Total
                                    ---------   -----------    --------
                                                             
Balance at January 1, 1991            $  88,535   $   99,402   $  187,937
Provision charged to income              42,214      245,190      287,404
Receivables charged off                 (34,920)    (177,083)    (212,003)
Recoveries                                1,934        4,469        6,403
Other                                       422       (2,449)      (2,027)
                                      ---------   ----------   ----------
                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 1991             98,185      169,529      267,714
Provision charged to income              47,985       36,830       84,815
Receivables charged off                 (44,448)    (122,974)    (167,422)
Recoveries                                1,487        5,922        7,409
Other                                    (2,014)      (2,138)      (4,152)
                                      ---------   ----------   ----------
                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 1992            101,195       87,169      188,364
Provision charged to income              62,349       31,793       94,142
Receivables charged off                 (62,524)     (51,832)    (114,356)
Recoveries                                1,871        9,122       10,993
Other                                       422        (173)          249
                                      ---------   ----------   ----------
                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 1993          $ 103,313   $   76,079   $  179,392
                                      =========   ==========   ==========

PAGE 36
Note F - Commercial Lending Special Charges and Assets Held for Sale

The  commercial lending operation made a decision late in the  fourth
quarter  of  1991  to exit the rent-to-own finance  business,  reduce
lending to certain asset based lending lines, accelerate disposal  of
repossessed   assets   and  liquidate  receivables   remaining   from
previously  sold  businesses.   As  a  result  of  this  action,  the
commercial  lending operation recognized a special pretax  charge  of
$200,220 ($130,000 after tax).  The $200,220 special charge comprised
$137,404 included in the provision for losses on assets held for sale
and $62,816 included in the provision for losses on receivables.  The
$137,404  provision consisted of $117,304 for anticipated  losses  on
disposition  of the assets, generally comprising rent-to-own  finance
receivables and repossessed collateral, including rent-to-own stores,
and  $20,100 for implementation costs.  The 1991 provision for losses
on assets held for sale of $141,225 comprises the $137,404 portion of
the special charge referred to above plus an additional provision  of
$3,821.

In 1993, an additional provision of $50,000,000 ($35,960 after  tax)
was made to reduce the net carrying value of repossessed rent-to-own
stores to their estimated realizable value.

Assets held for sale are:

                                          1993      1992
                                          ----      ----
Consumer:                                                 
  Repossessed residential properties    $137,455  $ 89,405
  Other repossessed assets                 1,746     2,787
                                        --------  --------
                                         139,201    92,192
  Less valuation allowance                 2,547     2,206
                                        --------  --------
                                         136,654    89,986
                                        --------  --------
                                                          
Commercial:                                               
  Rent-to-own finance receivables        120,469   179,013
  Repossessed rent-to-own stores         107,227   103,418
  Other repossessed assets                19,403    30,633
                                        --------  --------
                                         247,099   313,064
  Less valuation allowance               156,985   121,549
                                        --------  --------
                                          90,114   191,515
                                        --------  --------
                                                          
     Total                              $226,768  $281,501
                                        ========  ========

PAGE 37
Note G - Debt

Debt consists of:

                                                     1993        1992
                                                     -----       -----
Unsubordinated                                                           
Short-term debt:                                                         
  Commercial paper                                 $3,585,249  $2,748,766
  Other                                                84,644      64,342
                                                   ----------  ----------
                                                    3,669,893   2,813,108
  Less classified as long-term debt                 2,505,000   2,813,108
                                                   ----------  ----------
      Total unsubordinated short-term debt          1,164,893          --
                                                   ----------  ----------
Long-term debt:                                                          
  Short-term debt supported by noncancelable                             
     credit agreements                              2,505,000   2,813,108
  4.48% to 9.10% notes and debentures
     due 1994 to 2002                               2,323,110   2,673,847
  Loans due to Transamerica Corporation and its                              
     subsidiaries, at various interest rates,                                
     maturing through 1994                             67,491     101,376
  Zero to 6.50% notes and debentures due 1994 to                             
     2012 issued at a discount to yield 13.80% to                            
     13.88%; with benefit from deferred taxes,                               
     effective cost of 8.79% to 12.35%; maturity                             
     value of $722,760                                274,884     444,200
                                                   ----------  ----------
      Total unsubordinated long-term debt           5,170,485   6,032,531
                                                   ----------  ----------
        Total unsubordinated debt                   6,335,378   6,032,531
                                                   ----------  ----------
                                                                         
Subordinated                                                             
6.75% to 12.75% notes due 1994 to 2003                696,125     557,045
                                                   ----------  ----------
                                                                         
             Total debt                            $7,031,503  $6,589,576
                                                   ==========  ==========

The estimated fair value of debt, using rates currently available for
debt with similar terms and maturities, at December 31, 1993 and 1992
was $7,407,000 and $6,805,000.

In  1993,  the  Company redeemed $125,000 of deep discount  long-term
debt  with  a  book  value of $90,710, which resulted  in  a  $23,084
extraordinary loss, after related taxes of $11,447.

Commercial  paper notes are issued for maturities up to 270  days  in
the  U.S. and 365 days in Canada.  At December 31, 1993, $200,000  of
the outstanding commercial paper, which matured January 24, 1994, was
held by Transamerica Corporation.  In support of its commercial paper
operations,  bank credit lines aggregating $721,814 at  December  31,
1993  were  available  to the Company, $75,000  of  which  were  also
available  to  Transamerica Corporation.  At December 31,  1993,  all
borrowings under these lines were made by the Company and amounted to
$240,927, of which $156,283 is long-term.

In  support  of the short-term debt classified as long-term  debt  at
December  31,  1993,  the  Company has  unsubordinated  noncancelable
credit  agreements  totaling  $3,433,000  with  55  banks,  of  which
$2,505,000  matures  after one year.  Fees are paid  on  the  average
unused commitment.

The  Company  uses  interest rate exchange agreements  to  hedge  the
interest  rate sensitivity of its outstanding indebtedness.   Certain
of  these  agreements call for the payment of fixed rate interest  by
the Company in return for the assumption by other contracting parties
of  the  variable  rate cost. At December 31, 1993,  such  agreements
covering the notional amount of $214,400 at a weighted average  fixed
interest rate of 8.25% expiring through 1999 and $840,000 of one year
agreements  expiring in 1994 with an average interest rate  of  3.78%
were  outstanding.   Additionally  at  December  31,  1993,  exchange
agreements covering the notional amount of $216,000 expiring  through
1997  were  outstanding, in which the Company receives interest  from
other  contracting parties at a weighted average fixed interest  rate
of  6.98% and pays interest at variable rates to those parties. While
the  Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance
by  the  other party, nonperformance is not anticipated  due  to  the
credit  rating  of the counter parties.  At December  31,  1993,  the
interest rate exchange agreements are with banks rated A or better by
one or more of the major credit rating agencies.
PAGE 38
The  estimated  fair value of the interest rate exchange  agreements,
determined  on a net present value basis, at December  31,  1993  and
1992 was a negative $5,320 and $9,067.  The fair value represents the
estimated  amount  that  the Company would  be  required  to  pay  to
terminate  the  exchange  agreements,  taking  into  account  current
interest rates.

Long-term  debt  outstanding at December 31,  1993,  other  than  the
$2,505,000  supported by noncancelable credit agreements, matures  as
follows:

             Unsubordinated   Subordinated       Total
             --------------   -------------  ------------
                                             
1994              $  900,056       $113,350     $1,013,406
1995                 703,414         40,000        743,414
1996                 469,813         79,195        549,008
1997                 198,900         87,100        286,000
1998                 196,005        235,480        431,485
Thereafter           197,297        141,000        338,297
                  ----------       --------    -----------
                                                          
                  $2,665,485       $696,125     $3,361,610*
                  ==========       ========     ===========

*Includes the accreted values at December 31, 1993 on original  issue
discount debt and not the amount due at maturity.


Interest  payments,  net  of  amounts  received  from  interest  rate
exchange  agreements, totaled $513,541 in 1993, $558,997 in 1992  and
$481,200 in 1991.


Note H - Dividend and Other Restrictions

Consolidated  equity  is  restricted  by  the  provisions   of   debt
agreements.   At  December  31,  1993,  $180,127  was  available  for
dividends and other stock payments.  Under certain circumstances, the
provisions  of  loan  agreements  and  statutory  requirements  place
limitations  on  the  amount of funds which can be  remitted  to  the
Company by its consolidated subsidiaries.  Of the net assets  of  the
Company's  consolidated  subsidiaries, as adjusted  for  intercompany
account balances, at December 31, 1993, $51,985 is so restricted.

Note I - Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes comprises:

                                    1993        1992        1991
Current taxes:                                                      
  Federal                            $41,544    $ 95,239    $ 13,606
  State                               15,427      18,391      20,368
  Foreign                                 88    (14,637)      12,722
                                     -------    --------    --------
                                      57,059      98,993      46,696
                                     -------    --------    --------
                                                                    
Deferred taxes
  Federal                             32,461         588    (53,963)
  State                                5,034       6,533     (8,443)
  Foreign                                803      14,938    (14,378)
                                     -------    --------    --------
                                      38,298      22,059    (76,784)
                                     -------    --------    --------
                                                                    
     Total income taxes (benefit)    $95,357    $121,052   $(30,088)
                                     =======    ========   =========
PAGE 39
The difference between federal income taxes computed at the statutory
rate and the total provision for income taxes is:

                                        1993        1992       1991
                                      ---------   --------   -------
                                                                        
Federal income taxes (benefit) at                                       
  statutory rate                         $76,967   $96,467   $(42,024)
State income taxes, net of federal                                      
  income tax benefit                      13,986    16,449      7,953
Book and tax basis difference of
assets acquired                           2,999      5,026      6,341
Settlement of disputed items             (4,224)
Dividends from affiliates                             (663)    (2,109)
Other                                      5,629     3,773       (249)
                                        --------  --------  ---------
                                                                        
   Total income taxes (benefit)          $95,357  $121,052  $ (30,088)
                                         =======  ========  =========

Deferred  tax liabilities (assets) are comprised of the following  at
December 31:

                                              1993        1992
                                              ----        ----
                                                                 
Depreciation                                 $197,196    $190,462
Amortization of bond discount and interest     66,071      65,380
Direct finance and sales type leases            7,865      34,134
Insurance reserves and acquisition costs        9,698       7,785
Other                                          35,475      10,410
                                             --------    --------
 Gross deferred tax liabilities               316,305     308,171
                                             --------    --------
                                                                 
Allowances for losses on finance
receivables and other assets                 (113,331)   (104,221)
Post employment benefits other than pensions   (8,166)     (8,343)
Net operating loss and foreign tax
  credit carryforwards                        (10,683)    (33,263)
Other                                         (15,993)    (21,855)
                                             --------    --------
 Gross deferred tax assets                   (148,173)   (167,682)
                                             --------    --------
                                                                 
          Net deferred tax liability         $168,132    $140,489
                                             ========    ========

Pretax income (loss) from foreign operations totaled $4,236 in  1993,
$4,332  in  1992  and $(25,960) in 1991. Income tax payments  totaled
$77,089 in 1993, $92,190 in 1992 and $27,802 in 1991.

Note  J-  Pension  and Stock Savings Plans and Other Post  Employment
Benefits

The   Company  participates  in  the  Retirement  Plan  for  Salaried
Employees  of  Transamerica Corporation and Affiliates  (the  pension
plan).  The  pension plan is a noncontributory defined  benefit  plan
covering  substantially all employees. Pension benefits are based  on
the  employee's  compensation during the highest paid 60  consecutive
months  during  the 120 months before retirement. Pension  costs  are
allocated  to  the Company based on the number of participants.   The
Company  also  participates in the Transamerica Corporation  Employee
Stock  Savings  Plan  (the  401(k)  plan).   The  401(k)  plan  is  a
contributory  defined contribution plan covering  eligible  employees
who  elect to participate.  Currently, the Company matches  75  cents
for   every  dollar  contributed  up  to  six  percent  of   eligible
compensation.   The  Company matching portion is always  invested  in
Transamerica Corporation common stock.  Employees are 25%  vested  in
the  matching contributions after three years, 50% vested after  four
years  and  100% vested after five years of service.   The  Company's
total costs for both the pension plan and the 401(k) plan were $9,163
in 1993, $7,913 in 1992 and $9,045 in 1991.

The  Company  also  participates  in various  programs  sponsored  by
Transamerica  Corporation  that provide  medical  and  certain  other
benefits   to   eligible  retirees.   Effective  January   1,   1991,
Transamerica Corporation and its subsidiaries elected early  adoption
of  FASB Statement No. 106 on accounting for post employment benefits
other  than  pensions.   Adoption  of  the  statement  increased  the
Company's loss before the cumulative effect of the accounting  change
and  net  loss  for  the year ended December 31,  1991  by  $377  and
$11,252.
PAGE 40
Note K - Commitments and Contingencies

The  Company and its subsidiaries have noncancelable lease agreements
expiring  mainly  through  1998.  These  agreements  are  principally
operating  leases  for  facilities used in the Company's  operations.
Total rental expense amounted to $54,799 in 1993, $60,286 in 1992 and
$62,899 in 1991.

Contingent  liabilities  arising from litigation,  income  taxes  and
other  matters  are  not  considered  material  in  relation  to  the
consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries.

Note L - Business Segment Information

Business segment information is:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                Revenues                     Operating Profit (Loss)
                      --------------------------------  ----------------------------------
                         1993        1992       1991         1993        1992        1991
                      ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                                           
Consumer lending       $651,218    $654,078    $621,998   $ 172,593   $ 181,676   $ 164,401
Commercial lending      333,297     356,275     384,902     (31,074)     25,536    (346,484)
Leasing                 407,774     420,512     396,418      91,470      92,073      74,025
Other operations           (163)         18        (901)        407      (1,370)     (1,692)
                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                           
                     $1,392,126  $1,430,883  $1,402,417     233,396     297,915   (109,750)
                     ==========  ==========  ==========                                    
Corporate expense                                           (15,158)    (14,191)   (13,849)
Income taxes                                                (95,357)   (121,052)    30,088
                                                          ---------   ---------  ----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item and                                                
  cumulative effect of accounting change                  $ 122,881   $ 162,672  $ (93,511)
                                                          =========   =========  ==========
<CAPTION>
                                  Assets                            Liabilities
                    ----------------------------------  ----------------------------------
                        1993        1992       1991         1993        1992        1991
                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                  <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Consumer lending     $3,985,720  $3,846,327  $3,639,346  $3,511,823  $3,402,670  $3,208,252
Commercial lending    3,461,316   3,513,760   3,647,369   2,836,763   2,882,617   3,004,206
Leasing               1,696,983   1,339,751   1,257,976   1,417,965   1,094,730   1,002,994
Other operations        143,321     110,386      65,964      67,731       1,271       5,399
Consolidation                                                                              
  adjustments          (255,970)   (121,330)    (91,398)   (252,533)   (121,330)    (61,645)
                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                           
 Total               $9,031,370  $8,688,894  $8,519,257  $7,581,749  $7,259,958  $7,159,206
                     ==========  =========   ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========
<CAPTION>
                            Additions, at Cost,                          
                          to Property & Equipment              Depreciation Expense
                    ----------------------------------    -------------------------------
                        1993        1992       1991         1993        1992        1991
                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                  <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
Consumer lending       $  6,169    $  5,316   $  2,684     $  3,525    $  2,607    $  2,296
Commercial lending        6,992       6,938     10,971        5,396       7,538       8,754
Leasing                 411,026     337,051    197,642      105,852     102,805      93,965
Other operations                                                 82          74          65
                                                                                           
                     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
 Total                 $424,187    $349,305   $211,297     $114,855    $113,024    $105,080
                     ==========  =========   ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========

</TABLE>
PAGE 41
Note M - Transactions With Affiliates

On November 1, 1990, the Company sold without recourse a pool of real
estate  secured  receivables  to TFSFC  for  cash  of  $547,655  plus
interest  of  $9,661 to the closing date of December 17,  1990.   The
purchase  price, which represented the fair value of the  receivables
sold, was based on an independent appraisal.  For financial reporting
purposes, the intercompany gain on this sale has been deferred and is
being  amortized to income as a component of the Company's equity  in
the  distributable earnings of TFSFC.  TFSFC subsequently securitized
and  sold  to outside investors a $430,000 participation interest  in
the   receivable  pool.   The  Company  continues  to  service  these
receivables  for  a fee.  The Company has entered into  an  agreement
whereby it directs the investment of excess funds in the pool pending
their distribution and guarantees that such funds will be invested at
a certain minimum rate, currently 9.25%.

Investments in and advances to affiliates consist of the following at
December 31:

                                             1993        1992
                                             ----        ----
                                                                
Preferred stock of TFSFC                   $  72,946   $  82,665
Unamortized deferred gain on sale of         (18,729)    (31,571)
  receivables to TFSFC
Unsecured receivable from BWAC Twelve,       308,858     238,595
Inc.
Unsecured receivable from Transamerica                          
  HomeFirst, Inc.                              7,937         551
                                            --------    --------
                                            $371,012    $290,240
                                            ========    ========

The  receivables  from BWAC Twelve, Inc. and Transamerica  HomeFirst,
Inc.  are  payable on demand and bear interest at a rate that  varies
based  on  the  Company's average cost of borrowings.   The  weighted
average  interest rate was 4.21% in 1993, 4.04% in 1992 and 7.18%  in
1991.  Under  the terms of certain debt agreements, the  Company  may
maintain investments in and advances to affiliates up to $649,621  at
December 31, 1993.

Income  from  affiliates comprises the following for the years  ended
December 31:

                                       1993        1992        1991
                                       ----        ----        ----
                                                                     
Interest income                       $11,572     $13,486     $14,299
Servicing fees                            833         861         866
Amortization of deferred gain and                                    
  equity in earnings of TFSFC           5,616       6,901      14,359
                                      -------     -------     -------
                                      $18,021     $21,248     $29,524
                                      =======     =======     =======

Note N - Subsequent Event

On March 15, 1994, the  Company  completed  the purchase of
substantially all of the assets of the container rental division
of Tiphook plc for approximately $1,100,000 in cash.
PAGE 42
        TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                
       MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF THE RESULTS
                          OF OPERATIONS
                                
   The following table sets forth revenues and income by line  of
business for the periods indicated (in thousands):

                                                  Income (Loss) Before
                                Revenues           Extraordinary Item
                           ------------------     ---------------------
                            1993        1992        1993        1992
                           -------    --------     -------     -------
                                                               
Consumer lending              $651,218    $654,078     $91,742     $99,210
Commercial lending             333,297     356,275    (12,775)      17,938
Leasing                        407,774     420,512      53,641      58,068
Other operations                 (163)          18       1,931       (888)
Amortization of goodwill                              (11,658)    (11,656)
                            ----------  ----------   ---------   ---------
                                                                          
 Total                      $1,392,126  $1,430,883    $122,881    $162,672
                            ==========  ==========    ========    ========

  The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the
information presented under Item 1, Business.


Consumer Lending

   Consumer  lending income, before the amortization of goodwill,
in  1993  decreased $7,468,000 (8%) from 1992.  The decrease  was
principally  due  to increased operating expenses,  an  increased
provision for losses on receivables and lower revenues that  more
than  offset  lower  interest expense and  a  $5,269,000  benefit
included  in  operating  expenses from  a  reversal  of  reserves
related  to a 1990 sales of receivables to Transamerica Financial
Services Finance Co. which subsequently were securitized.

  Revenues in 1993 decreased $2,860,000 (%) from 1992 principally
because  of  lower  income  from affiliates  and  servicing  fees
related  to  the  run  off of the receivables  that  Transamerica
Financial Services Finance Co. securitized in 1990 and lower fees
due  to  reduced volume of real estate secured loans.   Operating
expenses  increased  in  1993 mainly due to  investments  in  new
branches and losses on the disposal of repossessed assets.   With
the  adoption  in the fourth quarter of 1992 of  a  required  new
accounting  rule,  losses on the disposal of repossessed  assets,
which  were  $5,952,000  for 1993 and $3,021,000  in  the  fourth
quarter  of  1992, were classified as operating  expenses  rather
than  as  credit losses.  Data for periods prior  to  the  fourth
quarter of 1992 have not been reclassified.

   The  provision for losses on receivables increased $14,364,000
(30%)  in 1993 over 1992 due to increased credit losses.   Credit
losses,  net  of recoveries, as a percentage of average  consumer
finance  receivables outstanding, net of unearned finance charges
and  insurance premiums, were 1.67% in 1993 compared to 1.22%  in
1992.    Credit   losses  increased  partly  due   to   continued
sluggishness  in the domestic economy and a weak California  real
estate market.

   Interest  expense declined $24,449,000 (9%) in 1993 from  1992
due  to a lower average interest rate which more than offset  the
effect  of higher borrowings due to increased average receivables
outstanding.    Net  consumer  finance  receivables   outstanding
increased $71,180,000 (2%) in 1993.

   Net consumer finance receivables at December 31, 1993 included
$3,046,579  of real estate secured loans, principally  first  and
second  mortgages  secured by residential  properties,  of  which
approximately  49%  are  located in California.   Company  policy
generally  limits the amount of cash advanced on  any  one  loan,
plus any existing mortgage, to between 70% and 80% (depending  on
location)  of  the appraised value of the mortgaged property,  as
determined  by qualified independent appraisers at  the  time  of
PAGE 43
loan  origination.  Delinquent real estate secured  loans,  which
are  defined  as loans contractually past due 60  days  or  more,
totaled  $59,767  (1.86%  of  total  real  estate  secured  loans
outstanding) at December 31, 1993 compared to $60,211,000  (1.84%
of  total real estate secured loans outstanding) at December  31,
1992.

   Management  has established an allowance for losses  equal  to
2.83% of net consumer finance receivables outstanding at December
31, 1993 and 1992.

   Generally, by the time an account secured by residential  real
estate  becomes  past due 90 days, foreclosure  proceedings  have
begun,   at  which  time  the  account  is  moved  from   finance
receivables to other assets and is written down to the  estimated
realizable  value  of  the collateral if less  than  the  account
balance.   After foreclosure, repossessed assets are  carried  at
the  lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs and
are   reclassified  to  assets  held  for  sale.    Accounts   in
foreclosure   and  repossessed  assets  held  for  sale   totaled
$214,665,000  at  December 31, 1993 compared to  $176,054,000  at
December  31,  1992.   The increase primarily reflects  increased
repossessions in California and longer disposal times due to  its
weak real estate market.

Commercial Lending

  Commercial lending results, before the amortization of goodwill
and  a  $23,084,000  after tax extraordinary loss  on  the  early
extinguishment  of $125,000,000 deep discount long-term  debt  in
1993, were a a loss of $12,775,000 for 1993 compared to income in
1992  of  $17,938,000.  The 1993 loss was due  primarily  to  the
inclusion  of a $50,000,000 ($35,960,000 after tax) provision  to
reduce  the net carrying value of repossessed rent-to-own  stores
to their estimated realizable value.  Information received during
the  year  from prospective buyers of the repossessed rent-to-own
stores  held for sale indicated that the realizable value of  the
business had declined below its carrying value.

   The  1993 results also included an $8,799,000 after tax charge
for the restructuring  of  the  commercial   lending   unit's
infrastructure, a $4,224,000 after tax provision for  anticipated
legal  and  other  costs  associated  with  the  runoff  of   the
liquidating  portfolios and a $4,224,000  tax  benefit  from  the
resolution   of   prior   years'  tax  matters.   Excluding   the
aforementioned  items,  commercial  lending  income,  before  the
amortization of goodwill and the extraordinary loss on the  early
extinguishment of debt, increased $14,046,000 (78%) in 1993  over
1992.  This  improvement  was primarily due  to  lower  operating
expenses,  a  lower  provision  for  losses  on  receivables  and
stronger  margins  brought about by the declining  interest  rate
environment.   The  interest rates at  which  commercial  lending
borrows funds for its businesses have moved more quickly than the
rates  at which it lends to its customers. As a  result,  margins
have been enhanced by the declining interest rate environment.

  Revenues in 1993 decreased $22,978,000 (6%) from 1992 primarily
as  a  result  of reduced yields attributable to the current  low
interest rate environment.

   Interest expense declined $25,459,000 (19%) in 1993 from  1992
as  a result of lower average interest rates.  Operating expenses
increased  $14,127,000 (9%) during 1993  over  1992  due  to  the
restructuring  charge  and provision for  anticipated  legal  and
other  costs  associated  with  the  runoff  of  the  liquidating
portfolios  described  above, aggregating $21,500,000,  partially
offset  by  cost reduction efforts in the inventory  finance  and
business  credit core businesses.  The provision  for  losses  on
receivables  in  1993  was $5,037,000 (14%)  less  than  in  1992
primarily  due  to lower credit losses.  Credit  losses,  net  of
recoveries,  as  a  percentage  of  average  commerical   finance
receivables  outstanding, net of unearned finance  charges,  were
1.64%  in 1993 compared to 4.53% in 1992.  Credit losses declined
in  1993  primarily  due  to  lower  losses  in  the  liquidating
portfolios.

   In  March 1992, the commercial lending operation purchased for
cash   a   business   credit  portfolio  consisting   of   twelve
manufacturer/distributor accounts with a net outstanding  balance
of $134,000,000.
PAGE 44
    Net  commercial  finance  receivables  outstanding  decreased
$3,086,000  (%) from December 31, 1992.  Growth in the  inventory
finance  portfolio  was more than offset  by  a  decline  in  the
liquidating  and  business  credit  portfolios.   Management  has
established an allowance for credit losses equal to 2.93% of  net
commercial  finance receivables outstanding as  of  December  31,
1993 compared to 3.35% at December 31, 1992.

   Effective in 1993, the policies used for the determination  of
delinquent  and  nonearning  receivables  have  been  revised  to
provide   greater  consistency  among  the  company's  receivable
portfolios.  It  is  management's view that the  new  methodology
provides a better and more meaningful assessment of the condition
of  the  portfolio. Delinquent receivables, which were  generally
defined  as financed inventory sold but unpaid 30 days  or  more,
the  portion  of business credit loans in excess of the  approved
lending  limit  and  all other receivable balances  contractually
past  due  60  days  or more, are now defined as  the  instalment
balance for inventory finance and business credit receivables and
the  receivable balance for all other receivables  over  60  days
past   due.   Nonearning  receivables,  which  were  defined   as
receivables from borrowers in bankruptcy or litigation and  other
accounts  for  which full collectibility was  doubtful,  are  now
defined  as  receivables from borrowers that  are  over  90  days
delinquent or at such earlier time as full collectibility becomes
doubtful.  At  December  31,  1993, delinquent  receivables  were
$26,940,000  (1.02%  of receivables outstanding)  and  nonearning
receivables  were $31,763,000 (1.20% of receivables outstanding).
At  December  31,  1992, delinquent receivables were  $63,384,000
(2.38%  of  receivables  outstanding) and nonearning  receivables
were $90,919,000 (3.42% of receivables outstanding).  Delinquency
and  nonearning  data  as  of December  31,  1992  has  not  been
restated.

    Assets  held  for  sale  as  of  December  31,  1993  totaled
$90,114,000,  net  of  a  $156,985,000 valuation  allowance,  and
consisted  of  rent-to-own finance receivables  of  $120,469,000,
repossessed   rent-to-own  stores  of  $107,227,000   and   other
repossessed  assets  of  $19,403,000. Assets  held  for  sale  at
December  31,  1992 totaled $191,515,000, net of  a  $121,549,000
valuation   allowance,   and   comprised   rent-to-own    finance
receivables  of $179,013,000, repossessed rent-to-own  stores  of
$103,418,000  and  other repossessed assets  of  $30,633,000.  At
December  31,  1993,  $27,489,000  of  the  rent-to-own   finance
receivables  were classified as both delinquent  and  nonearning.
At  December 31, 1992, delinquent rent-to-own finance receivables
were  $15,397,000 and nonearning rent-to-own finance  receivables
were $32,615,000.  Delinquency and nonearning data as of December
31, 1992 has not been restated.


Leasing

   Leasing income, before the amortization of goodwill, decreased
$4,427,000  (8%)  in  1993 due primarily  to  an  additional  tax
provision  of  $4,300,000 caused by the revaluation  of  deferred
income  tax  liability for the 1993 federal  tax  rate  increase.
Excluding  the  additional tax provision, results for  1993  were
comparable to 1992 as higher fleet utilization and per diem rates
in  the  rail trailer business, a larger finance lease  portfolio
and  a larger fleet of refrigerated containers were offset  by  a
decline in standard container utilization.

   In  November 1992, the company sold its domestic over-the-road
trailer  business.   Proceeds from the sale totaled  $191,000,000
and resulted in no gain or loss.

   Revenues  for 1993 decreased $12,738,000 (3%) from 1992.   The
decline  was mainly due to the sale of the domestic over-the-road
trailer  business  in  November 1992 and a  decline  in  standard
container  utilization.   The decrease was  partially  offset  by
higher  fleet utilization and per diem rates in the rail  trailer
business,  an  increased finance lease portfolio,  and  a  larger
fleet   of  standard  containers,  refrigerated  containers   and
European trailers.
PAGE 45
   Expenses decreased $12,135,000 (4%) in 1993 from 1992  due  to
the  sale  of  the domestic over-the-road trailer business.   The
decrease was partially offset by higher ownership cost due  to  a
larger fleet.

   The  combined utilization of standard containers, refrigerated
containers,  domestic  containers, tank  containers  and  chassis
averaged  83%  in  1993 compared to 85% in  1992.   Rail  trailer
utilization  was 91% in 1993 compared to 84% in  1992.   European
trailer utilization was 89% in 1993 compared to 84% in 1992.

   The  company's  standard  container,  refrigerated  container,
domestic  container, tank container and chassis fleet of  316,000
units  increased by 36,000 units (13%) in 1993.  The rail trailer
fleet of 36,500 units increased by 2,100 units (6%) in 1993.   At
December  31,  1993, the company also operated a fleet  of  3,800
over-the-road trailers in Europe.

Other Operations

  The other operations represent principally unallocated interest
expense   and   certain  financing  activities  of   Transamerica
Equipment  Leasing  Company, Inc. which are not  related  to  the
leasing operations of Transamerica Leasing Inc. and are therefore
not combined with such operations.
PAGE 46

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                
               SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                
          SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
                         (in thousands)

                                                                   Year Ended
                                  Three Months Ended              December 31,
                          3/31/93   6/30/93   9/30/93  12/31/93       1993
                          -------   -------   -------  ---------   -----------
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>
Revenues                  $339,347  $344,252  $350,187  $358,340     $1,392,126
                          ========  ========  ========  ========     ==========
Income (loss) before                                                           
  extraordinary item       $40,053   $41,233  $(2,347)   $43,942       $122,881
Extraordinary loss                                                             
  on early                                               (23,084)       (23,084)
extinguishment of          -------   -------  -------    -------        -------
  debt
                                                                               
Net income (loss)          $40,053   $41,233  $(2,347)   $20,858        $99,797
                           =======   =======  =======    ========       =======

                                                                   Year Ended
                                  Three Months Ended               December 31,
                          3/31/92   6/30/92   9/30/92  12/31/92       1992
                          -------   -------   -------  --------     -----------
<S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>
Revenues                  $346,905  $361,458  $357,698  $364,822     $1,430,883
                          ========  ========  ========  ========      =========
                                                                               
Net income                 $34,813   $39,337   $42,689   $45,833       $162,672
                           =======   =======   =======   =======       ========
                                                                 
<FN>

Note  A.   Certain amounts for the first three quarters  of  1992
have  been reclassified to conform with the presentation followed
in the fourth quarter of 1992.

Note  B.  The loss for the three months ended September 30,  1993
resulted  primarily  from  after tax charges  by  the  commerical
lending operation of $35,960,000 to reduce the net carrying value
of   repossessed  rent-to-own  stores  held  for  sale  to  their
estimated  realizable value and $8,799,000 for the  restructuring
of the unit's infrastructure.
</TABLE>

PAGE 47

        TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                
                  Financial Statement Schedules
PAGE 48
<TABLE>

        TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                
        SCHEDULE VIII - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                
<CAPTION>

          COL A.               COL. B                COL C.                 COL D.         COL E.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              ADDITIONS                                
                                               (1)             (2)                     
                                                            Charged                           
                             Balance at     Charged to      to Other                     Balance at
                            Beginning of    Costs and      Accounts -    Deductions-        End
DESCRIPTION                    Period        Expenses       Describe       Describe      of Period
- ------------------------    ------------    ----------      ---------     -----------    ---------
                                                     (in thousands)
<S>                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Year Ended December 31,                                                                              
1993:
 Deducted from assets:                                                                               
   Allowance for losses:                                                                             
     Consumer:                                                                                       
      Finance receivables        $101,195     $62,349          $422 (B)    $ 60,653 (C)       $103,313
      Assets held for sale          2,206       5,952 (A)                     5,611 (D)          2,547
     Commercial:                                                                                     
      Finance receivables          87,169      31,793          (173) (E)     42,710 (C)         76,079
      Assets held for sale        121,549      50,000           365 (F)      14,929 (D)        156,985
                                                                                                     
Year Ended December 31,                                                                              
1992:
 Deducted from assets:                                                                               
   Allowance for losses:                                                                             
     Consumer:                                                                                       
      Finance receivables         $98,185     $47,985       $(2,014) (E)    $42,961 (C)       $101,195
      Assets held for sale                      3,021 (A)     1,200  (G)      2,015 (D)          2,206
     Commercial:                                                                                     
      Finance receivables         169,529      36,830        (2,138) (E)    117,052 (C)         87,169
      Assets held for sale        142,062                     2,030  (F)     22,543 (D)        121,549
                                                                                                     
Year Ended December 31,                                                                              
1991:
 Deducted from assets:                                                                               
   Allowance for losses:                                                                             
     Consumer finance             $88,535     $42,214          $422  (B)    $32,986 (C)        $98,185
      receivables
     Commercial:                                                                                     
      Finance receivables          99,402     245,190        (2,449) (E)    172,614 (C)        169,529
      Assets held for sale                    121,125 (H)    20,937  (F)                       142,062
                                                                                                     

<FN>
- --------------
(A)Provision charged to operating expenses for losses on disposal of repossessed assets.
(B)Increase in connection with purchase of receivables and other adjustments.
(C)Charges for net credit losses.
(D)Charges for losses on disposal of assets held for sale.
(E)Decrease  in 1993 and 1992 was due to foreign exchange and other adjustments.  The  decrease
   in  1991  was due to reclassification of valuation allowance on receivables reclassified  to
   assets  held  for sale of $(4,221,000); increase in connection with purchase of  receivables
   and foreign exchange and other adjustments of $1,772,000.
(F)Increase  in  1993 and 1992 was due to recoveries on assets held for sale, and in  1991  the
   increase  was  due to reclassification of valuation allowance on assets held for  sale  from
   repossessed  assets of $16,716,000 and from the allowance for losses on finance  receivables
   of $4,221,000.
(G)Reclassification of allowance for losses on accounts in process of foreclosure.
(H)Includes  special  charge  of $117,304,000 plus an additional provision  of  $3,821,000  for
   valuation allowance on assets held for sale.

</TABLE>
PAGE 49
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                
               SCHEDULE IX - SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
                                

          COL A.                COL. B         COL. C         COL. D         COL. E          COL. F
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Maximum        Average             
                                              Weighted        Amount         Amount         Weighted
                              Balance at      Average      Outstanding    Outstanding   Average Interest
CATEGORY OF AGGREGATE           End of     Interest Rate    During the     During the   Rate During the
SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS           Period         (D)(E)       Period (F)     Period (G)    Period (D)(H)
- --------------------------     ----------   ------------    -----------    -----------   --------------
                                           (dollar amounts in thousands)

<S>                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                        
Year Ended December 31,                                                                 
1993:
 Commercial paper(A)            $1,080,249          3.17%     $1,080,249       $493,264            3.41%
 Bank loans(B)(C)                   84,644                        84,644         57,598            3.56%
                                                                                                        
Year Ended December 31,                                                                                 
1992:
 Commercial paper (A)                                               $853            $79            4.21%
 Bank loans (B)                                                                                         
                                                                                                        
Year Ended December 31,                                                                                 
1991:
 Commercial paper (A)                                            $38,560         $3,213            6.34%
 Bank loans (B)                                                   93,797          7,967                 
                                                                                        

<FN>
- ------------------
(A) Commercial  paper notes are issued for maturities up to 270 days  in  the  United
    States and 365 days in Canada.  Commercial paper balances have been reclassified to
    long-term debt to the extent of available noncancelable long-term lines of credit.
(B) Bank  loans  have been reclassified to long-term debt to the extent of  available
    noncancelable long-term lines of credit.
(C) All short-term bank loans outstanding were denominated in foreign currencies.
(D) Excludes  interest  rates  on  short-term  borrowings  denominated  in   foreign
    currencies.
(E) Computed  by dividing the annualized interest expense on the debt outstanding  at
    year end by the amount outstanding at year end.
(F) The  maximum outstanding during 1993, 1992 and 1991 for combined commercial paper
    and bank loans was $1,164,893,000, $853,000 and $132,357,000.
(G) Computed by dividing the total of the month-end balances outstanding by the number
    of months in the year.
(H) Computed by dividing the actual interest expense by the average debt outstanding.
                                
</TABLE>
PAGE 50
<TABLE>

                                
        TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                
     SCHEDULE X - SUPPLEMENTARY INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

<CAPTION>

                   COL. A                                       COL. B
- -------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
                                                   Charged to Costs and Expenses
                    ITEM                               Years Ended December 31,
                                             ----------------------------------------
                                                  1993           1992           1991
                                                -------        --------       -------
                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>
Amortization of intangible assets:                                         
 Amortization of goodwill                           $11,658        $11,656        $12,456
 Amortization of other intangible assets              9,659          7,225          3,987
                                                    -------        -------        -------
                                                                                         
   Total                                            $21,317        $18,881        $16,443
                                                    =======        =======        =======
                                                                                         
Advertising costs                                   $20,246        $17,768        $16,502
                                                    =======        =======        =======
                                                                                         
Maintenance and repairs                             $34,220        $49,193        $44,348
                                                    =======        =======        =======

</TABLE>






                                                            EXHIBIT EX-2

                                            Conformed copy of the
                                            agreement signed in Brussels












                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                      among 
          
          
                                   Tiphook plc 
                    Tiphook Container Rental Company Limited 
                          TFS Equipment Leasing Limited 
                               TFS Leasing Limited 
                       Tiphook Financial Services Limited 
                          Tiphook Container Rental Inc. 
                   Tiphook Container Rental (Australasia) Ltd. 
                 Tiphook Container Rental (South America) Ltda. 
                    Tiphook Container Rental (Hong Kong) Ltd. 
                         Tiphook Container Rental S.R.L. 
                 Tiphook Container Rental (Singapore) pte. Ltd. 
          
          
                                   as Sellers, 
          
          
                                       and 
          
          
                 Transamerica Container Acquisition Corporation, 
                                  as Purchaser, 
          
          
                                   dated as of 
          
          
                                February 13, 1994 
          
          

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS 
          
          

          
         Recitals...............................................
          
         ARTICLE I      PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS AND 
                          RELATED TRANSACTIONS...................
          
              1.1.      Definitions..............................
              1.2.      Purchase and Sale of Sale Assets.........
              1.3.      Assumption of Assumed Liabilities........
              1.4.      Consideration............................
              1.5.      Allocation of Consideration..............
              1.6.      Closing..................................
              1.7.      Tiphook Trademarks and Trade Names.......
              1.8.      Maintenance and Repair; DPP; Commission,  
                          Storage and Handling Charges...........
              1.9.      Sellers' Receivables.....................
              1.10.     Impaired Containers......................
              1.11.     Title....................................
              1.12.     Further Assurances.......................
          
         ARTICLE II     RELATED MATTERS..........................
          
              2.1.      Full Access to Books and Records.........
              2.2.      Amendment of Exclusivity Letter..........
          
         ARTICLE III    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF 
                          THE SELLERS............................
          
              3.1.      Corporate Organization, Etc..............
              3.2.      Authorization, Etc.......................
              3.3.      No Violation.............................
              3.4.      Interim Operations.......................
              3.5.      Title to Properties,                  
                          Encumbrances, Etc......................
              3.6.      Contracts and Leases; Commercial 
                          Disputes...............................
              3.7.      Litigation...............................
              3.8.      Consents and Approvals of Government 
                          Authorities............................
              3.9.      Consents.................................
              3.10.     Compliance with Law......................
              3.11.     Good Title Conveyed......................
              3.12.     Permits, Licenses, Etc...................
              3.13.     Collections..............................
              3.14.     Affiliate Transaction....................
              3.15.     Operating Leases.........................
              3.16.     Brokers and Finders......................
              3.17.     Insurance................................
              3.18.     Financial Information....................
              3.19.     Intellectual Property....................
              3.20.     Employees................................
              3.21.     Taxes....................................
              3.22.     Condition and Sufficiency of Sale
                          Assets.................................
              3.23.     Customer Relationships...................
              3.24.     Environmental Matters....................
              3.25.     Shareholder Circular.....................
              3.26.     Disclosure...............................
              3.27.     Statutory Restrictions...................
              3.28.     Operations Manuals.......................
              3.29.     Depot Agreements.........................
              3.30.     Sellers' Receivables.....................
              3.31.     Affiliate Transactions...................
              3.32.     Disposal Containers......................
              3.33.     Spacewise Units and Lessees..............

ARTICLE IV     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
                          THE PURCHASER..........................
          
              4.1.      Corporate Organization...................
              4.2.      Authorization, Etc.......................
              4.3.      No Violation.............................
              4.4.      Consents and Approvals of Governmental 
                          Authorities............................
              4.5.      Litigation...............................
              4.6.      Consents.................................
              4.7.      Sufficient Funds.........................
              4.8.      Brokers and Finders......................
               
         ARTICLE V      COVENANTS OF THE SELLERS.................
          
              5.1.      Full Access..............................
              5.2       Consents.................................
              5.3.      Supplements to Sellers' Disclosure 
                          Letter.................................
              5.4.      Covenant to Satisfy Conditions...........
              5.5.      Certificates.............................
              5.6.      HSR Act and Other Filings................
              5.7.      Shareholder Circular.....................
              5.8.      Shareholder Approval.....................
              5.9.      Mail Payments............................
              5.10.     Sellers' Receivables.....................
              5.11.     DPP Coverage.............................
              5.12.     Bondholder Consents......................
              5.13.     Certain Employee Matters.................
              5.14.     Contingency Insurance Policy.............
              5.15.     PAYE ....................................
              5.16.     Waiver of Certain Rights Among the.......       
                          Sellers................................
              5.17.     Bank Agreement...........................
               
         ARTICLE VI     COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER...............
          
              6.1.      Covenant to Satisfy Conditions...........
              6.2.      Certificates.............................
              6.3.      HSR Act Filings..........................
              6.4.      Consents.................................
              6.5.      Post-Closing Tax and Accounting 
                          Matters................................
              6.6.      Employees................................
              6.7.      Capital Allowances.......................
              6.8.      Claims in Respect of Available Units.....
              6.9.      Overseas Properties......................
          
         ARTICLE VII    CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF 
                          THE SELLERS............................
          
              7.1.      Representations and Warranties True......
              7.2.      Performance..............................
              7.3.      No Injunction, Etc.......................
              7.4.      Certificates.............................
              7.5.      Opinion of the Purchaser's Counsel.......
              7.6.      Consents Obtained........................
              7.7.      Other Agreements.........................
              7.8.      Payment..................................
              7.9.      Shareholder Approval.....................
          
         ARTICLE VIII   CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF 
                          THE PURCHASER..........................
          
              8.1.      Representations and Warranties True......
              8.2.      Performance..............................
              8.3.      No Governmental Proceeding or  
                          Litigation.............................
              8.4.      No Injunction, Etc.......................
              8.5.      Certificates.............................
              8.6.      Material Change..........................
              8.7.      Opinion of the Sellers' Counsel..........
              8.8.      Consents Obtained........................
              8.9.      Other Instruments and Agreements.........
              8.10.     Shareholder Approval.....................
              8.11.     Litigation...............................
              8.12.     DPP Coverage.............................
              8.13.     Advisors' Letter.........................
          
         ARTICLE IX     CONDUCT OF THE BUSINESS PENDING THE 
                          CLOSING................................
          
              9.1.      Regular Course of Business...............
              9.2.      Organization.............................
              9.3.      Clear Title..............................
              9.4.      Employees................................
              9.5.      Collection of Debts......................
          
         ARTICLE X      POST-CLOSING TRANSITION..................
          
             10.1.      Transitional Services Agreement..........
          
         ARTICLE XI     SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND 
                          WARRANTIES; INDEMNIFICATION............
          
             11.1.      Survival of Representations and 
                          Warranties.............................
             11.2.      Statements as to Representations.........
             11.3.      Agreement to Indemnify by the  
                          Sellers................................
             11.4.      Notification Procedure...................
             11.5.      Indemnification Procedure................
             11.6.      Agreement to Indemnify by the 
                          Purchaser..............................
             11.7.      Treatment of Indemnity Payments..........
             11.8.      Limitation on Recovery in Respect of 
                          Shareholder Circular and Offer.........
             11.9.      Limitation on Recovery in Respect  
                          of Location of Containers or Chassis ..
          
         ARTICLE XII    TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT; CERTAIN 
                          PAYMENTS...............................
          
             12.1.      Methods of Termination...................
             12.2.      Procedure Upon Termination; Effect 
                          of Termination.........................
          
         ARTICLE XIII   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.................
          
             13.1.      Amendment and Modification...............
             13.2.      Waiver of Compliance.....................
             13.3.      Expenses; Transfer Taxes.................
             13.4.      Value Added Tax..........................
             13.5.      Notices..................................
             13.6.      Assignment...............................
             13.7.      Governing Law............................
             13.8.      Submission to Jurisdiction...............
             13.9.      Counterparts.............................
             13.10.     Headings.................................
             13.11.     Entire Agreement.........................
             13.12.     Third Parties............................
             13.13.     Bulk Transfers...........................
             13.14.     Joint and Several Liability; Non-Party 
                          Sellers................................
             13.15.     Representative...........................
             13.16.     Invalidity...............................


                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
          
                   ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated February 13, 1994  
         among Tiphook plc, Tiphook Container Rental Company Limited,  
         TFS Equipment Leasing Limited, TFS Leasing Limited, Tiphook  
         Financial Services Limited, each a company incorporated under  
         the laws of England, Tiphook Container Rental Inc., a Delaware  
         corporation, Tiphook Container Rental (Australasia) Ltd., a  
         company incorporated under the laws of New Zealand, Tiphook  
         Container Rental (South America) Ltda., a company incorporated  
         under the laws of Brazil, Tiphook Container Rental (Hong Kong)  
         Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong,  
         Tiphook Container Rental S.R.L., a company incorporated under  
         the laws of Italy, and Tiphook Container Rental (Singapore) pte  
         Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Singapore, as to  
         sellers, and Transamerica Container Acquisition Corporation, a  
         Delaware corporation, as purchaser (the "Purchaser") and, as to  
         Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.7 hereof, Transamerica Finance  
         Corporation, a Delaware corporation. 
          
                   This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions  
         upon which Tiphook plc, Tiphook Container Rental Company Lim- 
         ited, TFS Equipment Leasing Limited, Tiphook Financial Services  
         Limited, TFS Leasing Limited, Tiphook Container Rental Inc. and  
         certain of their subsidiaries will sell assets of their con- 
         tainer business, including without limitation dry cargo and  
         tank containers, and tank chassis and related assets to the  
         Purchaser and/or other entities designated by the Purchaser and  
         the Purchaser and/or such other entities designated by it will  
         purchase assets and assume certain specified liabilities of  
         such sellers' container business, as hereinafter set forth.    
         As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms have the meanings  
         ascribed to them in Article I or as elsewhere defined in this  
         Agreement. 
          
                   In consideration of the mutual agreements contained  
         herein, intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties  
         hereto agree as follows: 
          
          
                                    ARTICLE I 
          
              PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 
          
                   SECTION 1.1.  Definitions.  For purposes of this  
         Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the  
         context otherwise requires: 
          
                   "Adjustment Amount" is defined in Section 1.4(e) of  
         this Agreement. 
          
                   "Adjustment Escrow Account" is defined in Section  
         1.4(b) of this Agreement. 
          
          
          
                   "Affiliate" means with respect to any person, a per- 
         son that directly or indirectly through one or more intermedi- 
         aries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common con- 
         trol with such specified person.   "Control" for purposes of  
         this definition means the possession, direct or indirect, of  
         the power to direct or cause the direction of the management  
         and policies of a person, whether through share ownership, by  
         contract or otherwise. 
          
                   "Agency Agreements" means the agreements between the  
         Sellers and their agents in respect of the arrangement of rent- 
         als of Containers and Chassis in effect as of a specified date.   
         Agency Agreements as of February 11, 1994 are listed in Subpart  
         B of Part XVII of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Agreed Form" means the form agreed between the par- 
         ties and initialed on their behalves by their respective coun- 
         sel. 
          
                   "Ancillary Documents" means the agreements to be ex- 
         ecuted at the Closing in connection with this Agreement. 
          
                   "Amadeus House Licence" means the Licence by which an  
         Affiliate of the Purchaser shall be given access to the com- 
         puter room at Amadeus House, 33-39 Elmfield Road, Bromley, in  
         the form attached to Part 3 of the Transitional Services Agree- 
         ment. 
          
                   "Applicable Accounting Principles" means the account- 
         ing policies and principles described in Schedule A to this  
         Agreement agreed by the Purchaser and the Sellers as to be ap- 
         plied in connection with the preparation of the Estimated Clos- 
         ing Balance Sheet and the Final Closing Balance Sheet and the  
         Adjusted Net Assets Statements derived therefrom. 
          
                   "Assignment and Assumption of Agency Agreements"  
         means the assignment and assumption of Agency Agreements in  
         effect as of the Closing Date substantially in the Agreed Form  
         and delivered by the Sellers and the Purchaser pursuant to Sec- 
         tion 1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Assignment and Assumption of Depot Agreements" means  
         the assignment and assumption of Depot Agreements substantially  
         in the Agreed Form and delivered by the Sellers and the Pur- 
         chaser pursuant to Section 1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Assignment and Assumption of Management Agreements"   
         means the assignment and assumption of the Management Agree- 
         ments substantially in the Agreed Form and delivered by the  
         Sellers, the Purchaser and the relevant parties to the Manage- 
         ment Agreements pursuant to Section 1.6 of this Agreement. 
         93 
                   "Assignment and Assumption of Equipment Hire Agree- 
         ments"  means the assignment and assumption of equipment hire  
         agreements listed in Subpart C of Part XVII of Exhibit A sub- 
         stantially in the Agreed Form and delivered by the Sellers and  
         the Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Assignment and Assumption of Purchase Commitments"  
         means the assignment and assumption of Purchase Commitments in  
         existence as of the Closing Date substantially in the Agreed  
         Form and delivered by the Sellers and the Purchaser pursuant to  
         Section 1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Assignment and Assumption of Sellers' Chassis 
         Leases" means the assignment and assumption of Sellers' Chassis  
         Leases substantially in the Agreed Form and delivered by the  
         Sellers and the Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.6 of this  
         Agreement. 
          
                   "Assignment of Manufacturer Warranties" means the  
         assignment of the right, title and interest of Sellers and  
         their Affiliates in, to and under all seller's or  
         manufacturer's warranties and claims thereunder relating to the  
         Containers and Chassis, substantially in the Agreed Form and  
         delivered by the Sellers and the Purchaser pursuant to Section  
         1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Assignments of Sellers' Receivables" means the as- 
         signments of the Sellers' right, title and interest in and to  
         the Sellers' Receivables as of the Closing Date substantially  
         in the Agreed Form and delivered by the Sellers and the Pur- 
         chaser pursuant to Section 1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Associate", when used to indicate a relationship  
         with any person, means (1) any corporation or organization of  
         which such person is an officer or partner or is, directly or  
         indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10 per cent or more of any  
         class of equity securities, (2) any trust or other estate in  
         which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as  
         to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fidu- 
         ciary capacity, and (3) any relative or spouse of such person,  
         or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such  
         person or who is a director or officer of such person or any of  
         its parents or subsidiaries. 
          
                   "Assumed Liabilities" is defined in Section 1.3 of  
         this Agreement. 
          
                   "Automobile Leases" means the operating leases in  
         respect of automobiles leased by the Sellers and used by any  
         Employee as of the Closing Date, as listed in Subpart A of Part  
         XVII of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Available Unit" is defined in Section 1.4(b) of this  
         Agreement. 

                   "Balance Sheets" means the Initial Balance Sheet, the  
         Estimated Closing Balance Sheet and the Final Closing Balance  
         Sheet. 
          
                   "Bank Accounts" means the bank accounts of the Sell- 
         ers listed in Part XXVIII of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Bank Agreement" means the agreement between National  
         Westminster Bank plc, Barclays Bank plc, Commerzbank A.G.,  
         Lloyds Bank plc and Royal Bank of Canada, the Company and cer- 
         tain of its subsidiaries dated 13 February 1994. 
          
                   "Bankruptcy" means the occurrence of any of the fol- 
         lowing events (whether such event shall occur or come about  
         voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law or regula- 
         tion or pursuant to, or in compliance with, any judgement, de- 
         cree or order of any court or other authority):  (A) if the  
         subject is a company, (i) a petition is presented and not with- 
         drawn or set aside within 7 days or an order is made or a reso- 
         lution is passed for the winding-up or dissolution of such com- 
         pany or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) such company or any of  
         its subsidiaries becomes insolvent or is deemed unable to pay  
         its debts within the meaning of section 123 of the Insolvency  
         Act 1986 (but without reference to the court for this purpose),  
         or under any similar law in the United States or elsewhere, or  
         such company or any of its subsidiaries becomes unable to pay  
         its debts as they fall due, or (iii) such company or any of its  
         subsidiaries stops making payments generally or declares a mor- 
         atorium or suspension of payments with respect to all or any  
         part of its debts or enters into any composition or other ar- 
         rangement with its creditors generally (or any class of them),  
         or (iv) proposals for a company voluntary arrangement or for a  
         scheme of arrangement are submitted to a court or to sharehold- 
         ers or creditors under the Insolvency Act 1986 or otherwise, or  
         under any similar law in the United States or elsewhere, or if  
         a receiver, administrative receiver or other official or credi- 
         tors' representative is appointed in respect of such company or  
         any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective assets or  
         property (or if any preparatory or other steps are taken with a  
         view to the appointment of a receiver, administrative receiver  
         or other creditors' representative), or (B) if the subject is  
         an individual, (i) a petition is presented for the making of a  
         bankruptcy order and not withdrawn or set aside within 7 days  
         or a bankruptcy order is made in respect of the individual, or  
         (ii) the individual becomes insolvent or is deemed unable to  
         pay his debts within the meaning of section 268 of the Insol- 
         vency Act 1986, or under any similar law in the United States  
         or elsewhere, or the individual becomes unable to pay his debts  
         as they fall due, or (iii) the individual stops or threatens to  
         stop making payments generally or declares or threatens to de- 
         clare a moratorium or suspension of payments in respect to all  
         or any part of his debts or enters into any composition or  
         other arrangement with his creditors generally (or any class of  
         them), or (iv) proposals are submitted to a court or to share- 
         holders or creditors for an individual voluntary arrangement,  
         or (v) a receiver, administrative receiver or other creditors'  
         representative is appointed over any assets or property of the  
         individual, or (C) in respect of any Person, an encumbrance  
         that takes possession of the whole or,  any material part of  
         the assets of such Person or any of its subsidiaries or a dis- 
         tress, execution or other process is levied or enforced upon or  
         sued out against the whole or, a material part of the assets of  
         such Person;  or, anything analogous to any of the foregoing  
         events occurs in any applicable jurisdiction anywhere in the  
         world;  and "Bankrupt" shall be construed accordingly. 
          
                   "Blue Containers" means Owned Containers included in  
         Subpart A of Part I of Exhibit A which were owned by any of the  
         Sellers as at the date of the Initial Balance Sheet but none of  
         which has any net book value attributable thereto reflected in  
         the Initial Balance Sheet.   
          
                   "Books and Records" means (i) all books, records,  
         memoranda, files, tax returns, accounting records, agreements  
         and other documents and the like relating to the Container Op- 
         erations (other than minute books of the Sellers and their Af- 
         filiates), including, but not limited to, customer and supplier  
         lists, credit information, correspondence, other customer in- 
         formation, safety information, cost data, maintenance records,  
         operational and technical manuals, engineering and other draw- 
         ings, all records relating to the Employees (including, without  
         limitation, all National Insurance and PAYE records), all value  
         added tax returns, all engineering data and design, instruments  
         and agreements relating to the Sellers' Receivables, and engi- 
         neering specifications, technical information, specifications,  
         design drawings, accounts receivable ledgers (in each case,  
         whether printed or stored on magnetic disks or other computer  
         storage facilities) related to the Sale Assets or the Container  
         Operations and all market surveys, market plans, market re- 
         search data, advertising materials and plans, sales and promo- 
         tional literature of the Sellers, or copies thereof, used or  
         held for use in connection with the conduct of the Container  
         Operations and (ii) subject to the provisions of, and limita- 
         tions set forth in, the Transitional Services Agreement, any  
         computer software used in the Container Operations, any related  
         hardware similarly so used, and any specifications for the tank  
         certification and notification system computer software and  
         other such computer software not capable of being separated  
         from Sellers' mainframe computers. 
          
                   "Break Fee Letter" means the letter dated November  
         19, 1993, from the Company to Transamerica Corporation relating  
         to the break fee payable to Transamerica Corporation by the  
         Company in certain circumstances. 

                   "Buckingham Palace Road Sub-sub-underlease" means
         that part of 123 Buckingham Palace Road currently occupied by  
         the Sellers which is to be sub-sub-underlet to the Purchaser,  
         substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of the Transitional  
         Services Agreement. 
          
                   "Business Day" means a day on which banks are open  
         for business in the City of London. 
          
                   "CAA" means the Capital Allowances Act 1990. 
          
                   "Chassis" means, as of a specified date, the Owned  
         Chassis, the Leased Chassis and the Financed Chassis (and shall  
         include Disposal Chassis and Impaired Chassis).   Chassis as of  
         the Initial Balance Sheet are listed and described in Subpart A  
         of Part II of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Claim" means any and all actual, pending or threat- 
         ened, civil, criminal or administrative action, claim, suit,  
         proceeding, demand, enforcement action, prosecution, prohibi- 
         tion or order and shall include any communication or notice to  
         any of the Sellers relating to the same. 
          
                   "Closing" means the closing referred to in Section  
         1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Closing Date" means the date on which the Closing  
         occurs. 
          
                   "Commitments" is defined in Section 3.6(a) of this  
         Agreement. 
          
                   "Company" means Tiphook plc, a company organized un- 
         der the laws of England. 
          
                   "Confidentiality Agreement" means the letter agree- 
         ment dated October 20, 1993 between Transamerica Corporation  
         and the Company. 
          
                   "Container Operations" means the ownership and leas- 
         ing of the Containers and Chassis by the Sellers and activities  
         related or incidental thereto. 
          
                   "Container Records" means all Books and Records re- 
         lated primarily to the Sale Assets or the Container Operations  
         and with respect to tax returns, National Insurance and PAYE  
         records or accounting records of the Sellers and all other  
         Books and Records to the extent that they relate to the Sale  
         Assets or the Container Operations shall include only copies  
         thereof;  provided, however, that Container Records shall not  
         include:  (i)  tax returns files and supporting schedules and  
         correspondence relating to the following companies:  Tiphook  
         plc, Tiphook Financial Services Limited, TFS Leasing Limited,  
         and TFS Equipment Leasing Limited;  (ii)  schedules and cor- 
         respondence relating to Tiphook Group's overall tax position  
         including such items as group relief claims and elections;  and   
         (iii) Tiphook Group's consolidated VAT returns, and supporting  
         files and schedules (except those relating to Tiphook Container  
         Rental Company Limited). 
          
                   "Containers" means, as of a specified date, the Owned  
         Containers, the Financed Containers, the Leased-Out Containers,  
         the Sea Containers Containers and Containers subject to Manage- 
         ment Agreements (and shall include Disposal Containers and Im- 
         paired Containers).   Containers as of the Initial Balance  
         Sheet are listed and described in Subpart A of Part I of Ex- 
         hibit A. 
          
                   "Contingency Insurance Policy" means the insurance  
         policy maintained by the Sellers (Policy No. TIP040-4301), re- 
         lating to the Bankruptcy of lessees of Containers and Chassis.  
          
                   "Cross Receipt"  means the cross receipt to be deliv- 
         ered at the closing in the Agreed Form. 
          
                   "Deemed Value" shall mean the value to be ascribed to  
         any Blue Container under the Applicable Accounting Principles  
         for purposes of determining Total Adjusted Net Assets.   
          
                   "Depot Agreements" means the agreements between Sell- 
         ers and depot owners as at the Closing Date in relation to the  
         use of depots in connection with the Container Operations.    
         Depot Agreements as at the date hereof are listed in Part XIII  
         of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Disposal Chassis" means the Chassis which had been  
         earmarked for disposal as at the date hereof as described in  
         Subpart A of Part IX of Exhibit A (which Part also separately  
         sets forth a true and complete list of the Chassis which had  
         been earmarked for disposal as at 31 October 1993) together  
         with any further Chassis in respect of which the Purchaser on  
         or prior to Closing consents in writing to the Sellers' ear- 
         marking such Chassis for disposal less any Chassis so previ- 
         ously earmarked for disposal and disposed of by the Sellers  
         prior to Closing. 
          
                   "Disposal Containers" means the Containers which had  
         been earmarked for disposal as at the date hereof as described  
         in Subpart A of Part IX of Exhibit A (which Part also sepa- 
         rately sets forth a true and complete list of the Containers  
         which had been earmarked for disposal as at 31 October 1993)  
         together with any further Containers in respect of which the  
         Purchaser on or prior to Closing consents in writing to the  
         Sellers' earmarking such Containers for disposal less any Con- 
         tainers so previously earmarked for disposal and disposed of by  
         the Sellers prior to Closing. 

                   "Disputed Amount" is defined in Section 1.4(e) of  
         this Agreement. 
          
                   "Dry Cargo Containers" means the Containers that are  
         dry cargo containers. 
          
                   "DPP" is defined in Section 1.8(b) of this Agreement. 
          
                   "DPP Option" is defined in Section 1.8(b) of this  
         Agreement. 
          
                   "DPP Tail Coverage" is defined in Section 1.8(b) of  
         this Agreement. 
          
                   "Employees" means those employees of the Sellers or  
         their Affiliates who are primarily engaged in the Container  
         Operations as of the Closing Date and shall be comprised only  
         of those employees who are listed as at the date of this Agree- 
         ment in Part XXIII of Exhibit A except insofar as they shall  
         have resigned or been dismissed (subject to Section 9.4) be- 
         tween the date hereof and the Closing Date and any further such  
         employees in respect of whom written consent to hire under Sec- 
         tion 9.4 or to inclusion as an Employee is given by the Pur- 
         chaser. 
          
                   "Environment" means all or any of the following me- 
         dia:  land (including without limitation any building, struc- 
         ture or receptacle in, over or on it);  water (including with- 
         out limitation surface coastal and groundwaters);  air (includ- 
         ing without limitation the atmosphere within any natural or  
         man-made structure or receptacle above or below ground); and  
         living organisms (including, without limitation, plants, human  
         beings and terrestrial and aquatic life forms). 
          
                   "Environmental Concerns" means matters affecting, or  
         which may affect, the Environment including (without limita- 
         tion) all or any of noise, vibration, discharges or emissions  
         into the Environment;  matters adversely affecting human health  
         and/or the health of other living organisms;  the generation,  
         processing, refinement, recycling, use, ownership, possession,  
         storage, handling, manufacture, transfer, transport, disposal,  
         discharge, displacement, spillage, release, emission or threat  
         of release of any Hazardous Substance. 
          
                   "Environmental Laws" means all and any treaty, con- 
         stitution, common or judge-made law, primary or subordinate  
         legislation, decree, order, ordinance, rule, regulation, reso- 
         lution, code, directive, bylaw or other legislative or quasi- 
         legislative measure, custom, practice, award of court, judicial  
         or other pronouncement, determination or order and having the  
         force of law in the country in which the relevant asset is reg- 
         istered or situate (and except in relation to Section 3.24,  
         whether the same is passed, enacted, made, decided, issued or  
         came into force or effect before or after Closing and, in each  
         case as the same is from time to time modified or re-enacted,  
         whether before or after Closing, so far as such modification or  
         re-enactment applies or to any circumstances existing prior to  
         Closing and in each case, so far as liability thereunder may  
         exist, including any past provision (as from time to time modi- 
         fied or re-enacted) which such provision has directly or indi- 
         rectly replaced) relating to any Environmental Concerns. 
          
                   "Environmental Permit" means any consent, approval,  
         authorization, permission, licence, filing requirement,  
         records, registration or notification required under any Envi- 
         ronmental Law currently in effect. 
          
                   "Environmental Standard" means any code of practice,  
         procedure or standard, compliance with which is required in  
         order to discharge any duty, under Environmental Law currently  
         in effect or to conform with any practice currently required by  
         any Government Authority in relation to Environmental Concerns. 
          
                   "Escrow Accounts" is defined in Section 1.4(b) of  
         this Agreement. 
          
                   "Escrow Agreement" is defined in Section 1.4(b) of  
         this Agreement. 
          
                   "Estimated Adjusted Net Assets Statement" means the  
         statement to be delivered pursuant to Section 1.4(e) from which  
         the Initial Purchase Price is determined which is to be pre- 
         pared as described therein and in accordance with  the Ap- 
         plicable Accounting Principles and derived from the Estimated  
         Closing Balance Sheet.  
          
                   "Estimated Closing Balance Sheet" means the unaudited  
         estimated balance sheet of the Container Operations, except as  
         otherwise set forth in Section 1.4, as at the Closing Date (or  
         such other date as provided by Section 1.4) to be prepared as  
         described in Section 1.4 and in accordance with the Applicable  
         Accounting Principles. 
          
                   "Excess Disposal Containers" means the Disposal Con- 
         tainers listed in Subpart C of Part IX of Exhibit A, together  
         with any further Containers in respect of which the Purchaser  
         on or prior to Closing consents in writing to the Sellers' ear- 
         marking such Containers for disposal.   
          
                   "Excess Disposal Chassis" means the Disposal Chassis  
         listed in Subpart C of Part IX of Exhibit A, together with any  
         further Chassis in respect of which the Purchaser on or prior  
         to Closing consents in writing to the Sellers' earmarking such  
         Chassis for disposal.   

                   "Excluded Assets" is defined in Section 1.2(b) of
         this Agreement. 
          
                   "Excluded Liabilities" is defined in Section 1.3(b)  
         of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Exclusivity Letter" means the letter dated November  
         19, 1993, from the Company to Transamerica Corporation, as  
         amended by the letter dated January 31, 1994 from the Company  
         to Transamerica Corporation, in each case relating to the ex- 
         clusive negotiation obligations of the Company and others. 
          
                   "Exhibit A" means Exhibit A to the Sellers' Disclo- 
         sure Letter. 
          
                   "Expertise and Intellectual Property Rights" means  
         all rights and interests in and to any patents or patent ap- 
         plications, trade names, trademark or service mark registra- 
         tions or applications, common law trademarks, copyrights or  
         copyright registrations or applications (including reissues,  
         divisions or continuations and extensions thereof), logos, cus- 
         tomer information, registered or unregistered design rights, in  
         each case, relating to or used in connection with the Sale As- 
         sets or the Container Operations, which shall include those  
         listed or described in Part XI of Exhibit A, and all processes,  
         trade secrets, confidential or proprietary know-how, design,  
         manufacturing, engineering and other drawings, technology, in- 
         tellectual property rights, technical information, software  
         (whether owned or licensed), engineering data, design and engi- 
         neering specifications and similar materials recording or evi- 
         dencing proprietary expertise, including without limitation  
         internally developed computer technology, in each case, relat- 
         ing to or used in connection with the Sale Assets or the Con- 
         tainer Operations, which shall include those rights and inter- 
         ests in the foregoing listed or described in Part XI of Exhibit  
         A. 
          
                   "Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement" means the ad- 
         justed net assets statement of the Container Operations as at  
         the Closing Date prepared in accordance with the Applicable  
         Accounting Principles and derived from the Final Closing Bal- 
         ance Sheet, as either agreed by the Sellers and the Purchaser  
         pursuant to Section 1.4 or resulting from the report of the  
         Independent Auditors in accordance with Section 1.4. 
          
                   "Final Closing Balance Sheet" means the balance sheet  
         of the Container Operations as at the Closing Date prepared in  
         accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and either  
         agreed by the Sellers and the Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.4  
         or resulting from the report of the Independent Auditors in  
         accordance with Section 1.4.  
          
                   "Final Purchase Price" is defined in Section 1.4 of  
         this Agreement. 

                   "Financed Chassis" means the tank chassis leased or
         hired by Sellers, as lessees, as of a specified date pursuant  
         to Secured Financing Agreements. 
          
                   "Financed Containers" means the dry cargo and tank  
         containers leased or hired by Sellers, as lessees, as of a  
         specified date pursuant to Secured Financing Agreements. 
          
                   "Finance Lease Debtors" means the hire purchase fi- 
         nance lease debtors of the Container Operations as of a speci- 
         fied date relating to Leased-Out Containers and Leased-Out  
         Chassis.   Finance Lease Debtors as of 31 October 1993 are  
         listed on Part XIX of Exhibit A.   Part XIX of Final Exhibit A,  
         which will be dated as of the Closing Date, will show the Fi- 
         nance Lease Debtors as of the Closing Date. 
          
                   "Fixed Assets Register" means, with respect to a  
         Seller, the register maintained by such Seller with respect to  
         the fixed assets of such Seller as of a specified date. 
          
                   "General Escrow Account" is defined in Section 1.4(b)  
         of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Government Authority" means any government or state  
         (or any subunit thereof), whether domestic, foreign or multina- 
         tional (including the European Community), or any agency, au- 
         thority, bureau, commission, department or similar body or in- 
         strumentality thereof, or any governmental court or tribunal  
         and shall include the London Stock Exchange and the Panel on  
         Take-overs and Mergers. 
          
                   "Hazardous Substance" means any substance which is  
         any one or more of the following: 
          
                   (i)  hazardous, volatile, flammable, toxic, radioac- 
         tive, explosive, mutagenic or carcinogenic; 
          
                  (ii)  capable of polluting the Environment, causing  
         harm to human health or causing harm to any living organism; 
          
                 (iii)  (in relation to any release to the relevant me- 
         dium of the Environment) is listed as a "prescribed substance"  
         for the purposes of Part I Environmental Protection Act 1990,  
         is "controlled waste" for the purposes of Part II of that Act  
         or is listed as a "Hazardous Substance" in Schedule 1 of the  
         Planning (Hazardous Substances) Regulations 1992; 
          
                  (iv)  any solid, liquid, gas, odour, pathogen, sub- 
         stance or form of energy, regardless of physical form that is  
         subject to or listed as having a deleterious property in any  
         Environmental Law; 
          
                   (v)  defined or listed as a hazardous, toxic or dan- 
         gerous substance under any Environmental Law; 
          
                 (vi)  regulated or subject to investigation or  
         remediation under any Environmental Law; 
          
                 (vii)  any "pollutant" or "contaminant" as defined in  
         42 United States Code Annotated Section 9601(33); 
          
                (viii)  any material, waste or other substance that con- 
         tains petroleum or any fraction thereof, asbestos in friable  
         form, or polychlorinated biphenyls, or that is flammable, ex- 
         plosive or radioactive; 
          
                   (ix)  natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied  
         natural gas, and synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixture of  
         natural gas and such synthetic gas). 
          
                   "Holding Documents" means those documents which are  
         listed in Section 1 of Part XVI of Exhibit A under which the  
         Sellers currently occupy the Overseas Properties and Holding  
         Document shall mean any one of them. 
          
                   "HSR Act" means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Im- 
         provements Act of 1976, as amended. 
          
                   "ICTA" means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act  
         1988. 
          
                   "Impaired Chassis" means (a)  the Chassis which as at  
         the date of the Initial Balance Sheet were leased to a lessee  
         which is listed in Part XXVI of Exhibit A,  (b) the Chassis  
         which as at the date hereof were leased to a lessee which is  
         listed in Part XXVI of Exhibit A,  (c) any additional Chassis  
         which as of the Closing Date are leased to any lessee referred  
         to in clause (a) or (b) above but only to the extent that the  
         total number of Chassis leased to such lessee as of the Closing  
         Date exceeds the total number of Chassis leased to such lessee  
         as of the date referred to in clause (a) or (b) above, as the  
         case may be, and (d) (i) in the event that the Closing Date  
         occurs on or before 15 March 1994, any Chassis which as of the  
         Closing Date are leased to a lessee not referred to in clause  
         (a) or (b) above which between the date hereof and the Closing  
         Date becomes Bankrupt and remains Bankrupt on the Closing Date  
         or (ii) in the event that the Closing Date occurs after 15  
         March 1994 any Chassis which as of the Closing Date is leased  
         to a lessee not referred to in clause (a) or (b) above and with  
         respect to which a Provisioning Event has occurred between the  
         date hereof and the Closing Date and is, as of the Closing  
         Date, outstanding or uncured.   Subpart A of Part X of Exhibit  
         A lists the Chassis referred to in clause (a) above and Subpart  
         B of Part X of Exhibit A lists the Impaired Chassis referred to  
         in clause (b) above. 
          
                   "Impaired Containers" means (a)  the Containers which  
         as at the date of the Initial Balance Sheet were leased to a  
         lessee which is listed in Part XXVI of Exhibit A, (b) the Con- 
         tainers which as at the date hereof were leased to a lessee  
         which is listed in Part XXVI of Exhibit A, (c) any additional  
         Containers which as of the Closing Date are leased to any les- 
         see referred to in clause (a) or (b) above but only to the ex- 
         tent that the total number of Containers leased to such lessee  
         as of the Closing Date exceeds the total number of Containers  
         leased to such lessee as of the date referred to in clause (a)  
         or (b) above, as the case may be, and (d) (i) in the event that  
         the Closing Date occurs on or before 15 March 1994, any Con- 
         tainers which as of the Closing Date are leased to a lessee not  
         referred to in clause (a) or (b) above which between the date  
         hereof and the Closing Date becomes Bankrupt and remains Bank- 
         rupt on the Closing Date or (ii) in the event that the Closing  
         Date occurs after 15 March 1994 any Container which as of the  
         Closing Date is leased to a lessee not referred to in clause  
         (a) or (b) above and with respect to which a Provisioning Event  
         has occurred between the date hereof and the Closing Date and  
         is as of the Closing Date outstanding or uncured.   Subpart A  
         of Part X of Exhibit A lists the Impaired Containers referred  
         to in clause (a) above and Subpart B of Part X of Exhibit A  
         lists the Impaired Containers referred to in clause (b) above. 
          
                   "Independent Auditors" is defined in Section 1.4 of  
         this Agreement. 
          
                   "Initial Adjusted Net Assets Statement" means the  
         statement of initial adjusted net assets as of 31 October 1993  
         of the Container Operations derived from the Initial Balance  
         Sheet and which is set out in Part XXVII of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Initial Balance Sheet" means the unaudited balance  
         sheet of the Container Operations as at 31 October 1993 and  
         which is set out in Part XXVII of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Initial Purchase Price" is defined in Section 1.4 of  
         this Agreement. 
          
                   "Intellectual Property Assignment" means the assign- 
         ment of all the Sellers' right, title and interest in and to  
         the Expertise and Intellectual Property Rights substantially in  
         the Agreed Form and delivered by the Sellers and the Purchaser  
         pursuant to Section 1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Leased Chassis" means the tank chassis as of a  
         specified date leased to the Sellers, as lessees, pursuant to  
         the Sellers' Chassis Leases, but shall not include any chassis  
         leased by the Sellers, as lessees, without prior written con- 
         sent of the Purchaser between the date of this Agreement and  
         the Closing Date.   Leased Chassis as of the date of the Ini- 
         tial Balance Sheet are listed and described in Part III of Ex- 
         hibit A. 

                   "Leased-Out Chassis" means the chassis as of a speci- 
         fied date leased out by the Sellers, as finance lessors, to  
         lessees under arrangements which provide for the acquisition of  
         the chassis subject thereto by the lessees, but shall not in- 
         clude any chassis so leased out by the Sellers, as lessors,  
         without prior written consent of the Purchaser, between the  
         date of this Agreement and the Closing Date.   Leased-Out Chas- 
         sis as of the date of the Initial Balance Sheet are listed and  
         described in Subpart B of Part XX of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Leased-Out Containers" means the containers as of a  
         specified date leased out by the Sellers, as finance lessors,  
         to lessees under arrangements which provide for the acquisition  
         of the containers subject thereto by the lessees, but shall not  
         include any containers so leased out by the Sellers, as les- 
         sors, without prior written consent of the Purchaser, between  
         the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date.   Leased-Out  
         Containers as of the date of the Initial Balance Sheet are  
         listed and described in Subpart A of Part XX of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Leased-Out Equipment" means the Leased-Out Chassis  
         and the Leased-Out Containers. 
          
                   "Loss" means all and any losses, damages, li- 
         abilities, claims, costs and expenses including, without limi- 
         tation fines, penalties, judgments and awards, and with respect  
         to Environmental Matters shall include, among others, financial  
         responsibility for clean up activities and obligations, statu- 
         tory or other official contributions, legal fees, technical  
         consultancy, engineers' and experts' fees, and costs and ex- 
         penses of obtaining or retaining Permits or otherwise complying  
         with Environmental Law. 
          
                   "Management Agreement for Encumbered Equipment" means  
         the management agreement in the Agreed Form and to be delivered  
         under which the Purchaser shall agree to manage certain Con- 
         tainers and Chassis which are subject to Security Interests as  
         of the Closing Date. 
          
                   "Management Agreements"  means the agreements of the  
         Sellers relating to the management of containers and chassis  
         owned by third parties to be assumed by the Purchaser pursuant  
         to the Assignment and Assumption of Management Agreements,  
         which agreements are listed in Part XXX of Exhibit A (which  
         Part includes complete and correct copies of such agreements  
         and all documentation related thereto). 
          
                   "Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements"  
         means the agreements substantially in the Agreed Forms and de- 
         livered by the Sellers, the Purchaser, Robert Montague and  
         Christopher Palmer pursuant to Section 1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Novation of Automobile Leases" means the novation of  
         Automobile Leases in effect as of the Closing Date substan- 
         tially in the Agreed Form and delivered by the Sellers and the  
         Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Operating Lease Assignments and Assumptions" means  
         the assignments and assumptions of the Operating Leases exclud- 
         ing Containers and Chassis referred to in Section 1.2(a)(i)(x)  
         and (z) as of the Closing Date and which will include the  
         transfer to the Purchaser of the benefit of any guarantees,  
         letters of credit and other security arrangements provided by  
         or on behalf of lessees under Operating Leases, in the Agreed  
         Form and delivered by the Sellers and the Purchaser pursuant to  
         Section 1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Operating Leases" means the leases as of a specified  
         date related to the Containers or Chassis, pursuant to which  
         the Sellers lease such Containers or Chassis (other than Sea  
         Containers Containers) to their customers.  Operating Leases as  
         of January 20, 1994 are listed and described in Part V of Ex- 
         hibit A. 
          
                   "Organic Instruments" is defined in Section 3.2 of  
         this Agreement. 
          
                   "Other Contracts" means the contracts, commitments,  
         leases and agreements referred to in Section 1.2(a)(vii). 
          
                   "Overseas Properties" means those properties cur- 
         rently occupied by the Sellers which are listed in Section 2 of  
         Part XVI of Exhibit A and Overseas Property shall mean any one  
         of them. 
          
                   "Owned Chassis" means the tank chassis owned by the  
         Sellers as of a specified date, including any tank chassis  
         owned by the Sellers as of such date which are subject to an  
         agreement by Sellers to sell to a third party (but excluding  
         (i) any chassis acquired by the Sellers between the date of the  
         Initial Balance Sheet and the date of this Agreement and not  
         disclosed in Part III of Exhibit A (ii) any chassis acquired by  
         the Sellers without the prior written consent of the Purchaser  
         between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date or  
         (iii) any Leased-Out Chassis which are not owned by a Seller). 
          
                   "Owned Containers" means the dry cargo containers and  
         tank containers owned by the Sellers as of a specified date,  
         including any dry cargo containers and tank containers owned by  
         the Sellers as of the Closing Date which are subject to an  
         agreement by Sellers to sell to a third party and any Blue Con- 
         tainers (but excluding (i) any containers acquired between the  
         date of the Initial Balance Sheet and the date of this Agree- 
         ment and not disclosed in Part I of Exhibit A or (ii) any con- 
         tainers acquired by the Sellers without the prior written con- 
         sent of the Purchaser between the date of this Agreement and  
         the Closing Date or (iii) any Leased-Out Containers which are  
         not owned by a Seller). 
          
                   "Person" or "person" means any individual, corpora- 
         tion, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organi- 
         zation, other form of business or legal entity or Government  
         Authority. 
          
                   "Provisioning Event" means a lessee or hirer of a  
         Container or Chassis (i) ceasing or substantially ceasing its  
         operations,  (ii) becoming Bankrupt,  (iii) being in material  
         breach of any contract or arrangement with any Seller, except  
         in accordance with such lessee's or hirer's normal payment  
         practices,  (iv) becoming a defendant in any legal proceedings  
         with any lessor of container equipment relating to the payment  
         of accounts receivable or the recovery of any such lessor's  
         equipment, in either case, if any such proceedings involve  
         claims on the part of the lessor in excess of $25,000,  (v) not  
         paying any account receivable owed to any of the Sellers within  
         60 days of the date that any lessee or hirer would have paid  
         any such amount if the account receivable had been paid in ac- 
         cordance with the average payment practices followed by any  
         such lessee or hirer during the twelve-month period ended 31  
         October 1993, excluding any lessee or hirer which would not be  
         classified as a problem account by the Purchaser or its Affili- 
         ates,  (vi) not paying any account receivable owed to the Sell- 
         ers within 120 days of the end of the month for which the in- 
         voice was issued,  (vii) failing to satisfy the terms of any  
         written arrangement rescheduling an account receivable with any  
         Seller, (viii) becoming a Person from whom the Purchaser or any  
         Seller is, by virtue of any decree, act or order of a Govern- 
         ment Authority prohibited from receiving any monies or other  
         benefit, and/or (ix) the Purchaser or any Seller receiving in- 
         formation relating to a material deterioration in the payment  
         practices or creditworthiness of the lessee or hirer in a  
         credit report prepared by Dynamar BV or another credit report- 
         ing service unaffiliated with the Purchaser (which report is  
         provided in the ordinary course of such third party's busi- 
         ness). 
          
                   "Purchase Commitments" means the dry cargo container,  
         tank container and tank chassis purchase commitments of the  
         Sellers listed and described in Part VII of Exhibit A (without  
         giving effect to any amendments or modifications thereof not  
         listed in such Part not consented to in writing by the Pur- 
         chaser), and any additional purchase commitments (or amendments  
         of existing purchase commitments) with respect to such contain- 
         ers and chassis to which the Purchaser has consented in writ- 
         ing, including, in each case, any agreements or understandings  
         described in writing to the Purchaser which are related to such  
         purchase commitments. 
          
                   "Purchase Price in Escrow" is defined in Section  
         1.4(b) of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Purchaser" means Transamerica Container Acquisition  
         Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and/or such other entities  
         as may be designated pursuant to Section 13.6 hereof. 
          
                   "Purchaser's Accountants" shall be Ernst & Young or  
         any successor appointed by the Purchaser. 
          
                   "Purchaser's Closing Certificate"  means the certifi- 
         cate of an authorized officer of the Purchaser to evidence com- 
         pliance with the conditions and compliance with the covenants  
         set forth in Article VI substantially in the Agreed Form to be  
         delivered by the Sellers pursuant and section 1.6 of the Agree- 
         ment. 
          
                   "Qualifying Purpose" has the meaning ascribed to it  
         in section 39 CAA. 
          
                   "Receipt and Acknowledgement of Delivery" means the  
         receipt and acknowledgement of delivery in respect of the Con- 
         tainers and the Chassis, in the Agreed Form and delivered by  
         the Sellers pursuant to Section 1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Relief" means any allowance, charge, credit, loss,  
         deduction, right of repayment or other relief for any taxation  
         purpose. 
          
                   "Repairs Escrow Account" is defined in Section 1.4(b)  
         of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Requisite Period" has the meaning ascribed to it in  
         section 40 CAA. 
          
                   "Revenue Authority" means the Inland Revenue or HM  
         Customs & Excise or any other authority in the United Kingdom  
         having power or duty to charge, administer or collect Taxation  
         of any kind or any equivalent or similar authority in any other  
         territory or jurisdiction throughout the world in which the  
         Sellers carry on business (whether or not through a branch or  
         agency), own or have any interest in any assets or otherwise  
         have a source of income, profits or gains. 
          
                   "Sale Assets" means the assets and rights of the  
         Sellers and their Affiliates as described in Section 1.2(a). 
          
                   "Sea Containers Agreement to Transfer Benefits and  
         Obligations of Sellers' Leases" means the agreement to transfer  
         benefits and obligations of Sellers' Leases dated as of April  
         2, 1990, by and among Sea Containers Ltd., Sea Containers Asia  
         Ltd., Sea Containers America Inc. and Strider 11 Ltd., as  
         transferors, and Lancaster Holdings Corp., Bromley Holdings  
         Corp., the Company and Alvery No. 954 Limited, as transferees,  
          
         pursuant to which the transferors transferred to the transfer- 
         ees the benefits and obligations of certain container and chas- 
         sis leases under which the transferors leased containers and  
         chassis from certain lessors, a copy of which agreement has  
         been delivered to the Purchaser. 
          
                   "Sea Containers Containers" means the dry cargo con- 
         tainers as of a specified date subject to the Sea Containers  
         Agreement to Transfer Benefits and Obligations of Sellers  
         Leases and subject to Sea Containers Leases (including any  
         leases with Capital Associates, Inc.) in effect as of such  
         specified date.   Sea Containers Containers as of 31 October  
         1993, are listed and described in Part IV of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Sea Containers Leases" means the leases with lessees  
         in effect as of a specified date relating to the containers  
         that are subject to the Sea Containers Agreement to Transfer  
         Benefits and Obligations of Sellers Leases.   Such Sea Contain- 
         ers Leases as of 31 October 1993, are described in Part XIV of  
         Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Sea Containers Leases Management Agreement" means  
         the agreement under which the Purchaser will manage the equip- 
         ment subject to the Sea Containers Leases as of the Closing  
         Date in the Agreed Form and delivered by the Sellers and the  
         Purchaser in accordance with Section 1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Secondary Period Agreements"   means the agreements  
         which confirm the transfer by the Sellers of title to the Con- 
         tainers and Chassis subject to the Secondary Period Sellers'  
         Leases  in the Agreed Form to be delivered by the Sellers pur- 
         suant to section 1.6 of the Agreement and which may cover only  
         one or more of those leases which are listed in Part XXIX of  
         Exhibit A (which Part includes complete and correct copies of  
         all such agreements and all documentation related thereto). 
          
                   "Secondary Period Sellers' Leases"  means the finance  
         leases relating to Containers and Chassis between the Sellers  
         and finance lessors which are in secondary period and which are  
         as of the date hereof listed in Part XXIX of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Secured Financing Agreements" means the finance  
         leases and hire purchase arrangements in effect as of a speci- 
         fied date pursuant to which the Sellers, as lessees, lease or  
         hire Financed Containers and Financed Chassis and the loan  
         agreements as of a specified date under which certain Owned  
         Containers and Owned Chassis are collateral.   The Secured Fi- 
         nancing Agreements as of the date of this Agreement are de- 
         scribed in Part XII of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Secured Indebtedness" means indebtedness of the  
         Sellers under the Secured Financing Agreements as of a speci- 
         fied date.   Such Secured Indebtedness as of the date of the  
         Initial Balance Sheet is reflected on the Initial Balance  
         Sheet. 
          
                   "Security Interests" means the recorded and unre- 
         corded interests of certain lenders and other financiers in  
         Containers, Chassis or other Sale Assets under mortgages, hire  
         purchase arrangements, finance leases and other financing or  
         security arrangements (including, without limitation, under  
         Secured Financing Agreements) and in effect as of a specified  
         date.   Such Security Interests are described in Part XV of  
         Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Self-Insured Units" means the Containers and Chassis  
         that were acquired from Sea Containers that are listed on Part  
         XXXII of Exhibit A but excluding such Containers or Chassis  
         that are redelivered to depots prior to the Closing Date. 
          
                   "Sellers" means, as applicable, all or any one or  
         more of Tiphook plc, Tiphook Container Rental Company Limited,  
         TFS Equipment Leasing Limited, TFS Leasing Limited, Tiphook  
         Financial Services Limited, each a company organized under the  
         laws of England, Tiphook Container Rental Inc., a Delaware cor- 
         poration, Tiphook Container Rental (Australasia) Ltd., a com- 
         pany incorporated under the laws of New Zealand, Tiphook Con- 
         tainer Rental (South America) Ltda., a company incorporated  
         under the laws of Brazil, Tiphook Container Rental (Hong Kong)  
         Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong,  
         Tiphook Container Rental S.R.L., a company incorporated under  
         the laws of Italy, and Tiphook Container Rental (Singapore) pte  
         Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Singapore. 
          
                   "Sellers' Accountants" shall be Touche Ross or any  
         successor appointed by the Sellers. 
          
                   "Sellers' Chassis Leases" means the finance leases as  
         of a specified date pursuant to which Sellers, as lessees,  
         lease Leased Chassis.   Sellers' Chassis Leases as at the date  
         of the Initial Balance Sheet and as of 31 October 1993, are  
         listed and described in Part XXIV of Exhibit A. 
          
                   "Sellers' Closing Certificate"  means the certificate  
         of an officer of the Company on behalf of the Sellers confirm- 
         ing the truth and correctness of the representations and war- 
         ranties of the Sellers as of the Closing Date and evidencing  
         satisfaction of the conditions and compliance with the cov- 
         enants set out in this Agreement in the Agreed Form to be de- 
         livered by the Sellers pursuant to Section 1.6 of the Agree- 
         ment. 
          
                   "Sellers' DPP" is defined in Section 1.8. 
          
                   "Sellers' Disclosure Letter" means the letter deliv- 
         ered by the Sellers to the Purchaser on the date of this Agree- 
         ment, containing the information required to be included  
         therein pursuant to this Agreement. 
          
                   "Sellers' Receivables" means (i) the trade debts at a  
         specified date billed by and owing to the Sellers (including  
         amounts due from and billed to Finance Lease Debtors) arising  
         out of goods and services provided by the Sellers prior to the  
         specified date relating to the Container Operations including,  
         without limitation, trade debts receivable in respect of rent- 
         als under Operating Leases (and including trade debts owing to  
         the Sellers in respect of containers or chassis not conveyed to  
         the Purchaser by the Sellers), it being understood that the  
         rentals, charges and other amounts receivable as at a specified  
         date with respect to goods and services, including, without  
         limitation, repair and maintenance, to be performed after the  
         specified date but billed prior to the specified date shall  
         constitute Sellers' Receivables for the purposes of this Agree- 
         ment and  (ii) any additional receivables accrued under the  
         Applicable Accounting Principles.   Sellers' Receivables shall  
         not include any account receivable at the Closing Date relating  
         to the Contingency Insurance Policy.   Part VI of Exhibit A  
         shows the Sellers' Receivables referred to in clause (i) above  
         as at the date of the Initial Balance Sheet.   Part VI of Final  
         Exhibit A, which will be dated as of the Closing Date, will  
         show the Sellers' Receivables referred to in clause (i) above  
         as of the Closing Date. 
          
                   "SPO" means the Value Added Tax (Special Provisions)  
         Order 1992 (SI No. 3129) 
          
                   "Standard IICL Guide" means, with respect to Chassis,  
         the standard set out in the Institute of International Con- 
         tainer Lessors Ltd. "Guide for Container Chassis Inspection  
         Second Edition." 
          
                   "Standard IICL-4" means, with respect to Dry Cargo  
         Containers, the standards set out in the Institute of Interna- 
         tional Container Lessors Ltd. "Guide for Container Equipment  
         Inspection Fourth Edition (IICL-4, revised January 1992)". 
          
                   "Standard for Tank Containers" means, with respect to  
         Tank Containers, the standards set out in Tiphook Container  
         "Tank Inspection Handbook", June 1993 (section titled Inspec- 
         tion Guidelines for Tanks Including Minimum Acceptable Con- 
         tainer Condition for Tanks (ACC)). 
          
                   "Sublease for 123 Buckingham Palace Road" means the  
         six-month sublease substantially in the Agreed Form for a por- 
         tion of the premises leased by the Company located at 123  
         Buckingham Palace Road, London, delivered by the Company and  
         the Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.6 of this Agreement. 
          
                   "Tank Containers" means the Containers that are tank  
         containers. 
          
                   "Taxation", "Tax", or "Taxes" mean all forms of taxa- 
         tion including, without limitation, the following: 
          
                   (a)  any charge, tax, duty or levy upon income, prof- 
         its, gains, land, any interest in land or in any other prop- 
         erty, or documents or supplies or other transactions; 
          
                   (b)  income tax, corporation tax, capital gains tax,  
         inheritance tax, value added tax, sales tax, use tax, stamp  
         duty, capital duty, customs and other import duties, national  
         insurance;  contributions, general rates, water rates or other  
         local rates; 
          
                   (c)  any liability for sums equivalent to any such  
         charge, tax, duty, levy or rates or for any related penalty,  
         fine or interest; 
          
                   (d)  any charge, tax, duty, levy or rates (of a simi- 
         lar nature) chargeable outside the United Kingdom or for any  
         related penalty, fine or interest;  and 
          
                   (e)  any payments under any agreements relating to  
         the foregoing taxes. 
          
                   "TEU" means twenty-foot equivalent unit, and ag- 
         gregate TEU is calculated as follows:  one twenty-foot length  
         Dry Cargo Container equals one TEU;  one forty-foot length Dry  
         Cargo Container equals two TEU;  one forty-foot length "high- 
         cube" Dry Cargo Container equals two and one-half TEU;  one  
         forty-five or forty-eight foot length Dry Cargo Container  
         equals three TEU;  and one Tank Container equals ten TEU.   
          
                   "Third-Party Claim" is defined in Section 11.5 of  
         this Agreement. 
          
                   "Total Adjusted Net Assets" means the aggregate of  
         the specific amounts set forth on the relevant Adjusted Net  
         Assets Statement which is derived from the relevant Balance  
         Sheet in respect of the following categories of assets and li- 
         abilities and which reflects the Sale Assets and the Assumed  
         Liabilities:  (a) Containers and Chassis (other than Leased-Out  
         Containers and Chassis and Disposal Containers and Chassis);   
         (b) the net book value of (1) the Disposal Containers and Dis- 
         posal Chassis included in the Sale Assets, (2) Other assets  
         under the category "Fixed Assets" (other than Investments), and  
         (3) Sellers' Receivables, Lease debtors, other debtors and pre- 
         payments (which shall include only prepaid assets relating  
         wholly and exclusively to the Container Operations to the ex- 
         tent reflecting a benefit to the Purchaser after the Closing)  
         under the category "Other Assets";  less the aggregate of (i)  
         amounts due to trade creditors, fixed assets creditors and  
         other creditors under the category "Current Liabilities", (ii)  
         accruals under the category "Current Liabilities", and (iii)  
         any other liability which in accordance with the Applicable  
         Accounting Principles and this Agreement reflects an Assumed  
         Liability which should be set forth in the relevant Balance  
         Sheet, in each case as of the relevant date and determined in  
         accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles.   
          
                   "Transitional Services Agreement" means the agreement  
         under which the Sellers will provide certain transitional ser- 
         vices to the Purchaser following the Closing Date substantially  
         in the Agreed Form and delivered by the Company and an Affili- 
         ate of the Purchaser in accordance with Section 1.6 of this  
         Agreement. 
          
                   "UK Properties" means that part of 123 Buckingham  
         Palace Road, London SW1 to be sub-sub-underlet to an Affiliate  
         of the Purchaser and the computer room at Amadeus House, 33-39  
         Elmfield Road, Bromley, access to which will be given by li- 
         cence to an Affiliate of the Purchaser. 
          
                   "Unrepaired Unit" means any Container or Chassis that  
         as of the Closing Date is (i) off-hire, (ii) not a Disposal  
         Container or Disposal Chassis, and (iii) not an Available Unit. 
          
                   "VAT" means Valued Added Tax. 
          
                   "VAT General Regulations" means the Value Added Tax  
         (General) Regulations 1985 (SI No. 886). 
          
                   "VATA" means the Value Added Tax Act 1983. 
          
                   Certain terms used principally in other Sections of  
         this Agreement are defined therein.   The plural of any defined  
         term shall have a meaning correlative to such defined term. 
          
                   Unless the context otherwise requires any reference  
         to statute or regulations or any part thereof shall be con- 
         strued as a reference to that statute or those regulations (or  
         part thereof) as amended, reenacted or replaced from time to  
         time. 
          
                   SECTION 1.2.  Purchase and Sale of Sale Assets.  (a)   
         Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the  
         Closing the Sellers will sell, transfer, convey and assign, and  
         the Purchaser will purchase, acquire and accept from the Sell- 
         ers, the legal and beneficial right, title and interest of the  
         Sellers and their Affiliates as of the Closing Date in and to  
         all the following properties, assets and other rights wherever  
         located (whether in the possession of the Sellers or other  
         third parties), of the Container Operations, or which are used  
         or held for use in the Container Operations as of the Closing  
         Date (the "Sale Assets"): 

                   (i)  all Containers and Chassis (including, without  
         limitation, the Sellers' rights with respect to the Financed  
         Containers, Financed Chassis, the Leased Chassis and the  
         Leased-Out Equipment), excluding (w) any Containers subject to  
         a Management Agreement, (x) any Container or Chassis subject to  
         a Security Interest which shall not have been released or with  
         respect to which other provisions for the release of any Secu- 
         rity Interests satisfactory to the Purchaser, in its sole dis- 
         cretion, shall not have been made, (y) the Sea Containers Con- 
         tainers and (z) any Container or Chassis to which Section  
         1.2(b)(ix) shall apply; 
          
                   (ii) all Container Records; 
          
                   (iii)all rentals, charges and other amounts owed  
         (whether or not invoiced as of the Closing Date) with respect  
         to goods and services, including without limitation, repair and  
         maintenance services, relating to the Container Operations or  
         the Sale Assets arising or to be performed or delivered on or  
         after the Closing Date; 
          
                   (iv) all automobiles owned by any of the Sellers and  
         primarily used by any Employee and included in a Fixed Asset  
         Register of a Seller as of the Closing Date; 
          
                   (v)  all rights covered by the Assignment and Assump- 
         tion of Agency Agreements, the Novation of Automobile Leases,  
         the Assignment and Assumption of Depot Agreements, the Assign- 
         ment of Sellers' Receivables, the Assignment and Assumption of  
         Purchase Commitments, the Assignment of Manufacturer Warran- 
         ties, the Intellectual Property Assignment, the Assignment and  
         Assumption of Management Agreements, the Operating Lease As- 
         signments and Assumptions, the Assignment and Assumption of  
         Equipment Hire Agreements, the Sea Containers Leases Management  
         Agreement, the Management Agreement for Encumbered Equipment  
         and the Secondary Period Agreements; 
          
                   (vi) all claims of the Sellers and their Affiliates  
         against third parties related to the Sale Assets (including,  
         without limitation, any assignment of rights under the Contin- 
         gency Insurance Policy other than in respect of claims made  
         under such policy prior to the Closing Date), except to the  
         extent such claims, including claims under manufacturers war- 
         ranties, relate to Excluded Liabilities or Excluded Assets; 
          
                   (vii)     (A)  the contracts, commitments, leases and  
         agreements listed in Subpart C Part XVII of Exhibit A and of  
         which complete and accurate copies (including all documentation  
         related thereto) are attached as Annexure 3.6(b) to the Sell- 
         ers' Disclosure Letter and  (B)  any additional contracts, com- 
         mitments, leases of personal property or agreements relating to  
         the Container Operations to which the Purchaser has consented  
         in writing prior to the Closing Date (the "Other Contracts");
          
                   (viii)    all machinery and equipment (other than  
         that which is covered by leases) and furniture located in any  
         space leased or otherwise occupied by, and which is used in,  
         the Container Operations and included in a Fixed Asset Register  
         of a Seller as of the Closing Date;  provided, however, that  
         the Purchaser shall not acquire the assets recorded as "fix- 
         tures and fittings" in the Fixed Asset Register of Tiphook Con- 
         tainer Rental Company Limited which were transferred from  
         Amadeus House, Bromley or the Sellers' lease interest in the  
         Sellers' AS400 computer hardware (or assume any obligations  
         under any such lease), but shall have the rights in respect of  
         the AS400 computer hardware specified in the Transitional Ser- 
         vices Agreement; 
          
                   (ix) all office supplies, production supplies, spare  
         parts, other miscellaneous supplies, and other tangible prop- 
         erty of any kind located in any space leased or otherwise occu- 
         pied by the Container Operations and used or held for use in  
         the Container Operations;   
          
                   (x)  except for marks on Containers or Chassis leased  
         on long-term leases bearing prefixes of lessees which are not  
         the Sellers', all the Sellers' and their Affiliates' rights,  
         title and interest in and to all of the prefixes imprinted on,  
         and used by the Sellers to identify, the Containers or Chassis,  
         which shall include the following BIC-registered prefixes:   
         "TPHU", "TPXU", "TPTU", "TPJU", "TPCZ", "SCIC", "SCUZ", "SCYZ",  
         "SCXU", "SCIU", "SCLC", "SCLU", "SCXC", "SCPU", and "SCPU" (the  
         "Prefixes") to the extent that such Prefixes relate to the Con- 
         tainers and Chassis, which Prefixes the Sellers jointly and  
         severally represent and warrant are all of the Prefixes im- 
         printed on, and used by the Sellers to identify, the Containers  
         or Chassis (other than those of lessees referred to above); 
          
                   (xi) all right, title and interest in and to the As- 
         sumed Property Leases; 
          
                   (xii)     the Sellers' Receivables; 
          
                   (xiii)    any security deposits, prepayments or ad- 
         vances paid to or received by a Seller  prior to the Closing  
         Date from lessees of Containers and Chassis with respect to  
         Containers and Chassis on hire as of the Closing Date which are  
         included in clause (i) or which are to be hired after the Clos- 
         ing Date (excluding Sea Containers Containers) and in respect  
         of leases the terms of which have been agreed and executed; 
          
                    (xiv)     all other prepaid assets relating wholly  
         and exclusively to the Container Operations to the extent re- 
         flecting a benefit to the Purchaser after the Closing; 
          
                   (xv)      the Bank Accounts;   and 
          
                   (xvi)     except as otherwise specifically provided  
         herein, all other property, rights or other assets which are  
         reflected on the Initial Adjusted Net Assets Statement or are  
         acquired by the Container Operations after the date of the Ini- 
         tial Balance Sheet either in the ordinary course of business  
         or, if required by the terms of this Agreement, with the con- 
         sent of the Purchaser, except for such property which has been  
         sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of busi- 
         ness or as disclosed as having been sold in Section 3.4 of  
         Sellers' Disclosure Letter. 
          
                   (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree  
         that the following are expressly excluded from this purchase  
         and sale and are not included in the Sale Assets (the "Excluded  
         Assets"): 
          
                   (i)  the Sellers' rights under or pursuant to this  
         Agreement and the other agreements with the Purchaser contem- 
         plated hereby; 
          
                   (ii) the Sellers' minute books and shareholder and  
         transfer records, tax returns and accounting records;  pro- 
         vided, however, that the Sellers shall deliver to the Purchaser  
         at the Closing copies of any such tax returns and accounting  
         records included in the definition of Container Records;   
          
                   (iii)     any of the Sellers' cash and cash equiva- 
         lents; 
          
                   (iv) any Containers or Chassis subject to any Secu- 
         rity Interest unless provisions satisfactory to the Purchaser,  
         in its sole discretion, shall have been made for the release of  
         any such Security Interest simultaneously with the Closing;   
         provided, however, that any Containers or Chassis subject to  
         any Security Interest for which such provisions shall not have  
         been made as of the Closing Date shall become subject to the  
         Management Agreement for Encumbered Equipment immediately fol- 
         lowing the Closing; 
          
                   (v)  other than the Overseas Properties and the UK  
         Properties, any freehold, leasehold or other real property in- 
         terest whatsoever;   
          
                   (vi) the Sellers' claims for and rights to receive  
         tax refunds and (except with respect to copies thereof to be  
         provided pursuant to this Agreement) all tax returns of the  
         Sellers and their Affiliates and any notes, worksheets, files  
         or documents related thereto; 
          
                   (vii)     any Sea Containers Containers (except such  
         rights as are provided with respect thereto pursuant to the Sea  
         Containers Leases Management Agreement); 
          
                   (viii)    all claims of the Sellers relating to Ex- 
         cluded Assets and Excluded Liabilities;  and 
          
                   (ix) any Containers or Chassis with respect to which  
         the Sellers are lessees under leases which expire within six  
         (6) months after the date hereof. 
          
                   (c)  The parties agree and acknowledge that the Pur- 
         chaser is not assuming and shall not be responsible or liable  
         for, and the Sellers shall perform and discharge as and when  
         due, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from  
         and against, any and all liabilities or obligations of the  
         Sellers (whether fixed, contingent or unliquidated, absolute or  
         otherwise and whether relating to any tort, statutory or regu- 
         latory obligation, product liability, Environmental Concern,  
         Taxation, contract, ordinary course operations of the Container  
         Operations or otherwise) except the Assumed Liabilities spe- 
         cifically assumed pursuant to Section 1.3 below.   The purchase  
         price which this Agreement provides for is expressly premised  
         upon and attributable to the limited assumption of liabilities  
         which is set forth herein. 
          
                   (d)  The Sale Assets shall be conveyed free and clear  
         of all Claims, liabilities, obligations, liens or encumbrances,  
         except those which are expressly provided for pursuant to this  
         Agreement or the agreements executed in connection herewith. 
          
                   SECTION 1.3.  Assumption of Assumed Liabilities.  (a)   
         Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the  
         Closing the Purchaser will assume and agree to pay or dis- 
         charge, as and when due, or fulfil, and indemnify and hold  
         harmless the Sellers from and against, only the following li- 
         abilities and obligations, and only to the extent specified  
         herein ("Assumed Liabilities"): 
          
                   (i)  all obligations and liabilities assumed pursuant  
         to the Operating Lease Assignments and Assumptions, the  
         Assignment of Agency Agreements, the Assignment and Assumption  
         of Management Agreements, the Intellectual Property As- 
         signments, the Management Agreement for Encumbered Equipment  
         and the Sea Containers Leases Management Agreement, the Assign- 
         ment and Assumption of Equipment Hire Agreements, the Novation  
         of Automobile Leases and the Assignment and Assumption of Depot  
         Agreements;   
 
                  (ii)  all obligations and liabilities assumed pursuant  
         to the Assignment and Assumption of Purchase Commitments; 
          
                 (iii)  each obligation and liability of the Container  
         Operations reflected on the Final Closing Balance Sheet and  
         included in the Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement but only to  
         the extent of the accrual therefor reflected on the Final Ad- 
         justed Net Assets Statement; 
          
                  (iv)  all obligations and liabilities relating to the  
         Container Operations or the Sale Assets which arise as a result  
         of acts or omissions of the Purchaser after the Closing Date or  
         arising out of the operation by the Purchaser of the Container  
         Operations after the Closing Date (other than Excluded Li- 
         abilities); 
          
                   (v)  subject to Sections 5.2(c) and 6.9, all obliga- 
         tions and liabilities under the Holding Documents, the  
         Buckingham Palace Road Sub-sub-underlease and the Other Con- 
         tracts arising after the Closing Date (other than Excluded Li- 
         abilities); 
          
                  (vi)  all obligations and liabilities to Employees  
         arising after the Closing Date out of their employment with the  
         Purchaser, and any obligations undertaken by the Purchaser in  
         respect of Employees pursuant to this Agreement, excluding any  
         liabilities or obligations under any Benefit Plan or arising  
         out of any actions or omissions of any Seller or any Affiliate  
         thereof;  and 
          
                 (vii)  any obligations of the Purchaser pursuant to the  
         terms of Sections 1.8(a) and (c) of this Agreement. 
          
                   Except as expressly provided in the foregoing clauses  
         of this subsection (a), the Purchaser shall not assume any ob- 
         ligation or liability arising prior to or on the Closing Date  
         or relating to any such period prior to such date. 
          
                   (b)  The Purchaser will not assume or be liable for,  
         and the Sellers will indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser  
         from and against, the following liabilities or obligations  
         (herein referred to as "Excluded Liabilities") and, notwith- 
         standing any implication to the contrary above, none of the  
         following liabilities or obligations are "Assumed Liabilities"  
         for purposes of this Agreement: 
          
                   (i)  any of the Sellers' liabilities or obligations  
         under this Agreement and the other agreements with the Pur- 
         chaser contemplated hereby; 
          
                  (ii)  any of the Sellers' liabilities or obligations  
         for expenses or fees incident to or arising out of the negotia- 
         tion, preparation, approval or authorization of this Agreement  
         or the consummation (or preparation for the consummation) of
         the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limita- 
         tion, financial advisors, attorneys' and accountants' fees; 
          
                 (iii)  any indebtedness for money borrowed, of the  
         Sellers, including without limitation, indebtedness for money  
         borrowed secured by Sale Assets or any liability or obligation  
         resulting from any Seller being a guarantor, indemnitor, surety  
         or accommodation party of any other Person (including of any  
         other Seller or any Affiliate thereof); 
          
                  (iv)  any liability or obligation of the Sellers or  
         their Affiliates with respect to Taxation;  and any liability  
         for interest, penalties or additions with respect to any such  
         Taxation; 
          
                   (v)  any liability or obligation of the Sellers or  
         their Affiliates which relates to the Excluded Assets; 
          
                  (vi)  any contingent liability of any nature whatso- 
         ever of the Sellers or their Affiliates arising at any time or  
         arising out of the Container Operations on or prior to the  
         Closing Date or due to circumstances therein on or prior to  
         such date; 
          
                 (vii)  any liability or obligation (whether contingent  
         or otherwise) of the Sellers or their Affiliates relating to  
         any Environmental Concern; 
          
                (viii)  any liability or obligation arising in relation  
         to any Claim, litigation or proceeding by the shareholders of  
         the Company or the lenders to, or creditors or financiers of,  
         the Sellers, including without limitation, the holders of the  
         10 3/4% Notes Due 2002, the 8% Notes Due 2000 and the 7 1/8%  
         Notes Due 1998 issued by Tiphook Finance Corporation, or any  
         liability or obligation of the Sellers and their Affiliates  
         arising in respect of any other Claim, litigation or proceeding  
         involving or relating directly or indirectly to the Sellers or  
         any of their Affiliates, including, without limitation, any of  
         the foregoing which are disclosed by the Sellers in connection  
         with the execution of this Agreement (but excluding, for the  
         avoidance of doubt in each case, any liability or obligation  
         arising out of any litigation in respect of any act or omission  
         of the Purchaser); 
          
                  (ix)  any liability in respect of, or under, the Sell- 
         ers' lease of its AS400 computer hardware and obligations;   
         provided, however, that the Purchaser shall have the rights and  
         obligations in respect of the AS400 computer hardware specified  
         in the Transitional Services Agreement;   
          
                   (x)  any liability or obligation (whether contingent  
         or otherwise) which arises out of any breach or non-performance  
         on the part of any Seller or Affiliate thereof of any agree-
         ment, covenant or obligation to which it is a party (except to  
         the extent resulting from any breach or non-performance by the  
         Purchaser hereunder) or under any Ancillary Document by which  
         it is obligated, or out of any failure to comply with any law,  
         rule, regulation or other requirement of Government Authority;   
         and 
          
                  (xi)  any other liability or obligation, fixed or con- 
         tingent, of the Sellers or their Affiliates not assumed by the  
         Purchaser under Section 1.3(a) of this Agreement or expressly  
         assumed pursuant to other agreements executed in connection  
         with this Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 1.4.  Consideration.  (a)  Subject to the  
         terms and conditions of this Agreement, in reliance on the rep- 
         resentations, warranties and agreements of the Sellers con- 
         tained herein and in consideration of the sale, assignment and  
         transfer of the Sale Assets referred to in Section 1.2, at the  
         Closing the Purchaser will assume the Assumed Liabilities and  
         pay to the Sellers or the Escrow Agent, as appropriate, pound
         sterling 757 million, reduced by pound sterling 6.5 million for
         the decrease in working capital from 30 September 1993 to
         31 October 1993 and as adjusted pursuant to the following sentence.
         The amount determined pursuant to the previous sentence shall, except
         as specified in the following proviso be either (i) increased by one
         pound sterling for each pound sterling by which Total Adjusted  
         Net Assets, as shown on the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets  
         Statement, exceeds pound sterling 633,226,000 or (ii) decreased by
         one pound sterling for each pound sterling by which the Total Adjusted
         Net Assets, as shown on the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets  
         Statement, is less than pound sterling 633,226,000;    provided
         however that in the event that (x) the net book value of the
         Containers and Chassis, other than Disposal Containers and Disposal
         Chassis and Leased-Out Containers and Leased-Out Chassis, in each case
         as of the Closing Date and reflected on the Estimated Adjusted  
         Net Assets Statement shall be less than pound sterling 598,247,000,
         there shall (in addition to any adjustment made pursuant to sub-
         clauses (i) or (ii) of this sentence) be a reduction by an  
         amount equal to 18.41 pence for each pound sterling of the de- 
         crease in such net book value (the total amount of cash to be  
         paid at Closing pursuant to this Section 1.4(a), including any  
         reduction required to be made pursuant to the last sentence of  
         this Section 1.4(a), is hereinafter referred to as the "Initial  
         Purchase Price").   If the Purchaser exercises the DPP Option  
         set forth in Section 1.6(b) hereof, the Initial Purchase Price  
         and the Final Purchase Price, without duplication, shall each  
         be reduced by pound sterling 1.167 million.
          
                   (b)  At the Closing, the Initial Purchase Price (less  
         the amount of the Purchase Price in Escrow (as defined in the  
         following sentence)) shall be paid by wire transfer of im- 
         mediately available funds to such account on behalf of each of  
         the Sellers in the United Kingdom as the Sellers shall direct
         on account of the Final Purchase Price for the Sale Assets as  
         finally calculated pursuant to this Section 1.4;  provided,  
         however, that pound sterling 314,422,420 of such Initial
         Purchase Price shall be paid to Sellers by transferring
         US$ 460,000,000 to Sellers to such account in the United States
         as Sellers shall direct, with the balance of such portion of the
         Initial Purchase Price to be paid in Pounds Sterling.   At the
         Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver an aggregate of
         pound sterling 44,250,000 of the Initial Purchase Price, plus
         the Adjustment Amount, if any (the "Purchase Price in Escrow"),
         by wire transfer of immediately available funds to three (3)
         separate escrow accounts (the "Escrow Accounts") with an escrow
         agent (the "Escrow Agent") (which shall be an entity of Bank of
         America, or such other prime bank as may be reasonably required by
         the Purchaser).   The Purchase Price in Escrow shall be applied by
         the Escrow Agent in accordance with this Agreement and the escrow
         agreement substantially in the Agreed Form (or in such other form
         as may be reasonably required by the Escrow Agent) (the "Escrow
         Agreement").  Of the pound sterling 44,250,000 referred to in the
         immediately preceding sentence, (i) pound sterling 37,250,000 (the
         "General Escrow") shall be paid into an escrow account (the "General
         Escrow Account") pursuant to the Escrow Agreement and disbursed in
         accordance with the provisions of paragraph (x) of this Section 1.4(b)
         and in accordance with such Escrow Agreement and 
         (ii) pound sterling 7,000,000 (the "Repairs Escrow") shall be paid 
         into an escrow account (the "Repairs Escrow Account") pursuant to the
         Escrow Agreement and disbursed in accordance with the provisions of 
         paragraph (y) of this Section 1.4(b) and in accordance with such Escrow
         Agreement.   In addition to the amounts to be paid into the General  
         Escrow Account and the Repairs Escrow Account pursuant to the  
         immediately preceding sentence, at the Closing the Purchaser  
         shall deliver the Adjustment Amount, if any, into an escrow  
         account (the "Adjustment Escrow Account") pursuant to the pro- 
         visions of the Escrow Agreement, which amount shall be dis- 
         bursed in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (z) of  
         this Section 1.4(b) and in accordance with such Escrow Agree- 
         ment.   Interest on the Purchase Price in Escrow earned from  
         and after the date of deposit thereof shall become part of the  
         Escrow Accounts.   The Purchase Price in Escrow shall be trans- 
         ferred from the Escrow Accounts to the Purchaser or Sellers, as  
         appropriate, pursuant to the following provisions: 
          
              (x)  the Purchaser shall be entitled to make a Claim  
                   against the General Escrow Account (i) if the amount  
                   of Total Adjusted Net Assets shown on the Estimated  
                   Adjusted Net Assets Statement is greater than the  
                   Total Adjusted Net Assets shown on the Final Adjusted  
                   Net Assets Statement, in which case the Purchaser  
                   may, under the circumstances set forth in Section  
                   1.4(d) (but shall not be required to), make a claim  
                   against the General Escrow Account for the amount of  
                   any such differential, (ii) to the extent that any  
                   amount is due to the Purchaser as a result of the
                   penultimate sentence of subsection (c) of this Sec- 
                   tion 1.4, in which case the Purchaser may, under the  
                   circumstances set forth in Section 1.4(d) (but shall  
                   not be required to), make a claim against the General  
                   Escrow Account for any amount so due to the Purchaser  
                   or (iii) if the Purchaser shall make any claim for  
                   indemnification pursuant to Article XI of this Agree- 
                   ment or any claim under any Ancillary Document;  or 
          
              (y)  subject to sub-paragraphs (A) to (C) below (which  
                   shall govern the particular circumstances set forth  
                   therein), if the amounts required to repair Chassis  
                   or Containers transferred to the Purchaser at the  
                   Closing, including any Impaired Chassis or Impaired  
                   Containers, to Standard IICL-4 (in the case of Dry  
                   Cargo Containers), to Standard IICL Guide (in the  
                   case of Chassis) or to Standard for Tank Containers  
                   (in the case of Tank Containers), exceed the sum of  
                   (i) the amount reflected in the accrual relating to  
                   such repairs shown on the Estimated Closing Balance  
                   Sheet and (ii) the amounts recovered by the Purchaser  
                   from third parties (including, without limitation,  
                   customers, depot owners, manufacturers and insurers),  
                   the Purchaser shall be entitled to make a Claim  
                   against the Repairs Escrow Account for the amount of  
                   any such excess and any Losses arising in connection  
                   with such excess, and the Purchaser covenants and  
                   agrees to use reasonable endeavours to recover any  
                   amounts due from third parties in a reasonably timely  
                   fashion.   The Purchaser shall also be entitled to  
                   make a claim against the Repairs Escrow Account under  
                   the circumstances set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of  
                   paragraph (x) of this Section 1.4(b).   
                    
                        (A)  Available Units.  With respect to any Con- 
                        tainer or Chassis transferred to the Purchaser  
                        at the Closing which is (i) not on hire as of  
                        the Closing Date and (ii) classified by Sellers  
                        in Subpart A of Parts I and II of Exhibit A as  
                        "available" (each an "Available Unit") as of the  
                        Closing Date, the Purchaser shall be entitled to  
                        make a Claim against the Repairs Escrow Account  
                        to repair such Available Unit to the standards  
                        set forth in the first sentence of this para- 
                        graph (y) if any such Available Unit is declined  
                        to be hired by any prospective lessee of any  
                        such Available Unit during the six-month period  
                        following the Closing Date.   In the event that  
                        the Purchaser shall make a Claim against the  
                        Repairs Escrow Account, in respect of repairs to  
                        Containers or Chassis covered by this  
                        subparagraph (A), the Purchaser covenants and  
                        agrees that, pursuant to Section 6.8 of this  
                        Agreement, it shall use reasonable endeavours to  
                        pursue any claim the Purchaser may have against  
                        depots in respect of amounts so paid to the Pur- 
                        chaser from the Repairs Escrow Account (but  
                        without prejudice to the Purchaser's right to  
                        make a claim against and receive payment from  
                        the Repairs Escrow Account in respect of such  
                        amount before or while pursuing the relevant  
                        depot).   Any amounts recovered by the Purchaser  
                        from any depot relating to the repair of an  
                        Available Unit in respect of which the Purchaser  
                        shall have made and recovered a Claim against  
                        the Repairs Escrow Account shall (i) if such  
                        amount is recovered less than six months after  
                        the Closing be paid into the Repairs Escrow Ac- 
                        count by the Purchaser or (ii) if such amount is  
                        recovered more than six months after the Closing  
                        be paid directly to the Sellers by the Pur- 
                        chaser.   Following the six-month anniversary of  
                        the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall have no  
                        further recourse against the Sellers in respect  
                        of the repair of any such Available Units, save  
                        for any Claims against the Repairs Escrow Ac- 
                        count which have not been resolved as of such  
                        six-month anniversary;    
          
                   (B)  Unrepaired Units.  With respect to any  
                        Unrepaired Unit as of the Closing Date, the ref- 
                        erence to a Standard in the first sentence of  
                        this paragraph (y) shall be construed as a ref- 
                        erence to that standard as increased so as to  
                        cover fair wear and tear on that unit, provided  
                        that the Purchaser shall not be entitled to re- 
                        cover more than pound sterling 700,000 in aggregate
                        in respect of fair wear and tear.   With respect
                        to any Unrepaired Unit as of the Closing Date where
                        the immediately preceding lessee of the Container
                        or Chassis is responsible for all or part of the
                        repair of the relevant Container or Chassis, the  
                        Purchaser shall only be entitled to make a claim  
                        under the first sentence of this paragraph (y)  
                        following a period of 60 days from the date on  
                        which such lessee was requested to approve the  
                        repair of the relevant Container or Chassis.    
                        During that period of 60 days, the Purchaser  
                        shall use reasonable endeavours to pursue any  
                        claim it may have against such lessee in respect  
                        of the repair;  and 

                   (C)  Excess Disposal Chassis and Excess Disposal Con-
                        tainers.  With respect to any Container or Chas- 
                        sis which is an Excess Disposal Container or an  
                        Excess Disposal Chassis, the Purchaser shall be  
                        entitled to make a claim against the Repairs  
                        Escrow Account for the amount, if any, by which  
                        the net book value of any such Excess Disposal  
                        Container or any such Excess Disposal Chassis as  
                        of the Closing Date, as reflected in Parts I and  
                        II of Exhibit A as of that date, exceeds either  
                        (i) the actual sale proceeds received by the  
                        Purchaser or any of its Affiliates in respect of  
                        any such Excess Disposal Container or Excess  
                        Disposal Chassis or (ii) if not sold prior to  
                        the five-month anniversary of the Closing Date,  
                        the Purchaser's reasonable good faith estimate  
                        of the proceeds which could be realized upon the  
                        sale of any such Excess Disposal Container or  
                        Excess Disposal Chassis;  
          
                   provided that no claim may be made against the Re- 
                   pairs Escrow Account for Chassis or Containers which  
                   are on-hire at the Closing Date unless: 
          
                   (i)  the lessee of any on-hire Chassis or Container  
                        is not obliged either to maintain such Chassis  
                        or Container to the standards set forth in the  
                        first sentence of this paragraph (y) (fair wear  
                        and tear excepted) or to pay the lessor in re- 
                        spect of the cost required to repair the Con- 
                        tainer or Chassis to such standards (fair wear  
                        and tear excepted) (but excluding for these pur- 
                        poses Self Insured Units, or any Container or  
                        Chassis covered by DPP); 
                    
                   (ii) the on-hire Chassis or Container requires repair  
                        which would normally be covered by a manufactur- 
                        ers warranty but for which no warranty is avail- 
                        able to the Purchaser (save because the warranty  
                        period has time expired); 
                    
                   and provided also that no claim may be made against  
                   the Repairs Escrow Account for Disposal Chassis or  
                   Disposal Containers unless they are Excess Disposal  
                   Chassis or Excess Disposal Containers (in which case  
                   sub-paragraph (C) above shall apply);  or  
          
              (z)  the Purchaser shall be entitled to make a Claim  
                   against the Adjustment Escrow Account on or after the  
                   date on which the Final Closing Balance Sheet and the  
                   Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement shall have been  
                   definitively determined pursuant to subsections (g)  
                   through (m) of this Section 1.4, in which case the  
                   amount, if any, with respect to which the Purchaser  
                   shall be entitled to make a Claim against the Adjust- 
                   ment Escrow Account shall be the amount resulting  
                   from the Final Closing Balance Sheet or the Final  
                   Adjusted Net Assets Statement in respect of any item  
                   included in the Disputed Amount and the Adjustment  
                   Escrow Account shall be exhausted before any Claim  
                   for such amount can be made directly against the  
                   Sellers.   On or after the date of definitive resolu- 
                   tion of the Final Closing Balance Sheet: 
          
                   (A)  if the part of the Disputed Amount in respect of  
                        which it is definitively resolved (disregarding  
                        the right to a payment of up to pound sterling
                        3.5 million by virtue of the penultimate sentence
                        of subsection (e) of Section 1.4) that the Sellers
                        had a valid claim to payment at Closing (by
                        reference to the facts as derived from the Final
                        Adjusted Net Assets Statement) (the "Valid Claim
                        Amount") is less than the part of the Disputed
                        Amount in respect of which it is definitively
                        resolved (on the same basis) that the Sellers did
                        not have a valid claim to payment at Closing (the
                        "Invalid Claim Amount"), the Sellers shall within two
                        Business Days of such definitive resolution pay  
                        to the Purchaser one fifth of the excess of the  
                        Invalid Claim Amount over the Valid Claim  
                        Amount; 
          
                   (B)  if the Valid Claim Amount is greater than the  
                        Invalid Claim Amount, the Purchaser shall within  
                        two Business Days of such definitive resolution  
                        pay to the Sellers one fifth of the excess of  
                        the Valid Claim Amount over the Invalid Claim  
                        Amount; 
          
                   (C)  if the amount actually paid to the Sellers on  
                        Closing in respect of the Disputed Amount (by  
                        virtue of the penultimate sentence of subsection  
                        (e) of Section 1.4) is greater than the Valid  
                        Claim Amount, the Sellers shall within two Busi- 
                        ness Days of the definitive resolution of the  
                        Final Closing Balance Sheet pay to the Purchaser  
                        the amount of the excess (together with interest  
                        at a rate per annum equal to two percent over  
                        Barclays Bank PLC Base Rate in effect from time  
                        to time during such period, based on a 365-day  
                        year) and the balance of the Adjustment Escrow  
                        Account shall be paid at the same time by the  
                        Escrow Agent to the Purchaser (and, for the  
                        avoidance of doubt, no amount of it shall be  
                        paid to the Sellers) together with all interest  
                        actually earned on it (after deduction or provi- 
                        sion for all applicable Taxation in respect of  
                        any such interest);    
          
                   (D)  if the amount actually paid to the Sellers on  
                        Closing in respect of the Disputed Amount (by  
                        virtue of the penultimate sentence of subsection  
                        (e) of Section 1.4) is less than the Valid Claim  
                        Amount, the shortfall shall within two Business  
                        Days of the definitive resolution of the Final  
                        Closing Balance Sheet be paid by the Escrow  
                        Agent to the Sellers out of the Adjustment Es- 
                        crow Account together with all interest actually  
                        earned on that amount (after deduction or provi- 
                        sion for all applicable Taxation in respect of  
                        any such interest);   and any balance of the  
                        Adjustment Escrow Account shall be paid at the  
                        same time by the Escrow Agent to the Purchaser  
                        together with all interest actually earned on it  
                        (after deduction or provision for all applicable  
                        Taxation in respect of any such interest).  
          
                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agree- 
         ment, no amount shall be payable out of any of the Escrow Ac- 
         counts to a party which has not fully discharged its obliga- 
         tion, if any, to make a payment to the other pursuant to sub- 
         paragraphs (A) or (B) of this paragraph (z);  provided, how- 
         ever, that in such event, the amount, if any, payable pursuant  
         to sub-paragraphs (A) or (B) of this paragraph (z) shall be  
         payable out of any of the Escrow Accounts so as to discharge  
         the obligation of any such party. 
          
                   If the liabilities, costs and expenses in respect of  
         the contingencies addressed in the Repairs Escrow Account shall  
         exceed pound sterling 7,000,000, any liabilities, costs or
         expenses in excess of any such amounts shall (notwithstanding
         any other recovery of the Purchaser) be payable to the Purchaser
         from any amounts remaining in the General Escrow Account in
         accordance with the provisions of paragraph (x) above and the
         provisions of the Escrow Agreement.   Notwithstanding the foregoing
         or any other provision of this Section 1.4(b) and except as set
         forth in Section 11.3(b), the Purchaser shall not be precluded from
         seeking indemnification for any Claim under this Agreement or  
         any of the Ancillary Documents from any Seller whether or not  
         funds in any of the Escrow Accounts have been exhausted or oth- 
         erwise disbursed.   For the avoidance of doubt, the parties  
         agree that (i) any Claims by the Purchaser under the Repairs  
         Escrow shall, in respect of the amount required to repair a  
         Container or Chassis to a particular standard, be conclusively  
         determined as the amount stated in a written estimate obtained  
         by the Purchaser from an independent third party contractor to  
         repair the Container or Chassis to that standard;  (ii) Pur- 
         chaser shall have sole discretion in deciding whether to effect  
         any repair in respect of which a Claim has been made;  and  
         (iii) notwithstanding any recovery by the Purchaser in respect  
         of the Repairs Escrow Account, in no event shall the Purchaser  
         be required to actually carry out any prospective repair in re- 
         spect of which any such recovery has been made.    
          
                   If the Purchaser shall have made a claim against ei- 
         ther the General Escrow Account or the Repairs Escrow Account  
         (i) to recover the excess, if any, of (x) the Total Adjusted  
         Net Assets shown on the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets Statement  
         over (y) the Total Adjusted Net Assets shown on the Final Ad- 
         justed Net Assets Statement or (ii) to the extent that any  
         amount is due the Purchaser as a result of the penultimate sen- 
         tence of subsection (c) of this Section 1.4, the Sellers shall,  
         within two Business Days of the date that any such claim by the  
         Purchaser is paid from either of such Escrow Accounts, make a  
         further payment to the Escrow Agent equal to the amount so paid  
         from either such account, and the Escrow Agent shall forthwith  
         deposit such amounts in the Escrow Account(s) from which the  
         funds referred to in this paragraph were paid to the Purchaser. 
          
                   Unless the Purchaser shall have theretofore delivered  
         to the Sellers and the Escrow Agent a written notice or notices  
         (individually, a "Claims Notice") stating that the Purchaser in  
         good faith has a claim or claims against the Sellers or any of  
         the Escrow Accounts pursuant to this Section 1.4(b) and an in- 
         dication of the basis for and, to the extent reasonably  
         ascertainable, the estimated amount thereof, the remaining Pur- 
         chase Price in Escrow together with interest actually earned on  
         such sum (after deduction or provision for all applicable Taxa- 
         tion) shall be delivered to the Sellers on the following dates:   
         (i) with respect to the General Escrow Account, on 31 March  
         1995;  (ii) with respect to the Repairs Escrow Account, on the  
         six-month anniversary of the Closing Date;  and (iii) with re- 
         spect to the Adjustment Escrow Account and subject always to  
         paragraph (z) above, on the date that each of the items in- 
         cluded in the Disputed Amount shall have been definitively re- 
         solved, which the parties hereto shall use best endeavours to  
         cause to be not later than the third Business Day following the  
         date on which the Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement and the  
         Final Closing Balance Sheet shall have been definitively deter- 
         mined pursuant to subsections (g) through (m) of this Section  
         1.4;  provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing,  
         no amount of the Purchase Price in Escrow remaining in the Gen- 
         eral Escrow Account, the Adjustment Escrow Account or, if the  
         amount in dispute in respect of a Claims Notice is greater than  
         (x) the aggregate of all amounts then remaining in each of the  
         General Escrow Account and the Adjustment Escrow Account which  
         are not subject to any Claim minus (y) pound sterling 3.5 million,
         then the Repairs Escrow Account, shall be delivered to the Sellers
         unless and until the Final Closing Balance Sheet and the Final
         Adjusted Net Assets Statement shall have been definitively re- 
         solved and any resulting payments to the Purchaser from the  
         Sellers shall have been made.   In the event that the Sellers  
         shall not have delivered to the Purchaser, within ten Business  
         Days in the case of the Repairs Escrow Account and the Adjust- 
         ment Escrow Account (and twenty Business Days in the case of  
         the General Escrow Account) after the receipt by the Sellers of  
         such Claims Notice, a written objection to the Purchaser's  
         claim or claims as set forth in the Claims Notice, the Escrow  
         Agent shall deliver to the Purchaser any such amount (net of  
         any applicable Taxation in respect of interest paid thereon),  
         which amount shall be received by the Purchaser free and clear  
         of any rights of the Sellers.   Notwithstanding the foregoing,  
         two days after the date on which the Final Closing Balance  
         Sheet and the Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement shall have  
         been definitively determined pursuant to subsections (g)  
         through (m) of this section 1.4, the Purchaser and the Sellers  
         agree that fifty per cent. (50%) of any sums then remaining in  
         the Repairs Escrow Account, together with interest actually  
         earned on such sum (after deduction or provision for applicable  
         Taxation in respect of any such interest) with respect to which  
         no Claim Notice has then been delivered shall be delivered to  
         the Sellers on such date. 
          
                   In the event the Purchaser shall have delivered to  
         the Sellers and the Escrow Agent one or more Claims Notices,  
         the Escrow Agent shall at the end of the relevant periods  
         specified in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of the first sentence  
         of the preceding paragraph, but subject to the proviso thereto,  
         deliver to the Sellers an amount equal to the excess, if any,  
         of (i) the funds then held in the relevant Escrow Account, to- 
         gether with all interest actually earned thereon (after deduc- 
         tion or provision for all applicable Taxation), over (ii) the  
         aggregate amount of the Purchaser's claim or claims theretofore  
         delivered but not resolved (including any interest thereon), if  
         any.   The Escrow Agent shall continue to hold the balance of  
         the funds held in the relevant Escrow Account and all interest  
         actually earned on such balance until such claims of the Pur- 
         chaser against the Sellers specified in Claims Notices deliv- 
         ered prior to the end of the periods specified above shall have  
         been resolved. 
          
                   A claim against an Escrow Account shall be deemed  
         resolved when the Purchaser and the Sellers shall so agree in  
         writing and shall deliver such written agreement to the Escrow  
         Agent or if the Purchaser and the Sellers cannot so agree  
         within thirty days of delivery of any Claims Notice, when a  
         final non-appealable court order of a court of competent juris- 
         diction has determined whether the claim is required to be paid  
         from the relevant Escrow Account pursuant to the terms of this  
         Agreement and the Escrow Agreement. 
          
                    It is understood and agreed between the parties that  
         in the event the Purchaser has a legal claim against any third  
         party with respect to any amounts recovered from the Repairs  
         Escrow Account or the General Escrow Account, the Sellers shall  
         be subrogated to the rights of the Purchaser against any such  
         third party. 
          
                   (c)  The Initial Purchase Price shall be adjusted to  
         the Final Purchase Price to reflect the difference between the  
         amount and composition of the Total Adjusted Net Assets, as  
         shown on the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets Statement, and on  
         the Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement.   Except as specified  
         in the following sentence, such further adjustment to the Ini- 
         tial Purchase Price shall be made by either (i) an increase by  
         one pound sterling for each pound sterling by which Total Ad- 
         justed Net Assets, as shown on the Final Adjusted Net Assets  
         Statement, exceed Total Adjusted Net Assets as shown on the  
         Estimated Adjusted Net Assets Statement, or (ii) decreased by  
         one pound sterling for each pound sterling by which Total Ad- 
         justed Net Assets, as shown on the Final Adjusted Net Assets  
         Statement, are less than Total Adjusted Net Assets as shown on  
         the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets Statement.   In the event  
         that the amount of the net book value of the Containers and  
         Chassis, other than Disposal Containers and Disposal Chassis  
         and Leased-Out Containers and Leased-Out Chassis, in each case,  
         as of the Closing Date and included in the Final Adjusted Net  
         Assets Statement shall be less than the amount of the net book  
         value of the Containers and Chassis other than Disposal Con- 
         tainers and Disposal Chassis and Leased-Out Containers and  
         Leased-Out Chassis, in each case, as of the Closing Date and  
         respectively, and included in the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets  
         Statement, the Initial Purchase Price shall (in addition to any  
         adjustment made pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence  
         of this Section 1.4(c)) be reduced by an amount equal to 18.41  
         pence for each pound sterling of the decrease in such net book  
         value.   It is understood and agreed that there shall not be  
         any purchase price adjustment which is solely attributable to  
         immaterial variations among types of Dry Cargo Containers or  
         among types of Tank Containers forming a part of the Sale As- 
         sets. 
          
                   (d)  Any difference between the final purchase price  
         as determined pursuant to Section 1.4(c) (the "Final Purchase  
         Price") and the Initial Purchase Price, shall, within five  
         Business Days after the Final Closing Balance Sheet and the  
         Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement are agreed by the Purchaser  
         and the Sellers or any remaining disputed items are ultimately  
         determined by the Independent Auditors, be paid by wire trans- 
         fer in immediately available funds to such account on behalf of  
         each of the Sellers in the United Kingdom as may be specified  
         in writing by the party to whom such payment is owed (if the  
         Sellers are required to make such payment but prohibited by law  
         from making such payment in whole or in part (or, without limi- 
         tation, if the Sellers do not actually make the payment for any  
         other reason), the Purchaser may make a claim against the Gen- 
         eral Escrow Account);   provided, however, that any amount pay- 
         able by the Sellers to the Purchaser pursuant to this sentence  
         shall be reduced by any amounts which the Purchaser (i) is en- 
         titled to withdraw and which, in fact, is so withdrawn from the  
         Adjustment Escrow Account (other than with respect to any  
         amount provided in sub-paragraph (b)(z)(C) or (D) above), (ii)  
         has withdrawn from the Repairs Escrow Account or otherwise re- 
         covered from the Sellers in respect of Container or Chassis but  
         only to the extent that the accruals for such repairs included  
         on the Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement exceed the accruals  
         for such repairs included on the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets  
         Statement, (iii) has withdrawn from the General Escrow or oth- 
         erwise recovered in respect of warranty claims pursuant to Sec- 
         tion 11.3(a)(i) but only to the extent that the accruals in  
         respect of the matters giving rise to such claims included on  
         the Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement exceed the accruals for  
         such matters included on the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets  
         Statements, (iv) has withdrawn from the General Escrow Account  
         or the Repairs Escrow Account pursuant to the penultimate sen- 
         tence of this paragraph (d);  and (v) has received a payment  
         from the Sellers and funds from the Adjustment Escrow Account  
         pursuant to paragraph (b)(z)(C) of this Section 1.4.   Unless  
         an Adjustment Amount was paid into the Adjustment Escrow Ac- 
         count pursuant to Section 1.4(e) (in which case the provisions  
         set forth in sub-paragraphs 1.4(b)(z) (A) and (B) above shall  
         apply), any payment to be made pursuant to the preceding sen- 
         tence shall bear simple interest from and including the Closing  
         Date through and excluding the date of payment at a rate per  
         annum equal to two per cent over Barclays Bank PLC Base Rate in  
         effect from time to time during such period, based on a 365-day  
         year, and such interest shall be paid by either party at the  
         time of payment (or, where applicable, added to the claim  
         against the General Escrow).   Any payment required to be made  
         by the Sellers pursuant to this subsection (d) shall first be  
         drawn from the Adjustment Escrow Account, if any.   Any further  
         payment shall be a direct payment from the Sellers to Purchaser  
         which shall not be paid from the General Escrow Account or the  
         Repairs Escrow Account.   Only if the Sellers are prohibited by  
         law or court order from making any such payment directly, or  
         otherwise do not make the required payment, shall the payment  
         be permitted to be made from any of such Escrow Accounts and in  
         such event only if the Purchaser so requests.   For the avoid- 
         ance of doubt, any payment to be made pursuant to this subsec- 
         tion (d) shall take into account any payment made pursuant to  
         subparagraph (b)(z)(C) or (D), to the extent required to avoid  
         double counting. 
          
                   (e)  No later than ten Business Days prior to the  
         Closing Date, the Sellers shall jointly prepare, and the  
         Purchaser's Accountants and the Sellers' Accountants shall  
         jointly review, the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet and the  
         Estimated Adjusted Net Assets Statement (each of which shall  
         set forth the information required to be set forth therein by  
         the Applicable Accounting Principles and this Agreement and  
         shall respectively present the financial position and the ad- 
         justed net assets of the Container Operations as of the Closing  
         Date accompanied by a certificate in the Agreed Form from each  
         of the Chairman and the Finance Director of the Company certi- 
         fying their good faith belief that each of the Estimated Clos- 
         ing Balance Sheet and the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets State- 
         ment have been prepared in accordance with the Applicable Ac- 
         counting Principles and the provisions of this Agreement, as  
         modified by this section 1.4(e).   Each of the Estimated Clos- 
         ing Balance Sheet and the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets State- 
         ment shall be prepared in accordance with the Applicable Ac- 
         counting Principles.   During the period from the date of this  
         Agreement to Closing, the Sellers shall (i) provide the Pur- 
         chaser and the Purchaser's Accountants with full access to the  
         Container Records and the facilities and employees of the Con- 
         tainer Operations and to the Sellers' Accountants (including  
         their working papers), and (ii) cooperate fully with the Pur- 
         chaser and the Purchaser's Accountants, including, without lim- 
         itation, the provision on a timely basis of all information  
         reasonably requested in connection with the Estimated Closing  
         Balance Sheet and the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets Statement.    
         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, in the  
         event that the Purchaser shall dispute in good faith the amount  
         of any item reflected on the Estimated Closing Date Balance  
         Sheet or the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets Statement,  
         Purchaser's Accountants shall prepare a report (the "Estimated  
         Disputed Amount Report") estimating the aggregate amount of any  
         items disputed by the parties (the "Disputed Amount"), and  
         listing the adjustments by item and the estimated amounts  
         thereof, and the President and the Treasurer of the Purchaser  
         shall certify their good faith belief that the items disputed  
         in the Estimated Disputed Amount Report were not treated in  
         accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles or other- 
         wise were not correct or not a best estimate, and the adjust- 
         ments set out therein are required to be made, for the reasons  
         set out in the Estimated Disputed Amount Report, for the Esti- 
         mated Net Assets Statement to be prepared in accordance with  
         the Applicable Accounting Principles and this Agreement, as  
         modified by this Section 1.4(e).   A sum equal to the amount,  
         if any (the "Adjustment Amount")  by which the Disputed Amount  
         exceeds pound sterling 3.5 million shall be paid into the
         Adjustment Escrow Account at the Closing, which amount shall
         be part of the Purchase Price in Escrow;  provided that, for
         the avoidance of doubt, it shall be clear that the first
         pound sterling 3.5 million of the Disputed Amount, if any,
         shall be paid to the Seller at Closing;   provided, however,
         that such sum shall be recoverable in accordance with the
         provisions of Section 1.4(b) of this Agreement.   The parties
         agree to use reasonable endeavours to respond to any objections
         with respect to the proposed Estimated Closing Balance Sheet,
         Estimated Adjusted Net Assets Statement or any amounts to be
         paid into the Adjustment Escrow Account and fairly to address
         any such objections in a timely manner.
          
                   (f)  From the Closing Date until the date on which  
         the Final Closing Balance Sheet and Final Adjusted Net Assets  
         Statement are agreed or determined pursuant to Section 1.4(l),  
         the Purchaser shall (i) provide Sellers and Sellers' Ac- 
         countants with full access to the books, records (including  
         work papers, schedules, memoranda and other documents), of the  
         Container Operations for the period prior to the Closing Date  
         and (ii) cooperate fully, and procure that the Purchaser's Ac- 
         countants cooperate fully, with Sellers and Sellers' Ac- 
         countants, including, without limitation, the provision on a  
         timely basis of all information, including Purchaser's Ac- 
         countants work papers, reasonably requested in connection with  
         the Final Closing Balance Sheet and the Final Adjusted Net As- 
         sets Statement and cooperation (so far as reasonably practi- 
         cable) in the reviews referred to in Section 1.4(g). 
          
                   (g)  As soon as practicable, but in no event later  
         than 90 days following the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall  
         prepare drafts of the Final Closing Balance Sheet and the Final  
         Adjusted Net Assets Statement (the "First Draft Statements")  
         and shall deliver them to the Sellers, the Sellers' Accountants  
         and the Purchaser's Accountants.   For a period of 45 days from  
         such delivery, the Sellers' Accountants and the Purchaser's  
         Accountants shall conduct separate reviews of the First Draft  
         Statements. 
          
                   (h)  Once the period for review referred to in Sec- 
         tion 1.4(g) has elapsed, the Purchaser and the Purchaser's Ac- 
         countants shall continue to discuss with the Sellers and the  
         Sellers' Accountants any disputed items on the First Draft  
         Statements for a further period of 30 days. 
          
                   (i)  If at the end of the 30 day period referred to  
         in Section 1.4(h) no items on the First Draft Statements are in  
         dispute, the Purchaser and the Sellers shall be deemed to have  
         accepted and agreed to the First Draft Statements and such  
         statements shall constitute the Final Closing Balance Sheet and  
         Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement and shall be final, binding  
         and conclusive for the purposes of this Agreement and the An- 
         cillary Documents. 
          
                   (j)  If the 30 day period referred to in Section  
         1.4(h) has elapsed and any items on the First Draft Statements  
         remain in dispute, the Purchaser shall within 15 days of the  
         end of that period prepare a second draft of the Final Closing  
         Balance Sheet and Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement (the  
         "Second Draft Statements") and shall deliver them to the Sell- 
         ers and the Sellers' Accountants together with an opinion of  
         the Purchaser's Accountants (the "Purchaser's Accountants'  
         Opinion") that such Second Draft Statements have been prepared  
         in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles. 
          
                   (k)  If the Sellers dispute any item on the Second  
         Draft Statements, the Sellers shall, within 15 days of the de- 
         livery to them of the Second Draft Statements and the  
         Purchaser's Accountants' Opinion, deliver to the Purchaser and  
         the Purchaser's Accountants a list of adjustments setting out  
         in reasonable detail the characterization and amount of all  
         items disputed in the Second Draft Statements and the basis for  
         the dispute (the "Sellers' Dispute List"), together with an  
         opinion of the Sellers' Accountants (the "Sellers' Accountants'  
         Opinion") that (x) the items disputed in the Second Draft  
         Statements were not treated in accordance with the Applicable  
         Accounting Principles and (y) the adjustments set out in the  
         Sellers' Dispute List are required to be made, for the reasons  
         given in the Sellers' Dispute List, for the Second Draft State- 
         ments to be prepared in accordance with the Applicable Account- 
         ing Principles. 
          
                   (l)  If the Sellers shall not deliver a Sellers' Dis- 
         pute List and Sellers' Accountants' Opinion within 15 days of  
         the delivery to them of the Second Draft Statements and the  
         Purchaser's Accountants' Opinion, the Sellers shall be deemed  
         to have accepted and agreed to the Second Draft Statements and  
         such Second Draft Statements shall constitute the Final Closing  
         Balance Sheet and Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement and shall  
         be final, binding and conclusive for the purposes of this  
         Agreement and the Ancillary Documents.   If at any time follow- 
         ing the Closing Date the Sellers and the Purchaser shall agree  
         in writing to a set of statements for such purpose, such state- 
         ments shall constitute the Final Closing Balance Sheet and Fi- 
         nal Adjusted Net Assets Statement and shall be final, binding  
         and conclusive for the purposes of this Agreement and the An- 
         cillary Documents. 
          
                   (m)  If within 10 days of the delivery to the Pur- 
         chaser of the Sellers' Dispute List and Sellers' Accountants'  
         Opinion there remain items in dispute, then all disputed items  
         shall be submitted to a firm of United Kingdom recognized ac- 
         countants of international repute (the "Independent Auditors")  
         selected by the Sellers and the Purchaser or (in the absence of  
         agreement as to the selection within a further period of 5  
         days) by the President for the time being of the Institute of  
         Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, on the application  
         of the Sellers or the Purchaser.   All fees and expenses relat- 
         ing to the work, if any, to be performed by the Independent  
         Auditors shall be borne equally by the Sellers and the Pur- 
         chaser.   The Independent Auditors shall act as experts and not  
         arbitrators to determine, based on the Second Draft Statements,  
         the Purchasers' Accountants' Opinion, the Sellers' Dispute  
         List, the Sellers' Accountants' Opinion and on written and oral  
         presentations by the Sellers and the Purchaser, only those is- 
         sues still in dispute.   The determination of the Independent  
         Auditors shall be made as promptly as practicable after their  
         selection, shall be set out in a written report delivered to  
         the Sellers and the Purchaser and shall be final, binding and  
         conclusive for the purposes of this Agreement and the Ancillary  
         Documents. 
          
                   (n)  In the event that an Adjustment Amount was paid  
         into the Adjustment Escrow Account pursuant to Section 1.4(e),  
         then the First Draft Statements and, if relevant, the Second  
         Draft Statements and the Sellers' Dispute List shall each be  
         accompanied by a statement showing the amount, if any, of any  
         item contained in the Estimated Dispute Amount Report which  
         should be reflected on the Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement.    
         When the Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement is finally deter- 
         mined it shall be accompanied by a final statement showing the  
         original amount of any item contained in the Estimated Disputed  
         Amount Report and the amount of that item as reflected on the  
         Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement.   
          
                   (o)  As between the Purchaser and the Sellers, the  
         Initial Purchase Price and the Final Purchase Price (in each  
         case, including the Assumed Liabilities) received by the  
         Sellers shall be apportioned between each Seller in proportion  
         to the value of the Sale Assets or Assumed Liabilities being  
         transferred by each of them, such value to be calculated by  
         reference to the provisions of this Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 1.5.  Allocation of Consideration.  The Pur- 
         chaser and the Sellers agree that they shall enter into an  
         agreement (the "Allocation Agreement"), as soon as practicable  
         after the Closing concerning the allocation of the Purchase  
         Price (including Assumed Liabilities) among the Sale Assets as  
         of the Closing Date (the "Allocation").   If the Purchaser and  
         the Sellers shall not have agreed to the Allocation in ac- 
         cordance with the procedure set forth below, any disputed as- 
         pect shall be resolved within 30 days thereof by the Indepen- 
         dent Auditors to be selected (if not previously selected) in  
         accordance with Section 1.4 of this Agreement.   Purchaser and  
         the Sellers agree that the Allocation shall be made pursuant to  
         the following procedure:  Purchaser shall deliver to the Sell- 
         ers an allocation of the Purchase Price and Assumed Liabilities  
         among the Sale Assets ("Purchaser's Appraisal").   The Sellers  
         shall be deemed to have accepted and agreed to the allocation  
         based upon Purchaser's Appraisal in the Allocation Agreement,  
         unless the Sellers deliver written notice to Purchaser to the  
         contrary within 10 days after the Sellers' receipt of  
         Purchaser's Appraisal.   If (i) the Sellers so object to the  
         allocation based upon Purchaser's Appraisal, and Purchaser and  
         the Sellers are unable to resolve all their differences within  
         15 days, or (ii) Purchaser fails to deliver Purchaser's Ap- 
         praisal, the Sellers shall have 30 days to deliver an alloca- 
         tion to Purchaser of the Purchase Price and Assumed Liabilities  
         among the Sale Assets ("Sellers' Appraisal").   In the event  
         the Sellers fail to deliver the Sellers' Appraisal within 45  
         days of receipt of Purchaser's Appraisal, the Sellers shall be  
         deemed to have accepted and agreed to the allocation based upon  
         Purchaser's Appraisal in the Allocation Agreement.   Purchaser  
         shall be deemed to have accepted and agreed to the allocation  
         based upon the Sellers' Appraisal in the Allocation Agreement  
         unless Purchaser delivers written notice to the Sellers to the  
         contrary within 10 days after receipt of Sellers' Appraisal and  
         Purchaser has delivered an allocation based upon Purchaser's  
         Appraisal as provided herein.   If Purchaser so notifies the  
         Sellers of its objection to the allocation based upon Sellers'  
         Appraisal, or if Purchaser and the Sellers each fail to deliver  
         Purchaser's Appraisal and Sellers' Appraisal, respectively,  
         Purchaser and the Sellers shall, within 15 days following such  
         notice, attempt to resolve their differences and any resolution  
         by them as to any disputed items or amounts shall be final,  
         binding and conclusive and made part of the Allocation Agree- 
         ment upon the conclusion of such 15-day period.   Any disputed  
         aspects of the Allocation that remain shall be submitted to the  
         Independent Auditors within 10 days of the end of such 15-day  
         period and shall be resolved by the Independent Auditors within  
         30 days of submission.   Purchaser, the Company and the Sellers  
         agree to act in accordance with the Allocation contained in the  
         Allocation Agreement in any relevant Tax Returns or similar  
         filings.   All fees and expenses relating to the Purchaser's  
         Appraisal shall be borne by Purchaser, all fees and expenses  
         relating to the Sellers' Appraisal shall be borne by the Sell- 
         ers (unless Purchaser fails to deliver an allocation based upon  
         the Purchaser's Appraisal within the time periods set forth  
         herein, in which event such fees and expenses shall be borne by  
         Purchaser) and all fees and expenses relating to the work per- 
         formed by the Independent Auditors shall be borne equally by  
         Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Sellers, on the other hand.    
         In the event any taxing authority questions the allocation  
         agreed to by the Sellers and the Purchaser, the Company or the  
         Purchaser, as appropriate, shall promptly notify the other of  
         such event and shall inform and consult with the other as to  
         any such inquiry as it progresses. 
          
                   SECTION 1.6.  Closing.  The closing of the transac- 
         tions contemplated by this Agreement (the "Closing") shall take  
         place (except where expressly provided otherwise) in London at  
         the offices of the Purchaser's counsel at 3:00 p.m., local  
         time, on the later of (i) March 15, 1994 and (ii) the date that  
         is three Business Days after each of the parties shall have  
         notice that each of the conditions set forth in Articles VII  
         and VIII (other than delivery of executed closing documents,  
         which shall be delivered at the Closing) has been satisfied or  
         waived, or at such other time and place as may be agreed upon  
         by the parties hereto.   The documents referred to in subsec- 
         tions (i) through (v), (viii), (xviii) and (xxi) of Section  
         1.6(a) shall be delivered in Brussels, Belgium at the Offices  
         of the Purchaser's counsel simultaneously with the Closing in  
         London, England and shall be batched (as between the assets and  
         the rights referred to in any such documents) in the manner  
         reasonably requested by the Purchaser. 
          
                   (a)  At the Closing, the Sellers will deliver to the  
         Purchaser: 
          
                   (i)  duly executed Receipt and Acknowledgment of De- 
         livery;   
          
                  (ii)  all documents of title, if any, necessary to  
         transfer ownership or otherwise relating to a purchase of the  
         Containers and Chassis, including all certificates of title  
         endorsed in blank;   
          
                 (iii)  duly executed counterparts of the Operating  
         Lease Assignments and Assumptions, together with executed coun- 
         terparts or copies of all Operating Leases, and all security  
         therefor (including, without limitation, guarantees, letters of  
         credit and agreements governing any security or other deposits  
         relating to Containers or Chassis) and all daily rent and other  
         charges paid to Sellers and their Affiliates in respect of any  
         period after the Closing Date;   
          
                  (iv)  a duly executed counterpart of the Assignment of  
         Manufacturer Warranties, together with executed counterparts  
         (to the extent available) and/or copies of such sellers' or  
         manufacturers' warranties;   
          
                   (v)  duly executed counterparts of the Management  
         Agreement for Encumbered Equipment and Sea Containers Leases,  
         the Assignment and Assumption of Sellers' Chassis Leases, to- 
         gether with executed copies of all Sellers' Chassis Leases and  
         duly executed counterparts of the Secondary Period Agreements  
         (which shall also be signed by any finance lessors under the  
         Secondary Period Sellers' Leases); 
          
                  (vi)  executed copies of the consents referred to in  
         Section 8.8 hereof including executed copies of a Supplemental  
         Indenture and all documents required to be delivered to the  
         Indenture Trustee with respect to each series of the Bonds in  
         form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser; 
          
                 (vii)  the opinions of counsel referred to in Section  
         8.7 hereof; 
          
                (viii)  a duly executed counterpart of the Intellectual  
         Property Assignment and all further documents concerning or  
         relating to the Expertise and Intellectual Property Rights to  
         be transferred to the Purchaser; 
          
                  (ix)  duly executed counterparts of each of the As- 
         signment and Assumption of Depot Agreements, the Assignment of  
         Agency Agreements, the Novation of Automobile Leases (which to  
         the extent available shall also be signed by lessors under the  
         Automobile Leases), the Assignment and Assumption of Equipment  
         Hire Agreements and the Assignment of Sellers' Receivables; 
          
                   (x)  a duly executed counterpart of the assignment of  
         DPP payments contemplated by Section 1.8(b) hereof;   
          
                  (xi)  a schedule of Sellers' Receivables as of Closing  
         and as of the date of the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet; 
          
                 (xii)  all the Container Records; 
          
                (xiii)  the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets Statement and  
         the Initial Adjusted Net Assets Statement, each accompanied by  
         certifications from the Company's Chairman and Finance Director  
         pursuant to Section 1.4(e) of this Agreement; 
          
                 (xiv)  all such other deeds, documents, certificates,  
         assignments, agreements and other instruments as, in the opin- 
         ion of the Purchaser, are necessary to vest in the Purchaser  
         legal and beneficial title to the Sale Assets, including with- 
         out limitation, evidence satisfactory to the Purchaser that the  
         Security Interests shall have been released and discharged (or  
         that a particular holder of a Security Interest or finance les- 
         sor has agreed to release and discharge such Security Interest  
         upon repayment and arrangements satisfactory to the Purchaser  
         in its sole discretion have been made to provide such repay- 
         ment), which would include, without limitation, (x) the deliv- 
         ery by any holder of a Security Interest or finance lessor to a  
         third party of an executed release releasing the Sale Assets  
         subject to such Security Interest from the lien and charge of  
         such Security Interest, together with instructions to deliver  
         such release to (or as directed by) the Sellers upon receipt of  
         payment in the amount referred to in clause (y) below, and (y)  
         the delivery to the Purchaser of a letter from such holder of a  
         Security Interest or finance lessor unconditionally agreeing  
         that, upon the payment of the amounts due upon termination in  
         respect of any Security Interest specified in such letter, such  
         holder of a Security Interest or finance lessor would cause the  
         execution and delivery of such release, together, in either  
         case, with an arrangement satisfactory to Purchaser, in its  
         sole discretion, to ensure payment by Sellers of all such  
         amounts on the Closing Date and evidence that all security reg- 
         istrations which relate (or could relate) to any Sale Assets  
         have been removed from official security registers in all rel- 
         evant jurisdictions; 
          
                  (xv)  a duly executed counterpart of the Assignment  
         and Assumption of Purchase Commitments (which to the extent  
         available shall also be signed by the sellers under such  
         commitments); 
          
                 (xvi)  a certified copy of the letter from Morgan  
         Grenfell and or Hambro Magan (as defined below) to the London  
         Stock Exchange pursuant to paragraph 2.14 of The Listing Rules  
         of the London Stock Exchange in respect of the working capital  
         statement in the Shareholder Circular;   
          
                (xvii)  duly executed counterparts of the Non- 
         Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements; 
          
               (xviii)  duly executed counterparts of the Assignment and  
         Assumption of Management Agreements (which to the extent avail- 
         able shall also be signed by the owners of the Managed Leases)  
         and of the Management Agreement for Encumbered Equipment and  
         Sea Containers Leases;   
          
                 (xix)  a duly executed counterpart of the Escrow Agree- 
         ment; 
          
                  (xx)   duly executed counterpart of the Buckingham  
         Palace Road Sub-sub-underlease (if agreed and subject to the  
         provisions of the Transitional Services Agreement); 
          
                 (xxi)  duly executed copies of the Secondary Period  
         Agreements; 
          
                (xxii)  duly executed Sellers' Closing Certificates;   
          
               (xxiii)  duly executed solvency certificates from each  
         Seller which is a company incorporated under the laws of En- 
         gland or a Delaware corporation, in each case, in the Agreed  
         Form; 
          
                (xxiv)  unless the DPP Option has been exercised by the  
         Purchaser, evidence satisfactory to the Purchaser that the DPP  
         Tail Coverage contemplated by Section 1.8(b) has been obtained  
         by the Sellers; 
          
                 (xxv)  the Sellers' Chassis Leases relating to all  
         Leased Chassis, the Sea Containers Leases relating to all Sea  
         Containers Containers and a duly executed counterpart of the  
         Sea Containers Leases Management Agreement; 
          
                (xxvi)  a full and complete list of all of the Sale As- 
         sets to be purchased by the Purchaser which, in the case of all  
         Containers to be purchased, shall list each such Container by  
         serial number, unit number, date of manufacture, on-hire or  
         off-hire status, original cost, net book value and lessee, if  
         any; 
          
               (xxvii)  a duly executed Sublease for 123 Buckingham Pal- 
         ace Road and, to the extent available as of the Closing Date, a  
         transfer or assignment of the Holding Documents; 
          
               (xxviii) a duly executed counterpart of the Transitional  
         Services Agreement; 
 
               (xxix)  a duly executed Cross Receipt;   
          
                 (xxx)  evidence satisfactory to the Purchaser that the  
         Sellers and their Affiliates shall have seconded Mr. Palmer to  
         a company not engaged in the Container Operations in accordance  
         with Section 5.13 of this Agreement;  and  
          
                (xxxi)  all other previously undelivered documents re- 
         quired hereunder to be delivered by the Sellers to the Pur- 
         chaser at or prior to the Closing in connection with the trans- 
         actions contemplated by this Agreement. 
          
                   (b)  At the Closing, the Purchaser will deliver to  
         the Sellers: 
          
                   (i)  the consideration referred to and determined in  
         accordance with Section 1.4(a) hereof which is to be delivered  
         to the Sellers; 
          
                  (ii)  a duly executed counterpart of the Operating  
         Lease Assignments and Assumptions;   
          
                 (iii)  a duly executed counterpart of the Assignment of  
         Manufacturer Warranties;   
          
                  (iv)  a duly executed counterpart of the Sea Container  
         Leases Management Agreement;   
          
                   (v)  executed copies of the consents referred to in  
         Section 7.6 hereof; 
          
                  (vi)  the opinion of counsel referred to in Section  
         7.5 hereof; 
          
                 (vii)  a duly executed counterpart of the Intellectual  
         Property Assignment;   
          
                (viii)  duly executed counterparts of the Assignment and  
         Assumption of Depot Agreements, the Assignment of Agency Agree- 
         ments, the Novation of Automobile Leases, the Assignment and  
         Assumption of Equipment Hire Agreements and the Assignment of  
         Sellers' Receivables; 
          
                  (ix)  a duly executed counterpart of the assignment of  
         DPP payments contemplated by Section 1.8(b) hereof;   
          
                   (x)  a duly executed counterpart of the Assignment  
         and Assumption of Purchase Commitments; 
          
                  (xi)  duly executed counterparts of the Assignment and  
         Assumption of Management Agreements with respect to the Managed  
         Leases and of the Management Agreement for Encumbered Equipment  
         and Sea Containers Leases;   
          
                 (xii)  a duly executed copy of the 123 Buckingham Pal- 
         ace Road Sub-sub-underlease (if agreed and subject to the pro- 
         visions of the Transitional Services Agreement); 
          
                (xiii)  duly executed counterparts of the Non- 
         Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements; 
          
                 (xiv)  duly executed counterparts of the Assignment and  
         Assumption of Sellers' Chassis Leases and Secondary Period  
         Agreements; 
          
                  (xv)  a duly executed counterpart of the Escrow Agree- 
         ment; 
          
                 (xvi)  a duly executed counterpart of the Transitional  
         Services Agreement; 
          
                (xvii)  a duly executed copy of the guarantee in the  
         form set out in Part 2 of the Transitional Services Agreement; 
          
               (xviii)  a duly executed Purchaser's Closing Certificate; 
          
                 (xix)  all other previously undelivered documents re- 
         quired hereunder to be delivered by the Purchaser to the Sell- 
         ers at or prior to the Closing in connection with the transac- 
         tions contemplated by this Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 1.7.  Tiphook Trademarks and Trade Names.
                   (a)  Pursuant to the Intellectual Property Assign-
         ment, the Sellers will assign to the Purchaser, without charge,  
         all registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks,  
         trade names and logos used by any of the Sellers solely in con- 
         nection with the Container Operations. 
          
                   (b)  Pursuant to the Intellectual Property Assign- 
         ment, the Sellers will grant the Purchaser, without charge,  
         royalty-free exclusive perpetual license to utilize the trade  
         name "Tiphook" or any derivations thereof and any logo, trade- 
         mark, service mark or trade name owned or used by the Sellers  
         other than those covered by paragraphs (a) above or (c) below  
         (the "Names" and "Marks"), which exclusivity shall be in re- 
         spect of the use of the Names and Marks in the business of  
         leasing containers (on a worldwide basis) and tank chassis (in  
         the United States) (and not for use in the business of leasing  
         over-the-road trailers and rail wagons).   The Purchaser and  
         the Sellers and the Company acknowledge and agree that the  
         Sellers will continue to use the Names and Marks which include  
         "Tiphook" in connection with the Sellers' trailer and rail  
         wagon businesses;  but from and after the Closing, the Sellers  
         and their Affiliates shall not use any Names or Marks which  
         include "Tiphook" or any confusingly similar name or mark in  
         connection with the sale or leasing of containers (on a world- 
         wide basis) or tank chassis (in the United States). 
          
                   (c)  Pursuant to the Intellectual Property Assign- 
         ment, the Sellers will assign to the Purchaser all right, title  
         and interest of the Sellers to use the trade name "Sea Contain- 
         ers" or any derivations thereof or logo, trademark, service  
         mark or trade name (the "Sea Containers Names and Marks") li- 
         censed to the Sellers pursuant to the License Agreement dated  
         as of April 2, 1990 (the "Sea Containers License"), by and  
         among Sea Containers Ltd., Sea Containers Asia Ltd., Sea Con- 
         tainers America, Inc., Sea Containers British Isles Ltd. and  
         Strider II Ltd, as licensors, and Lancaster Holdings Corp.,  
         Bromley Holdings Corp., Tiphook plc and Alnerny No. 954 Lim- 
         ited, as licensees.   The Purchaser's right to use the Sea Con- 
         tainers Names and Marks shall be limited to those rights previ- 
         ously held by Sellers and the Purchaser will use reasonable  
         commercial endeavours to remove, at its expense, the Sea Con- 
         tainers Names and Marks and the owner identification plate if  
         and when any Owned Container bearing any logo, trademark, ser- 
         vice mark or trade name of Sea Containers is delivered to the  
         Purchaser or its agent for major repair, but, in any event,  
         such removal shall be accomplished if and when such container  
         is repainted by the Purchaser or its agent (it being agreed  
         that the Purchaser shall be under no obligation to repaint any  
         such container) or at least prior to the time of sale or dispo- 
         sition of such container (other than to any of its Affiliates).    
         The Purchaser shall assume all the obligations and liabilities  
         of the licensees under the Sea Containers License which are to  
         be performed during the period following the Closing Date and  
         indemnify the Sellers against any and all claims, liabilities,  
         suits or actions that may arise out of the use by the Purchaser  
         of the Sea Containers Names and Marks as a result of acts or  
         omissions of the Purchaser (other than infringement or similar  
         claims relying on an allegation that the Sellers could not law- 
         fully assign the license described herein or that the use of  
         the Sea Containers Names and Marks in accordance with such as- 
         signment infringed on any third party's rights). 
          
                   SECTION 1.8.  Maintenance and Repair;  DPP;  Commis- 
         sion, Storage and Handling Charges.  (a)  As between the Pur- 
         chaser and the Sellers, the Purchaser will be liable for the  
         costs of repairing and restoring Containers and Chassis leased  
         prior to the Closing Date, which are redelivered to a depot  
         after the Closing Date, except that the Sellers will be liable  
         for the costs of repairing and restoring any such Containers  
         and Chassis redelivered after such date which are not covered  
         by DPP if Sellers or any of their Affiliates have waived the  
         lessee's obligation to repair.   The Sellers shall not be li- 
         able for the costs of repairing and restoring any Self-Insured  
         Units redelivered after such date which are listed as Part VIII  
         of Exhibit A, notwithstanding that the Sellers' insurance  
         policy in respect of the DPP (the "Sellers' DPP") no longer  
         covers, and the DPP Tail Coverage will not cover, such Self- 
         Insured Units.   The Sellers will, at their own cost, continue  
         to repair and restore, in the ordinary course of the business  
         of the Container Operations, Containers and Chassis which are  
         redelivered to depots on or prior to the Closing Date, to Stan- 
         dard IICL-4 (in the case of Dry Cargo Containers), to Standard  
         IICL Guide (in the case of Chassis) or to Standard for Tank  
         Containers (in the case of Tank Containers), provided, however,  
         any Seller may, with the prior written consent of the Pur- 
         chaser, declare any such Container or Chassis a Disposal Con- 
         tainer or Disposal Chassis and elect not to repair it.   Any  
         repairs to Containers and Chassis which are redelivered to de- 
         pots on or prior to the Closing Date which have not been made  
         as of the Closing Date but for which an accrual is to be made  
         in the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet and the Final Closing  
         Balance Sheet shall be the responsibility of the Purchaser to  
         the extent of such accrual.   The Repairs Escrow shall apply to  
         the extent the costs of repairing any such Container or Chassis  
         exceeds any such accrual and nothing in this Section 1.8 shall  
         affect or in any way alter the Purchaser's rights against the  
         Repairs Escrow. 
          
                   (b)  Part III of Exhibit A identifies each Dry Cargo  
         Container lessee participating in a damage protection plan or  
         which is otherwise the beneficiary of any program or arrange- 
         ment offered by any Seller or any Affiliate thereof ("DPP"),  
         and Part VIII of Exhibit A identifies each Tank Container or  
         Chassis lessee participating in the DPP.   On the Closing Date,  
         the Sellers and any Affiliate of any of the Sellers will assign  
         to the Purchaser pursuant to the Operating Leases Assignments  
         and Assumptions all of their right, title and interest in and  
         to the right to receive payments under the DPP, whether identi- 
         fied directly as a DPP payment or included indirectly as part  
         of the payments under Operating Leases, with respect to the  
         Containers and Chassis in respect of the period commencing on  
         and following the Closing Date.   Prior to the Closing, the  
         Sellers covenant and agree to cause the insurer under the Sell- 
         ers' DPP as of the date hereof, to continue the policy of DPP  
         insurance, a copy of which is attached hereto as part of Part  
         VIII of Exhibit A, for the Containers and Chassis on hire on  
         the Closing Date, which were covered by such insurance on terms  
         satisfactory to the Purchaser (the "DPP Tail Coverage").   Such  
         DPP Tail Coverage shall name Purchaser as the insured party.    
         The Purchaser shall have the right to participate in the nego- 
         tiation and drafting of the terms of the policy.   The Pur- 
         chaser shall have the option (exercisable in its sole discre- 
         tion) to elect, on or prior to the fifth day preceding the  
         Closing Date, not to have the Sellers purchase the DPP Tail  
         Coverage (the "DPP Option").   In the event that the Purchaser  
         exercises the DPP Option, the Initial Purchase Price and the  
         Final Purchase Price, without duplication shall be reduced by  
         pound sterling 1.167 million as provided in Section 1.4(a) hereof,
         and Seller shall assign to the Purchaser all of Sellers' right,
         title and interest in the Sellers' DPP.
          
                   (c)  The Purchaser shall assume the payment to the  
         Sellers' agents of commissions relating to the Containers or  
         Chassis which relate to any period of hire subsequent to the  
         Closing Date (but only to the extent that any such commissions  
         are payable ratably over the entire on-hire period for any such  
         period which include on-hire periods both prior to and follow- 
         ing the Closing Date), and the Sellers will be responsible for  
         and will defend, indemnify and hold the Purchaser harmless  
         against any claims by the Sellers' agents which relate to any  
         period ending on or prior to the Closing Date and the Sellers  
         will be responsible for such agents' commissions, except that  
         the Purchaser shall be responsible for any such commissions to  
         the extent reflected in an accrual which is to be included in  
         the Final Closing Balance Sheet.   
          
                   (d)  The Sellers shall pay and discharge all storage  
         and handling charges and any other depot fees relating to the  
         Containers and Chassis, to the extent they relate to any period  
         on or prior to the Closing Date, except to the extent reflected  
         in an accrual which is to be included in the Final Closing Bal- 
         ance Sheet.   The Purchaser shall pay and discharge all such  
         storage and handling charges, to the extent they relate to any  
         period after the Closing Date or, if they relate to any period  
         on or prior to the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall pay and  
         discharge such charges to the extent reflected in an accrual  
         which is included in the Final Closing Balance Sheet. 
          
                  (e)   Any amounts to be earned under any Operating  
         Lease prior to the Closing Date but not invoiced on or prior to  
         such date shall be reflected in the Estimated Closing Balance  
         Sheet and the Final Closing Balance Sheet and included on the  
         Estimated Adjusted Net Assets Statement and Final Adjusted Net  
         Assets Statement as a current asset under "Other debtors" and  
         any amounts paid to the Sellers on or prior to the Closing Date  
         in respect of any period commencing after the Closing Date  
         shall be reflected on the Estimated and Final Closing Balance  
         Sheets and included on the Estimated and Final Adjusted Net  
         Assets Statement as a current liability under "Other Accruals".   
          
                   SECTION 1.9.  Sellers' Receivables.  In determining  
         the net book value of the Sellers' Receivables for the purpose  
         of the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet, the Estimated Adjusted  
         Net Assets Statement, the Final Closing Balance Sheet or the  
         Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement, the principles set out in  
         the Applicable Accounting Principles shall be applied. 
          
                   SECTION 1.10.  Impaired Containers.  (a)  Pursuant to  
         Sections 1.2 and 1.4 hereof, the Purchaser shall on the Closing  
         Date purchase all the Impaired Containers and Impaired Chassis  
         as of that date. 
          
                   (b)  Any Container or Chassis reflected as an Im- 
         paired Container or Impaired Chassis on the Estimated Closing  
         Balance Sheet, the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets Statement, the  
         Final Closing Balance Sheet, or the Final Adjusted Net Assets  
         Statement shall be valued in accordance with the principles set  
         out in the Applicable Accounting Principles. 
          
                   SECTION 1.11.  Title.  Title to all of the Sale As- 
         sets (including without limitation the Containers and Chassis)  
         being sold and purchased hereunder which is capable of being  
         transferred by delivery shall pass by delivery at the Closing. 
          
                   SECTION 1.12.  Further Assurances.  (a)  After the  
         Closing, the Sellers shall (and shall procure that their re- 
         spective Affiliates shall) from time to time, at the request of  
         the Purchaser and without further cost or expense to the Pur- 
         chaser, execute and deliver such other necessary instruments of  
         conveyance and transfer or other documents and to vest in the  
         Purchaser the full legal and beneficial title to the Sale As- 
         sets (or in respect of the Overseas Properties such rights and  
         title as the Sellers possess) being transferred hereunder. 
          
                   (b)  Each of the Sellers hereby constitutes and ap- 
         points the Purchaser as its true and lawful attorney to perform  
         on its behalf all acts required by that Seller under Section  
         1.12(a).   The powers of attorney granted by the Sellers under  
         this Section 1.12(b) are given by way of security for their  
         obligations under Section 1.12(a) and shall be irrevocable in  
         accordance with section 4 of the Powers of Attorney Act 1971. 
          
                   (c)  Within 5 days of the Closing Date, the Purchaser  
         shall prepare and deliver an updated Exhibit A to the extent  
         required by this Agreement and shall provide the Sellers with  
         access to its facilities to assist in such preparation and de- 
         livery. 
          
                                   ARTICLE II 
         SECTION 2.
                                 RELATED MATTERS 
          
                   SECTION 2.1.  Full Access to Books and Records.  (a)   
         On and after the Closing, the Sellers will permit the Purchaser  
         and its auditors, attorneys and other agents to have full ac- 
         cess to and examine and make copies of all Books and Records of  
         Sellers or their Affiliates which are not delivered to the Pur- 
         chaser pursuant to Section 1.6. 

                   (b)  Each of the Sellers will cause its employees to
         render such assistance as the Purchaser may request in examin- 
         ing or utilizing records referred to in this Section 2.1.   For  
         a period of ten years following the Closing Date, none of the  
         Sellers will destroy any Container Records without giving at  
         least 60 days notice to the Purchaser, and within 60 days of  
         receipt of such notice, the Sellers shall deliver to the Pur- 
         chaser or to its order, at the Purchaser's expense, such Books  
         and Records intended to be destroyed. 
          
                   SECTION 2.2.  Amendment of Exclusivity Letter.  The  
         Sellers, and in particular the Company,  hereby agree to amend  
         the exclusivity arrangements set forth in the Exclusivity Let- 
         ter by extending the period of exclusivity thereunder until l  
         May 1994 and to effect such extension by replacing the refer- 
         ence to "31 January 1994" in Sections 4(a) and (b) of such let- 
         ter with a reference to "1 May 1994".  
          
         SECTION 3.
                                   ARTICLE III 
          
                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS 
          
                   Except as disclosed (it being understood that implied  
         disclosures shall not be given effect) in the corresponding  
         Section of the Sellers' Disclosure Letter, each of the Sellers,  
         jointly and severally, hereby represents, covenants and war- 
         rants to the Purchaser, as follows: 
          
                   SECTION 3.1.  Corporate Organization, Etc.  (a)  Each  
         of the Sellers is a corporation duly organized and validly ex- 
         isting (and where such concept exists, in good standing) under  
         the laws of its respective jurisdiction of incorporation, and  
         has full corporate power and authority to own and lease the  
         Sale Assets it now owns or leases.   Each of the Sellers is  
         duly qualified to do business (and, where such concept exists,  
         is in good standing) in each jurisdiction where such concepts  
         exist and where the character of the properties owned or leased  
         by it or the nature of the business conducted by it makes such  
         qualification necessary. 
          
                   (b)  All jurisdictions in which the Sellers conduct  
         the Container Operations, directly or through agents are set  
         forth in Part XXI of Exhibit A.  
          
                   SECTION 3.2.  Authorization, Etc.  Each of the Sell- 
         ers has full corporate power and authority to enter into this  
         Agreement and each of the Ancillary Documents and to carry out  
         the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.   Each of the  
         respective boards of directors of the Sellers has taken all  
         action required by law, its Memorandum and Articles of Associa- 
         tion, Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws or other organic  
         instruments (collectively "Organic Instruments") or otherwise  
         required to be taken by it to authorize the execution and de- 
         livery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transac- 
         tions contemplated hereby, and this Agreement is, and each of  
         the Ancillary Documents to which it is a party will be, a valid  
         and binding agreement enforceable in accordance with its terms.    
         Except as contemplated by this Agreement, no other corporate  
         action by the Sellers is necessary to consummate the transac- 
         tions contemplated hereby. 
          
                   SECTION 3.3.  No Violation.  Neither the execution  
         and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents nor  
         the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and  
         thereby will (a) violate any provision of the Organic Instru- 
         ments of any of the Sellers, or (b) except as specified in Sec- 
         tion 3.3 of the Sellers' Disclosure Letter, violate or be in  
         conflict with, or constitute a default (or any event which,  
         with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a de- 
         fault) under, or result in the termination of (or give rise to  
         a right of termination of), or result in the creation or impo- 
         sition of any security interest, lien or other encumbrance upon  
         all or any part of the Sale Assets under, any agreement to  
         which any of the Sellers is a party or by which any of them is  
         bound, or to which any of the Sale Assets or the Container Op- 
         erations is subject, or (c) except as specified in Section 3.3  
         of the Sellers' Disclosure Letter, violate any statute or law  
         or judgment, decree, order, regulation or rule of any court or  
         other Government Authority applicable to the actions of the  
         Sellers (it being agreed that no representation is made hereby  
         with respect to the execution and delivery of this Agreement  
         and the Ancillary Documents or the consummation of the transac- 
         tions contemplated hereby or thereby under any antitrust or  
         competition legislation or regulation), or (d) give rise to any  
         right of rescission or similar remedy under any law.   Other  
         than as disclosed in Section 3.3 of the Sellers' Disclosure  
         Letter and other than pursuant to this Agreement, there are no  
         rights of first refusal with respect to, options or rights to  
         acquire, all or any of the Sale Assets. 
          
                   SECTION 3.4.  Interim Operations.  (a)  Since April  
         30, 1993, the Container Operations have been conducted only in  
         the ordinary and usual course consistent with the Sellers' past  
         practice over the course of the fiscal year ended on said date.    
         Since April 30, 1993, there has not been any material adverse  
         change in the assets, liabilities, results of operations, busi- 
         ness prospects or conditions (financial or otherwise) of the  
         Container Operations or in the Sale Assets, taken as a whole,  
         and the Sellers are not aware of any circumstances that, prior  
         to Closing, could reasonably be expected to result in such a  
         material adverse change.   Since April 30, 1993, the Sale As- 
         sets have not been materially affected in any way as a result  
         of flood, fire, explosion or other casualty (whether or not  
         covered by insurance). 
          
                   (b)  Except as disclosed in Section 3.4 of the Sell-
         ers' Disclosure Letter, since April 30, 1993, there has not  
         been: 
          
                   (i)  any change in the course of dealing with any of  
         the Sellers' suppliers, customers, employees or labor unions,  
         or any change in any Seller's method of doing business which  
         has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material ad- 
         verse effect on the Container Operations or the Sale Assets; 
          
                  (ii)  any sale, lease, abandonment, licensing, trans- 
         fer or other disposition of any assets or the rights of the  
         Container Operations, except for transactions in the ordinary  
         course of business of the Container Operations on commercially  
         reasonable terms, and dispositions of other assets which are  
         immaterial to or no longer usable in the Container Operations; 
          
                 (iii)  any new Operating Lease or series of Operating  
         Leases with the same party in respect of Dry Cargo Containers  
         that carries or is likely to carry, 500 or more TEU, or any new  
         Operating Lease or series of Operating Leases with the same  
         party in respect of Tank Containers that carries or is likely  
         to carry, 30 or more units entered into by any of the Sellers; 
          
                  (iv)  any indebtedness for borrowed money (or any con- 
         tingent obligation as guarantor, surety or otherwise with re- 
         spect to any indebtedness or other obligation whatsoever of any  
         other Person) incurred by a Seller which result in the creation  
         of any direct or indirect Security Interest in respect of any  
         of the Sale Assets; 
          
                   (v)  any Commitment (as hereinafter defined) other  
         than an Operating Lease entered into by any of the Sellers re- 
         lating to, or otherwise affecting in any way, the Container  
         Operations, which was not entered into in the ordinary course  
         of business of the Container Operations on commercially reason- 
         able terms; 
          
                  (vi)  except in the ordinary course of business of the  
         Container Operations commercially reasonable terms (including,  
         without limitation, rates), any amendments, modifications or  
         changes in the terms of any of the Commitments (other than an  
         Operating Lease) of any Seller, except as consented to in writ- 
         ing by the Purchaser; 
          
                 (vii)  any amendments, modifications or changes in the  
         material terms of any Operating Lease or series of Operating  
         Leases with the same party in respect of Dry Cargo Containers  
         that carried, or would carry (after such amendment, modifica- 
         tion or change), 500 or more TEU, or any Operating Lease or  
         series of related Operating Leases with the same party in re- 
         spect of Tank Containers that carried, or would carry (after  
         such amendment, modification or change), 30 or more units;  or 
          
                (viii)  any settlement, compromise or cancellation of  
         any debts owed to, or claims of, any Seller in respect of the  
         Sale Assets or the Container Operations, except in the ordinary  
         course of business; 
          
                  (ix)  any waiver, surrender or release by or on behalf  
         of any Seller of any rights in respect of the Sale Assets or  
         the Container Operations which have any material value; 
          
                   (x)  any change in the policies or practices of any  
         Seller relating to extensions of credit to any Person or to the  
         sale of any Sale Assets held by the Sellers; 
          
                  (xi)  any transaction or arrangement between any  
         Seller, on the one hand, and any shareholder of the Company or  
         any director or officer of any of the Sellers, on the other  
         hand, and which relates to or affects the Sale Assets or the  
         Container Operations, other than pursuant to the arrangements  
         listed in Section 3.14 of Sellers' Disclosure Letter; 
          
                 (xii)  any material increase or modification in the  
         compensation arrangements for any Employee or any consultant or  
         agent of any Seller employed or retained at or in connection  
         with the Container Operations;   
          
                (xiii)  any change in respect of Sellers' policies or  
         practices relating to the collection of accounts receivable or  
         the payment of accounts payable; 
          
                 (xiv)  any change in the maintenance or repair policies  
         or practices of Sellers in respect of any Containers or Chas- 
         sis; 
          
                  (xv)  any other material transaction by or involving  
         the Container Operations other than in the ordinary and usual  
         course of business;  or 
          
                 (xvi)  any arrangement, understanding or agreement,  
         whether written or oral, to take any action described in this  
         Section 3.4(b). 
          
                   SECTION 3.5.  Title to Properties, Encumbrances, Etc.   
         (a)  The Sellers have, as of the date hereof, legal and benefi- 
         cial title to all of the Owned Containers and Owned Chassis  
         (subject, in the case of Leased-Out Equipment, to the rights of  
         the relevant Lease Purchase Debtor), have valid and binding  
         interests as bailees in the Financed Containers and the Fi- 
         nanced Chassis pursuant to valid and binding Secured Financing  
         Agreements, have valid and binding leasehold interests in the  
         Leased Chassis pursuant to the Sellers' Chassis Leases and the  
         rights to the Sea Containers Containers specified in the Sea  
         Containers Agreement to Transfer Benefits and Obligations of  
         Sellers' Leases.   The Sellers will have, as of the Closing  
         Date, legal and beneficial title to all the Owned Containers  
         and Owned Chassis (subject, in the case of Leased-Out Equip- 
         ment, to the rights of the relevant Lease Purchase Debtor),  
         valid and binding interests as bailees in all Financed Contain- 
         ers and Financed Chassis pursuant to valid and enforceable Se- 
         cured Financing Agreements, and valid and binding leasehold  
         interests in the Leased Chassis pursuant to the Sellers Chassis  
         Leases and the rights to the Sea Containers Containers speci- 
         fied in the Sea Containers Agreement to Transfer Benefits and  
         Obligations of Sellers' Leases.   All Sale Assets are free and  
         clear of all title defects, liens, claims, charges, security  
         interests, pledges, or other encumbrances of any nature whatso- 
         ever including, without limitation, options, leases, chattel  
         mortgages, conditional sales contracts, collateral security  
         arrangements and other title or interest retention arrange- 
         ments, except (i) materialmen's, mechanics', carriers',  
         workmen's, repairmen's or other like liens arising in the ordi- 
         nary course of business and not yet subject to foreclosure  
         which do not impair the Purchaser's ability to hold, own, uti- 
         lize or sell any Container or any Chassis;  (ii) liens for cur- 
         rent taxes not yet due;  (iii) Security Interests under Secured  
         Financing Agreements which shall be released, at the sole cost  
         and expense of the Sellers, at or before the Closing;  (iv) the  
         Operating Leases;  (v) the Sellers' Chassis Leases;   and (vi)  
         claims or encumbrances arising out of the Bankruptcy of the  
         lessees of Impaired Containers and Impaired Chassis. 
          
                   Subpart A of each of Parts I and II of Exhibit A ac- 
         curately and completely set forth the type of Container or  
         Chassis and the serial number, ownership, disposal or active  
         status, original cost and net book value with respect to the  
         Containers and Chassis as of October 31, 1993. 
          
                   Subparts A and B of each of Parts I and II of Exhibit  
         A will, when produced on the fifth day after the Closing Date,  
         accurately and completely set forth the type of Container or  
         Chassis and the serial number, ownership, status, original  
         cost, net book value, location and DPP with respect to the Con- 
         tainers and Chassis as of the Closing Date. 
          
                   (b)  All of the tangible real or personal property  
         owned or leased by a Seller which is part of the Sale Assets  
         and used in the Container Operations is presently utilized by  
         the Seller in the ordinary course of its business. 
          
                   SECTION 3.6.  Contracts and Leases;  Commercial Dis- 
         putes.  (a)  Section 3.6(B) of the Sellers' Disclosure Letter  
         contains accurate and complete listings of all Operating  
         Leases, all Sellers' Chassis Leases, all Purchase Commitments,  
         all Secured Financing Agreements, Depot Agreements and all  
         other contracts, commitments, leases, agreements or understand- 
         ings, whether written or oral, relating to the Container Opera- 
         tions or the Sale Assets and  (i) relating to the use or opera- 
         tion of depots,  (ii) involving the payment of pound sterling
         75,000 or more (but excluding any contract of indebtedness for
         borrowed money (or any contingent obligation or guaranty,
         surety, or otherwise with respect to any indebtedness or other
         obligation whatsoever of any other Person) incurred by a Seller
         unless such contract or other obligation results in the
         creation of any direct or indirect Security Interest in respect
         of the Sale Assets) (iii) purporting to limit the freedom of
         any Seller or any of its Affiliates to compete in any line of
         business in any geographic area or purporting to so limit any
         other person for the benefit of a Seller or any of its
         Affiliates or to require any Seller or any of its Affiliates to
         refrain from hiring any individual or group of individuals, or
         (iv) which are otherwise material to the business, prospects or
         condition (financial or otherwise) of the Sale Assets or the
         Container Operations (the items to be listed in response to
         this sentence are collectively referred to hereinafter as the
         "Commitments"), to which any of the Sellers or any of its
         Affiliates is a party and relating to or affecting or by which
         any of the Sale Assets, the Container Operations or any
         purchasers thereof may be bound (including, without limitation,
         with respect to the Operating Leases and the Leased-Out
         Equipment, number and type of the Containers or Chassis
         currently leased, customer or lessor identity, and for each
         lease, the Seller or Sellers who are the lessors, or lessees,
         as the case may be, and rental).
          
                   (b)  Each Purchase Commitment listed in Part VII of  
         Exhibit A has been made in the ordinary course of the Sellers'  
         business.  The Purchase Commitments constitute all purchase  
         commitments of Sellers and their Affiliates for dry cargo con- 
         tainers, tank containers and tank chassis as at the date of the  
         Initial Balance Sheet, and neither Sellers nor any of their  
         Affiliates have any option agreement to purchase dry cargo con- 
         tainers, tank containers or tank chassis other than pursuant to  
         the Purchase Commitments.  Neither Sellers nor any of their  
         Affiliates have entered into additional purchase commitments  
         for dry cargo containers, tank containers or chassis between  
         the date of the Initial Balance Sheet and the date of this  
         Agreement or, without the prior written consent of the Pur- 
         chaser, will enter into any such purchase commitments between  
         the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date. 
          
                   (c)  Each Commitment is valid, binding and enforce- 
         able in accordance with its terms and is in full force and ef- 
         fect;  there are no existing defaults by any of the Sellers  
         thereunder and so far as Sellers are aware no other party to  
         any Commitment is in default under any of the Commitments  
         (other than delays in payment by lessees under Operating Leases  
         which are set forth in Section 3.6(c) of the Sellers' Disclo- 
         sure Letter),  and so far as Sellers are aware no event has  
         occurred which (whether with or without notice or lapse of  
         time) would constitute a default by any of the Sellers' there-
         under. 
          
                   (d)  Except as set forth in Part X of Exhibit A, so  
         far as the Sellers are aware, none of the Operating Leases are  
         held by persons (or their agents) who have ceased operations or  
         are Bankrupt. 
          
                   (e)  No consent of any person, including, without  
         limitation, the lessee under any Operating Lease or the lessor  
         under any Sellers' Chassis Lease, is required in connection  
         with the assignment by any Seller to the Purchaser of its  
         right, title and interest in and to such Operating Lease or  
         Sellers' Chassis Lease, as the case may be.  No consent of the  
         manufacturer or supplier is required in connection with the  
         assignment by the Sellers under the Assignment of Manufacturer  
         Warranties.   The Sellers have not agreed to the termination or  
         modification of any manufacturer warranty the term of which had  
         not expired before November 1993. 
          
                   (f)  There are no pending or, as far as the Sellers  
         are aware, threatened disputes or any past disputes which could  
         reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the Con- 
         tainer Operations (other than, in any such case, disputes in- 
         volving less than pound sterling 25,000) with any of the lessees
         of the Containers or Chassis, any agent of Sellers (with respect
         to the Containers or Chassis), any depot owners or operators or any
         manufacturers and suppliers of the Containers or Chassis, in- 
         cluding, without limitation, with respect to warranty or simi- 
         lar claims relating to any known or potential defects in any  
         containers or chassis. 
          
                   (g)  Part XVIII of Exhibit A sets out all claims made  
         or resolved by Sellers or their Affiliates in respect of any  
         manufacturer's warranty relating to any Containers or Chassis  
         in excess of pound sterling 50,000 since 1 February 1991.
          
                   (h)  The Sellers are not aware of any matter which  
         materially contradicts any of the terms of the Holding  
         Documents. 
          
                   SECTION 3.7.  Litigation.  There is no action, suit,  
         inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any court or  
         other Government Authority against any of the Sellers or, so  
         far as the Sellers are aware, threatened against any of the  
         Sellers (i) which relates to the Container Operations or Sale  
         Assets, (ii) which questions or challenges the validity of this  
         Agreement or any of the Ancillary Documents or any action taken  
         or to be taken by any of the Sellers pursuant to this Agreement  
         or any of the Ancillary Documents or in connection with the  
         transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (iii) by any of  
         Sellers' security holders, in their capacity as security- 
         holders, including, without limitation, any shareholders or  
         former shareholders of the Company or any bondholders of,  
         former bondholders of, or lenders to the Sellers or to Tiphook
         Finance Corporation of any kind.   None of the Sellers is sub- 
         ject to any judgment, order or decree entered in any lawsuit or  
         proceeding which may have a material adverse effect on the Sale  
         Assets or the Container Operations.   For purposes of this Sec- 
         tion 3.7, shareholders and bondholders, whether present or  
         former, shall include any Person having (or having had) any  
         direct or indirect interest in any equity or debt securities of  
         the Company or any of the other Sellers or their Affiliates. 
          
                   SECTION 3.8.  Consents and Approvals of Government  
         Authorities.  No consent, approval or authorization of, or fil- 
         ing with, any Government Authority is required in connection  
         with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement  
         or any of the Ancillary Documents by the Sellers or the consum- 
         mation of the transactions by them contemplated hereby or  
         thereby, other than as set forth herein (it being agreed that  
         no representation is made hereby with respect to the execution  
         and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents or  
         the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or  
         thereby under any antitrust or competition legislation or regu- 
         lation). 
          
                   SECTION 3.9.  Consents.  Except as set forth in Sec- 
         tion 3.9 and Section 3.6(e) of the Sellers' Disclosure Letter  
         and in relation to the Holding Documents, no consent of any  
         Person is necessary to the consummation of the transactions by  
         the Sellers contemplated hereby, including, without limitation,  
         consents from parties to loans, contracts, leases or other  
         agreements, including the Commitments. 
          
                   SECTION 3.10.  Compliance with Law.  The Sellers are  
         in compliance with all laws, regulations, standards and other  
         requirements applicable to the Container Operations and the  
         Sale Assets of all national and multinational governmental au- 
         thorities, and of all states, municipalities and other politi- 
         cal subdivisions and agencies thereof, having jurisdiction over  
         any of the Sellers, the Container Operations or the Sale As- 
         sets.   None of the Sellers or any of their Affiliates has re- 
         ceived any notification of any asserted or past failure of any  
         of the Sellers or any of their Affiliates to comply with such  
         laws, regulations or other requirements.   Nothing herein shall  
         be deemed to be a representation or warranty by any Seller as  
         to compliance with any law by any third party. 
          
                   SECTION 3.11.  Good Title Conveyed.  At the Closing,  
         the Sellers shall have (i) complete and unrestricted power and  
         the unqualified right to sell, assign, transfer and deliver to  
         the Purchaser, and upon consummation of the transactions con- 
         templated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, the  
         Purchaser will acquire legal and marketable title to the Owned  
         Containers, Owned Chassis (subject, in the case of Leased-Out  
         Equipment, to rights of the relevant Lease Purchase Debtor) and  
         the other Sale Assets which are owned by Sellers or any of  
         their Affiliates, free and clear of all title defects, claims,  
         charges, options (except as aforesaid), conditional sales con- 
         tracts, collateral security arrangements, mortgages, pledges,  
         liens, security interests or encumbrances of any kind, as con- 
         templated by Section 3.5 hereof (other than (a) materialmen's,  
         mechanics', carriers', workmen's, repairmen's or other like  
         liens arising in the ordinary course of business and not yet  
         subject to foreclosure and which do not impair the Purchaser's  
         ability to hold, own, utilize or sell any Container, (b) liens  
         for current taxes not yet due, (c) the Security Interests, each  
         of which, shall have been released and discharged or with re- 
         spect to which enforceable and irrevocable arrangements shall  
         have been entered into to effect such release and discharge, in  
         each case, at the Sellers' expense and (d) the Operating  
         Leases) and (e) claims or encumbrances arising out of the Bank- 
         ruptcy of the lessees of the Impaired Container and the Im- 
         paired Chassis and,  (ii) legal and valid leasehold interests  
         in the Sellers' Chassis Leases and the other Sale Assets which  
         are leased by Sellers or their Affiliates.   The deeds, en- 
         dorsements, assignments, other agreements and other instruments  
         to be executed and delivered to the Purchaser by the Sellers at  
         the Closing will be valid and binding obligations of the Sell- 
         ers and their Affiliates enforceable in accordance with their  
         terms.   Such instruments and agreements to be executed and  
         delivered to the Purchaser by the Sellers and their Affiliates  
         will effectively transfer to, and vest in the Purchaser, all of  
         the Sellers' and their Affiliates' right, title and interest in  
         and to the Sale Assets. 
          
                   SECTION 3.12.  Permits, Licenses, Etc.  No licenses,  
         or orders of, or filings with, any Government Authority are  
         required in order to permit each Seller to carry on the Con- 
         tainer Operations as presently conducted.   All such licenses  
         and orders are in full force and effect and, to the extent per- 
         mitted under applicable law and otherwise transferable, on the  
         Closing Date will have been assigned or otherwise transferred  
         to Purchaser or its designee.   Nothing contained in this Sec- 
         tion shall be deemed to be a representation or warranty by any  
         Seller as to compliance by any Person (other than a Seller or  
         any of its Affiliates) with any law regarding the obtaining of  
         permits, licenses or orders or the making of any filing by any  
         Person (other than a Seller or any of its Affiliates). 
          
                   SECTION 3.13.  Collections.  Except for amounts to be  
         reflected on the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet and the Final  
         Closing Balance Sheet in accordance with the Applicable Ac- 
         counting Principles and included in the Estimated Closing Bal- 
         ance Sheet and the Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement, no  
         Seller has collected or will collect any amounts (including  
         charges for DPP) under the Operating Leases (or any other  
         agreements which relate to the Sale Assets) with respect to any  
         period of time extending beyond the Closing Date or in advance  
         of any rental period (or portion thereof) after the Closing  
         Date for the provision of equipment or services to which such  
         amounts properly relate. 
          
                   SECTION 3.14.  Affiliate Transaction.  Set forth in  
         Section 3.14 of Sellers' Disclosure Letter is a complete and  
         correct list of all current transactions or arrangements be- 
         tween any Seller, on the one hand, and any shareholder of the  
         Company or any director or officer of any of the Sellers, on  
         the other hand, and which relate to or affect the Sale Assets  
         or Container Operations.   
          
                   SECTION 3.15.  Operating Leases.  (a)  No Operating  
         Lease has been terminated before its expiration (other than in  
         accordance with its terms), repudiated or rescinded by any of  
         the Sellers, or terminated before its expiration (other than in  
         accordance with its terms), or, as far as the Sellers are  
         aware, repudiated or rescinded by the relevant lessee under an  
         Operating Lease and no written notice, or so far as the Sellers  
         are aware, oral notice, has been received by the Sellers of any  
         intention or threat by the relevant lessee to do any of the  
         above.   The Sellers are selling the benefit of the Operating  
         Leases free from all claims, liens, charges, securities, encum- 
         brances and equities and there is no option, right to acquire,  
         mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other form of security or  
         encumbrance or equity on, over or affecting the benefit of the  
         Operating Leases. 
          
                   (b)  The Sellers have not consented to any sublease  
         by any lessee of Containers or Chassis under any Operating  
         Lease and no written notice, or so far as the Sellers are  
         aware, oral notice, has been received by the Sellers of any  
         intention by a relevant lessee to grant any such sublease. 
          
                   (c)  The letting of each Container or Chassis pursu- 
         ant to the relevant Operating Lease complies with all the im- 
         plied conditions and warranties (if any) arising under the Sup- 
         ply of Goods and Services Act 1982 (if applicable) or under any  
         other United States or English law (if applicable), the ap- 
         plication of which has not been effectively excluded by the  
         terms of the relevant Operating Lease and complies with any  
         express warranties given under the relevant Operating Lease. 
          
                   (d)  Each of the Containers or Chassis complied at  
         the time of delivery to the relevant lessee under an Operating  
         Lease with the terms of the Operating Lease and with all ap- 
         plicable terms implied by law including without limitation the  
         Supply of Goods and Services Act 1982 (to the extent that such  
         terms have not been validly excluded by the Operating Lease or  
         otherwise) and at the time of delivery of each Container or  
         Chassis to a lessee under an Operating Lease the Sellers were  
         in compliance with their obligations, if any, under the Health  
         & Safety at Work Act 1974 or similar legislation in other rel- 
         evant jurisdictions. 
          
                   SECTION 3.16.  Brokers and Finders.  None of the  
         Sellers nor any of their respective officers, directors or em- 
         ployees has employed any broker or finder or incurred any li- 
         ability for any brokerage fees, commissions or finders' fees in  
         connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement  
         which could result in any liability being imposed on the Pur- 
         chaser. 
          
                   SECTION 3.17.  Insurance.  Section 3.17 of the Sell- 
         ers' Disclosure Letter contains an accurate and complete de- 
         scription of all forms of insurance owned or held by the Sell- 
         ers or their Affiliates with respect to any of the Sale Assets  
         or the Container Operations, the coverages provided thereunder  
         and the applicable deductibles and exclusions.   All such poli- 
         cies are in full force and effect, all premiums with respect  
         thereto covering all insurable events occurring in the periods  
         up to and including the Closing Date have been or will be paid,  
         and no notice of cancellation or termination has been received  
         with respect to any such policy.   Each general liability in- 
         surance policy provides insurance against claims on an occur- 
         rence basis. 
          
                   SECTION 3.18.  Financial Information.  (a)  The Ini- 
         tial Balance Sheet presents the assets and liabilities of the  
         Container Operations as at 31 October, 1993 in conformity with  
         generally accepted accounting principles applied in the United  
         Kingdom ("U.K. GAAP").   The Container Operations did not have,  
         as of 31 October 1993, any obligations or liabilities, whether  
         direct or contingent, which were not reflected, or were in ex- 
         cess of the liabilities reflected, on the Initial Balance Sheet  
         that would have been required to be so reflected on such Ini- 
         tial Balance Sheet under U.K. GAAP. 
          
                   (b)  When prepared by the Sellers, the Estimated  
         Closing Balance Sheet and the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets  
         Statement, will have been prepared based on the best available  
         information as of the date thereof and will be presented in  
         conformity with the principles set forth in the Applicable Ac- 
         counting Principles and this Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 3.19.  Intellectual Property.  A Seller is  
         the owner of the Expertise and Intellectual Property Rights,  
         none of such Expertise or Intellectual Property Rights has been  
         or is the subject of any pending adverse claim or, so far as  
         the Sellers are aware, any threatened litigation or claim of  
         infringement.   So far as the Sellers are aware, no other per- 
         son has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise has used with- 
         out proper authority any of such intellectual property rights.    
         The rights and interests in and to any patents or patent ap- 
         plications, trade names, trademark or service mark registra- 
         tions or applications, common law trademarks, copyright regis- 
         trations or applications (including reissues, divisions or con- 
         tinuations and extensions thereof), logos, software (whether or  
         not licensed) and registered design rights which are part of  
         the Expertise and Intellectual Property Rights listed in Part  
         XI of Exhibit A are all of the Expertise and Intellectual Prop- 
         erty Rights used in connection with the Sale Assets or in the  
         Container Operations. 
          
                   SECTION 3.20.  Employees.  (a)  Part XXIII of Exhibit  
         A contains a true, correct and complete list of all the Employ- 
         ees, indicating the rate of pay and all other entitlements un- 
         der Benefit Plans (as defined in Section 3.20(b)) of each Em- 
         ployee as of the date hereof, the employing company, the length  
         of notice required to terminate employment, the date on which  
         employment commenced (or is deemed to have commenced for statu- 
         tory purposes), the date of birth and the location of such Em- 
         ployee.   There are no Persons who are not Employees whose con- 
         tracts of employment shall transfer to the Purchaser on the  
         Closing Date by virtue of the Transfer of Undertakings (Protec- 
         tion of Employment) Regulations 1981 (in respect of those em- 
         ployees located in the UK) and by national legislation giving  
         effect to the EC Council Directive 77/87 (in respect of those  
         employees located in the European Community outside the United  
         Kingdom).   The Employees shall remain on their current pay- 
         rolls until the Closing Date (except for those Employees who  
         resign or whose employment is terminated, subject always to  
         Section 9.4) and shall continue to be paid by their employers  
         all amounts of wages, bonuses and other remuneration payable to  
         such Employees with respect to periods on or prior to the Clos- 
         ing Date pursuant to their employment.   No Employee shall have  
         any legal right to any severance, redundancy, termination, dis- 
         missal, bonus or other payment or claim or other rights arising  
         solely by reason of the transactions contemplated hereby.   No  
         employee or former employee of the Sellers or any of their Af- 
         filiates who is not an Employee shall have any legal right to  
         any severance, redundancy, termination, dismissal, bonus or  
         other payment from or claim against the Purchaser or any of its  
         Affiliates on or following the Closing Date. 
          
                   (b)  Section 3.20(b) of the Sellers' Disclosure Let- 
         ter lists and provides full particulars of each employee wel- 
         fare benefit plan, pension plan, compensation plan, unemploy- 
         ment compensation plan, vacation pay, severance pay, benefit  
         arrangement, car scheme, insurance or hospitalization program  
         or any other fringe or other employment benefit or remuneration  
         arrangements which any Seller or Affiliate maintains, partici- 
         pates in or otherwise has any liability under or provides ben- 
         efits or compensation to any Employee (the "Benefit Plans").    
         Except as disclosed in Section 3.20(b) of the Sellers' Disclo- 
         sure Letter, each Benefit Plan has been administered in compli- 
         ance with all applicable legal requirements, including record  
         keeping and filing requirements, and in accordance with the  
         terms of the relevant plans or other arrangements. 

                   (c)  Appropriate accruals under U.K. GAAP for all
         obligations in respect of Employees under any Benefit Plans are  
         reflected in the Initial Balance Sheet. 
          
                   (d)  Section 3.20(d) of the Sellers' Disclosure Let- 
         ter lists each union, collective bargaining and similar agree- 
         ment with groups of employees applicable to any Employee and  
         states whether it is recognized by any of the Sellers and their  
         Affiliates.   The Seller and any Affiliate party to any such  
         agreement is in compliance with the terms and conditions  
         thereof.   Except as disclosed in Section 3.20(d) of the Sell- 
         ers' Disclosure Letter, since 1 January 1993, there has been no  
         strike, work stoppage or slowdown, industrial action or mate- 
         rial labor dispute involving or affecting any Employee and the  
         employers of the Employees have complied with all applicable  
         employment legislation relating to the Employees and with re- 
         spect to the transactions contemplated hereby. 
          
                   (e)  Save as disclosed on Exhibit J no Employee has  
         given or received notice terminating his employment and no ac- 
         tion has been taken by any Seller which could result in con- 
         structive dismissal of any such Employee. 
          
                   (f)  Since the date of the Initial Balance Sheet, no  
         change has been made in the rate of remuneration, emoluments,  
         pension benefits or other terms of employment of any Employee. 
          
                   (g)  No negotiations for any increase in the remu- 
         neration or benefits of any Employee are current. 
          
                   (h)  Except as set forth in Section 3.20 of the Sell- 
         ers' Disclosure Letter, no Benefit Plan is subject to the pro- 
         visions of the United States Employee Retirement Income Secu- 
         rity Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").  No Benefit Plan is  
         subject to Title IV of ERISA.   Any Benefit Plan intended to be  
         qualified under Section 401 of the Code is so qualified, and  
         its related trust is exempt from tax under Section 501 of the  
         Code. 
          
                   SECTION 3.21.  Taxes.  (a)  All Federal, national,  
         state, local and other tax returns and reports (including in- 
         formation returns and reports) of each Seller (insofar as such  
         returns and reports relate to the Sale Assets) and any affili- 
         ated group (or any combined, consolidated or unitary group)  
         that includes or included any Seller for any period required by  
         law to be filed as of the Closing Date have been duly filed,  
         and all Taxes imposed upon such Seller or such affiliated group  
         or any of its properties or assets (whether owned or leased) or  
         income which are due and payable or claimed by any Government  
         Authority to be due and payable have been paid as of the Clos- 
         ing Date. 
          
                   (b)  There are no claims for Taxes pending against  
         any of the Sellers or with respect to any of the Sale Assets  
         and there is no threatened claim for Tax deficiencies or any
         basis for any such claim, and there are not now in force any  
         waivers or agreements by any of the Sellers or with respect to  
         the Sale Assets for the extension of time for the assessment of  
         any Tax, nor has any such waiver or agreement been requested by  
         any taxing or other governmental authority. 
          
                   (c)  None of the Sale Assets constitute a "United  
         States real property interest" within the meaning of Section  
         897(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
          
                   (d)  In relation to the Container Operations the  
         Sellers have made all proper returns required to be made and  
         have supplied all information required to be supplied to any  
         Revenue Authority. 
          
                   (e)  There is no dispute or disagreement outstanding  
         nor is any contemplated at the date of this Agreement with any  
         Revenue Authority concerning the proper method of computing the  
         income, profits and gains of (including any Reliefs) and in  
         respect of the Container Operations (or any part thereof) for  
         any Taxation purposes or the proper treatment for VAT purposes  
         of any supplies of goods or services made (or treated as made)  
         or other transactions carried out in the course of the Con- 
         tainer Operations or method of attribution of input tax for  
         such purposes. 
          
                   (f)  In relation to the Container Operations and the  
         Sale Assets the United Kingdom is the only jurisdiction or ter- 
         ritory where the Revenue Authorities seek to charge, administer  
         or collect Taxation on the income, profits or gains of the  
         Sellers and the Sellers have never paid or been liable to pay  
         Taxation on any income, profit or gains to any other Revenue  
         Authorities. 
          
                   (g)  All documents relating to the Container Opera- 
         tions or the Sale Assets (including without limitation the  
         Sellers' Chassis Leases or assignments of any of the Sellers'  
         Chassis Leases) in which the Purchaser is or may be interested  
         as a purchaser of the Container Operations or the Sale Assets  
         have been duly stamped or certified;  except for documents ex- 
         ecuted in connection with this Agreement none of the Sellers is  
         a party to any document held outside the United Kingdom which  
         relates to the Container Operations or Sale Assets (or any part  
         thereof) and which, if brought into the United Kingdom, would  
         be liable to stamp duty under section 14(4) Stamp Act 1891;   
         there is no Inland Revenue charge (as defined by section 237  
         Inheritance Tax Act 1984) over any of the Sale Assets. 
          
                   (h)  PAYE.  In relation to the Employees, the Sell- 
         ers' Disclosure Letter contains details of all PAYE dispensa- 
         tions or other special arrangements concerning PAYE and NIC  
         which have been agreed with the Inland Revenue or DSS in rela- 
         tion to the Employees and particulars with respect to any de- 
         faults concerning PAYE and NIC which have arisen during any  
         PAYE audits carried out by the Inland Revenue within the past  
         two years. 
          
                   (i)  Value Added Tax.  (i)  None of the Sales Assets  
         is the subject of any security in favor of HM Customs & Excise  
         under paragraph 5 Schedule 7 VATA. 
          
                       (ii)  All records required to be kept by the  
         Sellers or the representative member of the group of companies  
         of which any Seller is treated as a member under section 29  
         VATA under and pursuant to paragraph 7 Schedule 7 VATA have  
         been duly kept and preserved and are complete, up to date and  
         accurate and in a legible form and will be delivered to the  
         Purchaser (or as it may direct) at the Closing Date and the  
         Sellers or representative member has not and will not make any  
         request to HM Customs & Excise to direct otherwise. 
          
                      (iii)  None of the Sale Assets is a capital item  
         to which Part VA VAT General Regulations applies.  
          
                       (iv)  All customs duties and VAT payable to any  
         Revenue Authorities upon the importation of any of the Sale  
         Assets and all excise duties including any interest or penal- 
         ties thereon payable to any such Revenue Authorities in respect  
         of any of the Sale Assets have been paid in full and none of  
         the Sale Assets is liable to confiscation or forfeiture  
         (whether by virtue of nonpayment or underpayment of any taxa- 
         tion or duty or by virtue of any noncompliance with any legis- 
         lation or regulation relating to any such taxation or duty or  
         otherwise howsoever). 
          
                   SECTION 3.22.  Condition and Sufficiency of Sale As- 
         sets.  (a)   The Sale Assets consisting of Containers and Chas- 
         sis have been maintained, and repaired in accordance with the  
         practices and policies set forth in Part XXI of Exhibit A for  
         such time as such policies and practices have been in effect  
         and prior to such time were maintained and repaired in ac- 
         cordance with the Sellers then existing practices and policies. 
          
                   Each Container and each Chassis which as of the Clos- 
         ing Date is leased by a Seller to a customer was, as of the  
         date of commencement of the applicable Operating Lease, in con- 
         formity with Standard IICL-4 (if a Dry Cargo Container), in  
         conformity with Standard for Tank Containers (if a Tank Con- 
         tainer) and in conformity with Standard IICL Guide (if a Chas- 
         sis).   Each Container and each Chassis which as of the Closing  
         Date is not leased to a customer will be in conformity with  
         Standard IICL-4 (if a Dry Cargo Container), in conformity with  
         Standard for Tank Containers (if a Tank Container) and in con- 
         formity with Standard IICL Guide (if a Chassis), (i) unless  
         such Container or Chassis is a Disposal Container or Disposal  
         Chassis or (ii) except to the extent the cost of such repair  
         has been accrued and will be reflected on the Estimated Closing  
         Balance Sheet and included in the Estimated Adjusted Net Assets  
         Statement. 
          
                   The Sellers have not agreed to or made any arrange- 
         ments with any lessee of any Container or Chassis not covered  
         by DPP permitting such lessee to return such Container or Chas- 
         sis to the Sellers in a condition other than that in which it  
         was delivered to such lessee or waiving or modifying any of  
         Sellers' rights against any such lessee if such Container or  
         Chassis is returned by such lessee other than in such condi- 
         tion. 
          
                   (b)  The Sale Assets together with the Purchaser's  
         rights under the Intellectual Property Assignment and the other  
         Ancillary Agreements constitute (together with the Excluded  
         Assets) all of the assets which are used in, and are sufficient  
         for, the operation of the Container Operations as they are cur- 
         rently conducted.   The Sale Assets include all assets which  
         are set forth or reflected in the Initial Adjusted Net Assets  
         Statement, except for such assets which shall have been dis- 
         posed of in the ordinary course of business since 31 October  
         1993 or are Excluded Assets under this Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 3.23.  Customer Relationships.  Section 3.23  
         of the Sellers' Disclosure Letter lists the 50 largest customer  
         relationships (in US$ volume) of the Sellers with respect to  
         Dry Cargo Containers, and the 38 largest customer relationships  
         (in US$ volume) of the Sellers with respect to Tank Containers,  
         in each case determined by reference to billing to customers  
         during the month of December 1993.   Except as set forth in  
         Section 3.23 of the Sellers' Disclosure Letter, no such cus- 
         tomer has cancelled, terminated or otherwise modified in any  
         respect adverse to the Container Operations, or, so far as the  
         Sellers are aware, made any written threat to any Seller to  
         cancel, terminate or otherwise modify in any respect adverse to  
         the Container Operations, its relationship with any Seller or  
         the Container Operations, or has at any time since 30 April  
         1993 decreased materially, or made any written threat to de- 
         crease materially, its business with the Sellers or the Con- 
         tainer Operations.   The Sellers have no knowledge that any  
         such customer intends to cancel, terminate or otherwise modify  
         in any respect adverse to the Container Operations, its rela- 
         tionship with any Seller or the Container Operations, or to  
         materially decrease its business with the Sellers or the Con- 
         tainer Operations. 
          
                   SECTION 3.24.  Environmental Matters.  (a)  The con- 
         duct by the Sellers of the Container Operations has in all ma- 
         terial respects complied with all Environmental Laws and Envi- 
         ronmental Standards applicable to the Container Operations;   
         and to the possession, transport, leasing, maintenance, cleans- 
         ing, testing or use of the Sale Assets by the Sellers;  and the  
         Sellers do not and have not held, transported, disposed,  
         treated or processed any Hazardous Substances which any of the  
         Sale Assets contain or have contained. 
          
                   (b)  There is with reference to any of the Sale As- 
         sets, (i) no Claim as to which the Sellers have notice result- 
         ing from or in any way relating to the presence, discharge or  
         emission into the Environment of any Hazardous Substance;  any  
         failure to discharge or comply with, or any breach or violation  
         of any Environmental Permit, Environmental Law or Environmental  
         Standard or any withdrawal, revocation, variation, absence of,  
         or failure or refusal to renew any Environmental Permit, and  
         (ii) so far as the Sellers are aware no circumstance which  
         might give rise to any such Claim. 
          
                   (c)  The Sellers have obtained all Environmental Per- 
         mits required by applicable Environmental Laws to be obtained  
         by them for the operation by them of the Container Operations  
         and for the possession, transport, use, repair, leasing, main- 
         tenance or cleansing of all Sale Assets by them and have com- 
         plied with such Environmental Permits in all material respects.    
         Such Environmental Permits are not subject to the threat of  
         variation, revocation, modification, refusal to renew or en- 
         forcement action as to which the Sellers have notice and, are  
         readily transferable to the Purchaser.   The Sellers will use  
         their best endeavours to effect such transfer within 6 months  
         of Closing.   Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be a  
         representation or warranty by any Seller as to compliance with  
         or the obtaining of any Environmental Permit by any Person  
         which is not a Seller or an Affiliate thereof. 
          
                   (d)  The Sellers are not, with respect to the Sale  
         Assets or any of the Container Operations, subject to any ap- 
         plicable Environmental Law requiring the performance of assess- 
         ments, the removal or remediation of Hazardous Substances, the  
         giving of notice to any Governmental Authority or the recording  
         or delivery of an environmental disclosure document or state- 
         ment by virtue of the transactions contemplated by this Agree- 
         ment.   Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be a repre- 
         sentation or warranty by any Seller as to compliance with or  
         the obtaining of any  Environmental Permit by any Person which  
         is not a Seller or an Affiliate thereof. 
          
                   (e)  There is under no Depot Agreement, agency agree- 
         ment, equipment lease, Operating Lease, Sellers' Chassis Lease  
         or any other contract, agreement or commitment, written or oral  
         (including any Commitment), or any obligation whatsoever en- 
         tered into by or binding (other than by virtue of laws, rules  
         and regulations) upon a Seller and relating to the Sale Assets  
         or the Container Operations that does or would require the pay- 
         ment by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates following this  
         Agreement of any costs in connection with any past, present or  
         future release of any Hazardous Substance or any other costs  
         incurred in connection with compliance with any Environmental  
         Standard or Environmental Law. 
          
                   (f)  Under each Operating Lease in respect of Tank  
         Containers the lessee has agreed not to use the Tank Containers  
         for any purpose for which they are not designed or suitable and  
         will ensure that such Containers will be used in compliance  
         with all applicable laws and regulations. 
          
                   SECTION 3.25.  Shareholder Circular etc.  The Share- 
         holder Circular (as hereinafter defined), as amended or supple- 
         mented from time to time,  (including, without limitation, the  
         financial information set forth therein), at the time of the  
         date scheduled for the Shareholders Meeting or any adjournment  
         date (as hereinafter defined), and the Offer (as hereinafter  
         defined) as amended and supplemented from time to time, at the  
         time of the Closing, or if the Closing shall not occur, at the  
         date of termination of this Agreement, will not contain any  
         untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material  
         fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the  
         circumstances under which they were made, not misleading for  
         purposes of United States Federal securities laws. 
          
                   SECTION 3.26.  Disclosure.  None of the information  
         furnished to the Purchaser pursuant to the representations and  
         warranties by the Sellers in this Agreement and the Sellers'  
         Disclosure Letter contains any untrue statement of material  
         fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the  
         information stated therein, in light of the context in which it  
         is made, not misleading.  Each certificate to be furnished by  
         the Sellers pursuant to this Agreement, when delivered, will  
         contain the information required to be stated therein and such  
         information will not include any untrue statement of a material  
         fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the  
         information stated therein, in light of the context in which it  
         is made, not misleading. 
          
          
                   SECTION 3.27.  Statutory Restrictions.  (a)  None of  
         the Sellers has committed or omitted any act or thing in rela- 
         tion to the Container Operations which could give rise to any  
         fine or penalty. 
          
                   (b)  None of the Sellers is nor has been a party in  
         relation to the Container Operations to any agreement, practice  
         or arrangement which in whole or in part  (i)  contravenes or  
         is subject to registration under the Restrictive Trade Prac- 
         tices Acts 1976 and 1977;   (ii)  would or might result in a  
         reference of a "consumer trade practice" within the meaning of  
         the Fair Trading Act 1973 s13 and be liable to reference to the  
         Consumer Protection Advisory Committee under Part II of the  
         said Act;   (iii)  contravenes the provisions of the Trade De- 
         scriptions Acts 1968 and 1972;   (iv)  contravenes any provi- 
         sions of the Treaty of Rome;  or  (v)  contravenes any anti- 
         trust, antimonopoly or anti-cartel legislation or other regula- 
         tions in any jurisdiction. 
          
                   (c)  None of the Sellers is nor has engaged in any  
         anticompetitive practice, as defined in the Competition Act  
         1980, in relation to the Container Operations. 
          
                   (d)  So far as Sellers are aware, no investigations  
         or enquiries by or on behalf of any governmental or other body  
         in respect of the Sellers, the Container Operations or any of  
         the Sale Assets is pending or in existence. 
          
                   SECTION 3.28.  Operations Manuals.  The operations  
         manuals and technical manuals set forth in Part XXII of Exhibit  
         W are true, complete and correct copies of the existing guide- 
         lines and practices adopted and/or applied by the Sellers in  
         the Container Operations, and except as disclosed in Section  
         3.28 of Sellers' Disclosure Letter, the Sellers have not mate- 
         rially departed from the provisions thereof. 
          
                   SECTION 3.29.  Depot Agreements.  The Depot Agree- 
         ments listed in Part XIII Exhibit A are in full force and ef- 
         fect on the date hereof, such list is a list of all Depot  
         Agreements to which the Sellers are parties and the terms of  
         such Depot Agreements provide for (i) free assignability and  
         transferability without the consent of the counterparty thereto  
         and (ii) cancellability without penalty to Sellers upon not  
         more than 60 days notice in the case of Depot Agreements with  
         respect to Dry Cargo Containers and 90 days notice in the case  
         of Depot Agreements with respect to Tank Containers. 
          
                   SECTION 3.30.  Sellers' Receivables.  (a)  Part VI of  
         Exhibit A contains an accurate and complete listing of all the  
         Sellers' Receivables as at the date of the Initial Balance  
         Sheet and Part VI of Exhibit A as of the Closing Date will con- 
         tain an accurate and complete listing of all the Sellers' Re- 
         ceivables at the Closing Date including, without limitation,  
         details of the debtor, amount and age of debt. 
          
                   (b)  At the date of this Agreement there are, and as  
         of the Closing Date there will be, no past or pending disputes  
         with any of the lessees of the Containers or Chassis or other  
         debtor relating to the Sellers' Receivables.   
          
                   (c)  No part of the amount included in the Sellers'  
         Receivables in the Initial Balance Sheet has been, nor will any  
         part of the amount included in the Sellers' Receivables in the  
         Estimated Closing Balance Sheet be released on terms that the  
         debtor or lessee of any Container or Chassis pays less than the  
         full book value of its debts, or is being written off. 
          
                   (d)  None of the Sellers' Receivables is subject to  
         any counterclaim or set-off, except to the extent reflected in  
         the Initial Balance Sheet, the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet  
         or the Final Closing Balance Sheet. 
          
                   (e)  In addition to, and without limiting any other  
         representation or warranty of the Sellers in this Section 3.30  
         relating to Sellers' Receivables, the Sellers further represent  
         and warrant that any Sellers' Receivable accrued pursuant to  
         paragraph 21 of the Applicable Accounting Principles can be  
         validly billed or invoiced to the extent of the accrual there- 
         for.   
          
                   SECTION 3.31.  Affiliate Transactions.  Save as con- 
         templated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Document, as of  
         the Closing Date there shall not be any lease, transaction or  
         other arrangement relating to the Container Operations or any  
         of the Sale Assets with any of the Sellers or any of their Af- 
         filiates or Associates. 
 
                   SECTION 3.32.  Disposal Containers.  Since 18 January  
         1994, the Sellers have not sold or otherwise agreed to trans- 
         fer, directly or indirectly, any Disposal Containers or Dis- 
         posal Chassis. 
          
                   SECTION 3.33  Spacewise Units and Lessees.  The Oper- 
         ating Leases which are in respect of certain duty-paid domesti- 
         cated Containers (the "Spacewise Leases") are listed in Subpart  
         A of Part XXXI of Exhibit A.  Subpart B of Part XXXI of Exhibit  
         A is a true, correct and complete list of all of the lessees  
         under the Spacewise Leases. 
          
          
                                   ARTICLE IV 
         SECTION 4.
                 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER 
          
                   The Purchaser (and, with respect to Sections 4.1,  
         4.2, 4.3 and 4.7 hereof, Transamerica Finance Corporation  
         ("TFC")) hereby represents, covenants and warrants to the Sell- 
         ers as follows: 
          
                   SECTION 4.1.  Corporate Organization.  The Purchaser  
         and TFC are, and as of the Closing Date will be, corporations  
         duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the  
         laws of the state of Delaware. 
          
                   SECTION 4.2.  Authorization, Etc.  The Purchaser and  
         TFC have and, as of the Closing Date will have, full corporate  
         power and authority to enter into this Agreement and (in the  
         case of the Purchaser) the Ancillary Documents to which it is a  
         party and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and  
         thereby.  The Boards of Directors of the Purchaser and TFC have  
         taken all action required by law, their Organic Instruments or  
         otherwise to authorize the execution and delivery of this  
         Agreement and (in the case of the Purchaser) the Ancillary  
         Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the  
         transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and this Agree- 
         ment is, and each of the agreements to be executed by the Pur- 
         chaser at the Closing in connection with this Agreement will  
         be, a valid and binding agreement of the Purchaser enforceable  
         in accordance with its terms.  No other corporate action by the  
         Purchaser, TFC or any of their respective Affiliates is neces- 
         sary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. 
          
                   SECTION 4.3.  No Violation.  Neither the execution  
         and delivery of this Agreement and (in the case of the Pur- 
         chaser) the Ancillary Documents nor the consummation of the  
         transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (i) violate  
         any provisions of the Organic Instruments of the Purchaser or  
         TFC;  (ii) violate or be in conflict with, or constitute a de- 
         fault (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both,  
         would constitute a default) under, or result in the termination  
         of, or acceleration of the maturity of any debt or obligation  
         pursuant to, any material agreement to which the Purchaser or  
         TFC is a party or by which the Purchaser or TFC is bound;  or  
         (iii) violate any statute or law or any judgment, decree, or- 
         der, regulation or rule of any court or governmental authority  
         binding the Purchaser or TFC, except in respect of any anti- 
         trust, competition or similar legislation or regulation and  
         except for such conflicts or violations which would not prevent  
         the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. 
          
                   SECTION 4.4.  Consents and Approvals of Governmental  
         Authorities.  No consent, approval or authorization of, or fil- 
         ing with, any foreign, federal, state or local Government Au- 
         thority is required in connection with the execution, delivery  
         and performance of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Docu- 
         ments by the Purchaser or the consummation by it of the trans- 
         actions contemplated hereby or thereby, except any antitrust,  
         competition or similar legislation or regulation. 
          
                   SECTION 4.5.  Litigation.  There is no material ac- 
         tion, suit, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before  
         any court or governmental or other regulatory or administrative  
         agency or commission pending or, to the best knowledge of the  
         Purchaser, threatened against the Purchaser or any of its Af- 
         filiates which questions or challenges the validity of this  
         Agreement or any of the Ancillary Documents or any action taken  
         or to be taken by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or  
         any of the Ancillary Documents or in connection with the trans- 
         actions by the Purchaser contemplated hereby or thereby. 
          
                   SECTION 4.6.  Consents.  Except for consents and ap- 
         provals required to be obtained from the shareholders, lenders  
         and holders of publicly issued debt securities of the Company  
         or otherwise by the Company or any of its Affiliates (including  
         any of the Sellers), no consent of any person is necessary to  
         the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contem- 
         plated hereby (including, without limitation, consents from  
         parties to loans, contracts, leases or other agreements),  
         which, if not obtained, would prevent the Purchaser from per- 
         forming its obligations under this Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 4.7.  Sufficient Funds.  The Purchaser has or  
         will have sufficient funds to permit the Purchaser to consum- 
         mate the transactions contemplated hereby. 
          
                   SECTION 4.8.  Brokers and Finders.  Neither the Pur- 
         chaser nor any of its officers, directors or employees has in- 
         curred any liability for any brokerage fees, commission or  
         finders' fees in connection with the transactions contemplated  
         by this Agreement which could result in any liability being  
         imposed on the Sellers. 
          
          
                                    ARTICLE V 
         SECTION 5.
                            COVENANTS OF THE SELLERS 
          
                   The Sellers hereby jointly and severally covenant and  
         agree with the Purchaser: 
          
                   SECTION 5.1.  Full Access.  In order that the Pur- 
         chaser may have full opportunity to make such investigations as  
         it shall desire to make of the affairs of the Sellers with re- 
         spect to the Sale Assets and the Container Operations, each  
         Seller will afford to the Purchaser, its counsel, accountants  
         and other representatives full access prior to the Closing Date  
         to the offices, properties and Container Records of the Sellers  
         and their Affiliates and an opportunity to interview management  
         personnel and advisors of Sellers and their Affiliates;  pro- 
         vided, however, that any such investigation shall be conducted  
         in such a manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the op- 
         eration of the Container Operations and the Sellers' other  
         businesses.   Each Seller agrees that no investigation by the  
         Purchaser or its representatives shall affect or be deemed to  
         modify any representations and warranties made in this Agree- 
         ment or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to  
         consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or  
         Sellers' liability for any breach thereof.   Any information or  
         documentation provided to the Purchaser pursuant to this Sec- 
         tion shall be subject to the terms of the Confidentiality  
         Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 5.2.  Consents.  (a)  Each Seller will use  
         best endeavours, prior to the Closing to (i) obtain the con- 
         sents of the owners and lessors under the Sellers' Chassis  
         Leases to the assignment and assumption of such Sellers' Chas- 
         sis Leases to and by the Purchaser, and (ii) obtain all other  
         consents necessary to be obtained by the Sellers under any of  
         the Commitments, Holding Documents or any other matter referred  
         to in Section 8.8.   All such consents will be in writing, and  
         executed counterparts thereof, reasonably satisfactory in form  
         and substance to Purchaser, will be delivered to the Purchaser  
         at or prior to the Closing.    
 
                   (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary and  
         save as expressly provided in any Ancillary Document or in Sec- 
         tion 5.2(c) below, to the extent the assignment of any right or  
         asset to be assigned to the Purchaser pursuant hereto shall  
         require the consent or waiver of any other party, this Agree- 
         ment shall not constitute an agreement to assign any such asset  
         or right without such consent or waiver.   If any consent or  
         waiver (other than in respect of Assumed Secured Financing  
         Agreements) is not obtained, Sellers shall, at their expense,  
         cooperate with the Purchaser in any reasonable arrangement re- 
         quested by the Purchaser and designed to provide for the Pur- 
         chaser the benefit of any such right (and any associated obli- 
         gations), including without limitation a Seller acting as the  
         Purchaser's agent in order to obtain for the Purchaser the ben- 
         efits thereof (and any associated obligations) and enforcement  
         of any and all rights of any Seller against the other party to  
         any contract arising out of the breach or cancellation thereof  
         by such party or otherwise. 
          
                   (c)  Where any of the Holding Documents cannot be  
         transferred, assigned or vested in the Purchaser on the Closing  
         Date the Sellers undertake following the Closing Date to con- 
         tinue to use best endeavours to procure the transfer or assign- 
         ment to or vesting in the Purchaser of all such interest as the  
         Sellers possess in the Overseas Properties by virtue of the  
         Holding Documents (which endeavours shall include the obtaining  
         of any and all consents necessary to effect such transfer, as- 
         signment or vesting) and to the extent that the benefit of any  
         of the Holding Documents cannot be assigned or transferred to  
         or vested in the Purchaser then the Sellers undertake to hold  
         such of the Holding Documents as cannot be assigned, trans- 
         ferred to or vested in the Purchaser in trust for the Purchaser  
         until either (i) the term granted by the relevant Holding Docu- 
         ments expires or (ii) the Holding Documents are (with any con- 
         sents or approvals necessary for same) novated to the Purchaser  
         (whichever is earlier) and in any such case the Purchaser shall  
         from the Closing Date occupy and use the relevant Overseas  
         Properties until the expiry of the term granted by the relevant  
         Holding Documents or until such novation has taken place on the  
         basis that the Purchaser pays all rents, licence fees and other  
         outgoings from the Closing Date if the Sellers cannot obtain  
         any necessary consents or approvals for any such transfer, as- 
         signment, vesting or novation and if any such person having the  
         right to do so requires that any occupational use of any rel- 
         evant Overseas Property by the Purchaser must cease then the  
         Purchaser will vacate the same but shall otherwise have no ob- 
         ligation or liability whatsoever to the Sellers or any other  
         person in respect of any such occupation or use by it (except  
         as to payment of all rents, licence fees and other outgoings in  
         respect of the period after the Closing Date and prior to the  
         Purchaser's vacation of the relevant Overseas Property  as  
         aforesaid).     
          
                   SECTION 5.3.  Supplements to Sellers' Disclosure Let- 
         ter and Exhibit A thereto.   From time to time prior to the  
         Closing, the Sellers will promptly supplement or amend the  
         Sellers' Disclosure Letter with respect to any matter hereafter  
         discovered or arising which, if existing or occurring at the  
         date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set  
         forth or described in the Sellers' Disclosure Letter.   No  
         supplement or amendment of the Sellers' Disclosure Letter made  
         pursuant to this Section 5.3 that is made after the date such  
         representation or warranty is made shall be effective or shall  
         be deemed to cure any breach of any such representation or war- 
         ranty of the Sellers when made in this Agreement.   
          
                   SECTION 5.4.  Covenant to Satisfy Conditions.  Each  
         Seller will use best endeavours, so far as within its respec- 
         tive power and influence, to ensure that the conditions set  
         forth in Sections 8.2, 8.5, 8.8(a) and 8.9, hereof are satis- 
         fied, insofar as such matters are within the control of, or  
         which can be affected by, the Sellers.   Each Seller shall use  
         reasonable endeavours in respect of the Conditions set forth in  
         Articles VII and VIII hereof to which the preceding sentence  
         does not apply. 
          
                   SECTION 5.5.  Certificates.  At the Closing the Sell- 
         ers will furnish the Purchaser with the Sellers' Closing Cer- 
         tificate and solvency certificates from each Seller referred to  
         in Section 1.6(a) (xxiii). 
          
                   SECTION 5.6.  HSR Act and Other Filings.  If ap- 
         plicable, the Sellers shall make any and all filings which are  
         required under the HSR Act or any antitrust, restricted prac- 
         tices, foreign investment or other law of any jurisdiction.    
         The Sellers will furnish to the Purchaser such necessary infor- 
         mation (other than confidential information) and reasonable  
         assistance as the Purchaser may request in connection with its  
         preparation of necessary filings or submissions under provi- 
         sions of the HSR Act or any necessary or, in the Purchaser's  
         reasonable opinion, desirable filings under the laws of any  
         other jurisdiction.   The Sellers will supply the Purchaser  
         with copies of all correspondence, filings or communications  
         (or memoranda setting forth the substance thereof) between any  
         of the Sellers or their representatives, on the one hand, and  
         the Federal Trade Commission, the Antitrust Division of the  
         U.S. Department of Justice or any other governmental agency or  
         authority or members of their respective staff, on the other  
         hand, with respect to this Agreement and any of the Ancillary  
         Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.    
         The Sellers shall use reasonable endeavours to obtain an early  
         termination of the applicable waiting period under the HSR Act,  
         and shall use reasonable endeavours promptly to make any fur- 
         ther filing pursuant thereto that may be necessary, proper or  
         advisable. 
          
                   SECTION 5.7.  Shareholder Circular.  The Company  
         shall within five Business Days of the date of this Agreement  
         mail to its shareholders a definitive shareholder circular,  
         substantially in the Agreed Form (the "Shareholder Circular")  
         together with a form of proxy.   For the purposes of the Break  
         Fee Letter, the Company confirms that the recommendation of the  
         Board of Directors of the Company is given, on the terms set  
         forth in the Shareholder Circular, on and from the date of this  
         Agreement.   The Company shall not publish any amendment or  
         supplement to the Shareholder Circular unless required by ap- 
         plicable law or by the Listing Rules of the London Stock Ex- 
         change (the "Listing Rules") in which case the Company shall  
         provide the Purchaser with drafts of the amendment or supple- 
         ment a reasonable time in advance of its mailing. 
          
                   SECTION 5.8.  Shareholder Approval.  The Company will  
         take all action necessary, in accordance with English law and  
         its Articles of Association, to convene and cause to be held an  
         extraordinary general meeting of its shareholders (the "Share- 
         holder Meeting") within 19 Business Days of posting of the  
         Shareholder Circular to consider and vote upon a single pro- 
         posal (the "Proposal") to approve this Agreement and the trans- 
         actions contemplated hereby and to put the Proposal to a vote.    
         No matters other than approval of the Proposal will be pre- 
         sented to the Shareholder Meeting without the Purchaser's prior  
         written approval.   The affirmative vote of shareholders re- 
         quired for approval of the Proposal shall be no greater than  
         the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes  
         cast at the Shareholder Meeting. 
          
                   The Shareholder Circular will contain (subject to  
         their fiduciary duties) a statement that the Board of Directors  
         of the Company, who have been advised by Morgan Grenfell & Co.  
         Ltd. ("Morgan Grenfell") and Hambro Magan & Co. Ltd. ("Hambro  
         Magan") considers the Proposal to be in the best interests of  
         the Company and its shareholders and recommending that the  
         shareholders of the Company vote in favor of the Proposal and a  
         statement by the Board of Directors of the Company to the  
         effect that the working capital available to the Company and  
         its Affiliates after such sale of the Sale Assets will be suf- 
         ficient for their present requirements.   The Company shall use  
         its reasonable endeavours to solicit from the shareholders of  
         the Company proxies in favor of such adoption and approval and  
         to take all other action necessary or, in the reasonable judge- 
         ment of the Purchaser, helpful to secure the vote or consent of  
         shareholders required to effect the transactions contemplated  
         hereby.   Save as required by court order (which the Company  
         shall use its best endeavours expeditiously to contest), or  
         save as consented to by a representative of the Purchaser, the  
         Company and its Board of Directors shall not take any action to  
         delay, defer or postpone the Shareholders Meeting or to change  
         the proposals relating to this Agreement and the transactions  
         contemplated hereby to be presented to shareholders in any re- 
         spect from those to be contained in the Shareholder Circular  
         when it is first mailed to the shareholders of the Company  
         which could adversely affect the consummation of the transac- 
         tions contemplated hereby.   In the event that the Proposal is  
         not passed when put to a vote on a show of hands, the Company  
         shall procure that the Chairman of the Shareholder Meeting (the  
         "Chairman") shall call for an immediate poll, the results of  
         which shall be announced as soon as possible after the poll,  
         and shall exercise any votes at his disposal in favor of the  
         Proposal on any such poll and against any resolution to adjourn  
         the Shareholders Meeting and otherwise that the Chairman shall  
         exercise any votes at his disposal so as to secure the vote as  
         consent of shareholders required to effect the transactions  
         contemplated hereby as expeditiously as possible. 
          
                   SECTION 5.9.  Mail Payments.  (a)  On and after the  
         Closing Date, each Seller authorizes and empowers the Purchaser  
         to receive and open all mail and to deal with respect to such  
         communications in such manner as the Purchaser may elect to the  
         extent that such communications relate to the Purchaser or the  
         Sale Assets or, if such communications do not relate to the  
         Purchaser or the Sale Assets or the Container Operations, to  
         forward the same promptly to such Seller.   If any communica- 
         tions relate to the Purchaser or the Sale Assets but also re- 
         late to the Sellers, the Excluded Assets or the Excluded Li- 
         abilities, the Purchaser shall promptly notify the Sellers of  
         such communications and provide them with copies thereof.    
         Each Seller shall promptly transfer or deliver to the Purchaser  
         any funds, cash, cheques or other instruments of payment to  
         which the Purchaser is entitled within three days after receipt  
         thereof by such Seller.   The Purchaser shall promptly forward  
         or deliver to the relevant Seller any funds, cash, cheques or  
         other instruments of payment to which such Seller is entitled  
         within three days of receipt thereof by the Purchaser. 
          
                   (b)  Each Seller agrees that the Purchaser has the  
         right and authority to endorse, without recourse, the name of  
         such Seller on any cheques or other evidence of indebtedness  
         received by the Purchaser in respect of any account receivable  
         included in the Sale Assets and each Seller shall furnish the  
         Purchaser such evidence of this authority as the Purchaser may  
         reasonably request. 
          
                   (c)  Each Seller undertakes to procure that on or  
         before the Closing each of the bank accounts of any of the  
         Sellers into which payments are made from time to time under  
         Operating Leases are transferred by the relevant bank abso- 
         lutely to the Purchaser on terms satisfactory to the Purchaser  
         in its absolute discretion. 
          
                   (d)  Each Seller undertakes to procure that any  
         cheques or other instruments of payment representing payments  
         to which the Purchaser is entitled under the terms of this  
         Agreement but which are in the name of a Seller shall be pay- 
         able into one of the bank accounts referred to in Section  
         5.9(c) of this Agreement or another bank account in the name of  
         the Purchaser. 
          
                   (e)  The Purchaser shall assist, to the extent rea- 
         sonably necessary, the Sellers in complying with the undertak- 
         ings contained in Sections 5.9(c) and (d) of this Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 5.10.  Sellers' Receivables.  The Sellers  
         shall supply to the Purchaser full details of the Sellers' Re- 
         ceivables as at the date of the delivery of the Estimated Clos- 
         ing Balance Sheet in accordance with Section 3.30 and as at the  
         Closing Date. 
          
                   SECTION 5.11.  DPP Coverage.  The Sellers covenant  
         and agree that, prior to the Closing Date, unless the Purchaser  
         elects the DPP Option they will purchase the DPP Tail Coverage  
         described in Section 1.8(b) of this Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 5.12.  Bondholder Consents.  The Company  
         shall within five Business Days of the date of this Agreement  
         cause Tiphook Finance Corporation to mail to the holders of its  
         10 3/4% Notes Due 2002, its 8% Notes Due 2000 and its 7 1/8%  
         Notes Due 1998 (collectively, the "Bonds"), an offer to pur- 
         chase substantially in the Agreed Form (the "Offer") and will  
         seek approval of the Supplemental Indenture in the form set  
         forth in the Offer. 
          
                   SECTION 5.13.  Certain Employee Matters.  The Sellers  
         shall procure that, in the event that as at the seventh day  
         prior to Closing there shall be any employees of the Sellers or  
         their Affiliates who are not Employees and who are as at that  
         date engaged in the Container Operations, the Sellers or their  
         Affiliates (as appropriate) shall on that date second any such  
         employee (other than Mr Palmer) to a company not engaged in the  
         Container Operations and shall ensure that any such employee  
         shall not be engaged in any way in the Container Operations at  
         any time prior to Closing.   For the avoidance of doubt this  
         obligation shall apply to any employee engaged by the Sellers  
         and their Affiliates in the Container Operations between the  
         date of this Agreement and Closing without the prior consent of  
         the Purchaser.   The Sellers shall procure no less than seven  
         days prior to Closing that, pursuant to paragraph 1(1) of the  
         service agreement between Mr Palmer and the Company dated 24  
         June 1985 the Company shall, with effect from the Closing, sec- 
         ond Mr Palmer to perform his duties for a company which has not  
         been engaged in the Container Operations at any time prior to  
         the Closing. 
          
                   SECTION 5.14.  Contingency Insurance Policy.  At  
         least ten days prior to the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall  
         notify the Sellers in writing of its desire to take an assign- 
         ment of the Contingency Insurance Policy.   If the notice con- 
         templated by the immediately preceding sentence shall have been  
         given, then at or prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers cov- 
         enant and agree to use reasonable endeavours to assign to the  
         Purchaser their rights under the Contingency Insurance Policy  
         provided, that such assignment can be made without additional  
         expense to the Company.   If the insurer under the Contingency  
         Insurance Policy consents to such assignment, the Sellers shall  
         make claims against such policy up to the amount beyond which  
         an additional premium would be payable under such Policy, and  
         Sellers shall retain any amounts paid under such claims.    
         Thereafter, the Purchaser may, at its option, pay to the in- 
         surer under the Contingency Insurance Policy any additional  
         premiums payable pursuant to the terms thereof and shall there- 
         after become the sole named insured under such policy with the  
         exclusive right to make claims thereunder and to recover  
         amounts payable by the insurer in respect of such claims.   If  
         the insurer under the Contingency Insurance Policy does not  
         consent to the assignment to the Purchaser of such policy, the  
         Company shall cancel the Contingency Insurance Policy and shall  
         pay to the Purchaser one half of any amount received by the  
         Sellers in respect of any such cancellation within two Business  
         Days of receipt of any such amount from the insurer. 
          
                   SECTION 5.15.  PAYE.  The Sellers will furnish to the  
         Purchaser at the Closing Date such particulars as may be neces- 
         sary to enable the Purchaser after the Closing Date to comply  
         with Regulation 80 of the Income Tax (Employments) Regulations  
         1993 (SI. No. 744). 
          
                   SECTION 5.16.  Waiver of Certain Rights Among the  
         Sellers.  Each Seller hereby, with effect from the Closing  
         Date, waives any rights which it may have against any of the  
         other Sellers in respect of any leasing or hire arrangements  
         which it may now or which it may have had in the past in rela- 
         tion to any of the Sales Assets and any such arrangements, to  
         the extent that they now subsist, shall be deemed to have ter- 
         minated with effect from the Closing Date. 
          
                   SECTION 5.17.  Bank Agreement.   Prior to or simulta- 
         neously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the  
         Company and certain of its Affiliates shall execute and deliver  
         the Bank Agreement. 
          
                                   ARTICLE VI 
        SECTION 6.
                           COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER 
          
                   SECTION 6.1.  Covenant to Satisfy Conditions.  The  
         Purchaser will use best endeavours, so far as within its re- 
         spective power and influence, to ensure that the conditions set  
         forth in Sections 7.2, 7.4 and 7.7 hereof are satisfied, inso- 
         far as such matters are within the control of, or can be af- 
         fected by, the Purchaser.   Such efforts shall include cooper- 
         ating with the Sellers in seeking the consent of the lessors,  
         lenders and owners under the Sellers' Chassis Leases to the  
         assignment and assumption thereof as contemplated by Section  
         1.6, including furnishing such lessors, lenders and owners with  
         audited financial statements of the Purchaser, and such offic- 
         ers' certificates, opinions of counsel and other instruments  
         and documents as such lessors, lenders and owners may reason- 
         ably require;  provided, however, that all fees and expenses  
         incurred in obtaining any consents sought to be obtained by the  
         Sellers pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Com- 
         pany, and nothing herein shall require the Purchaser or any of  
         its Affiliates to divest or hold separate or otherwise agree to  
         any limitations with respect to any of the Sale Assets or any  
         of its own operations.   The Purchaser shall use reasonable  
         endeavours in respect of the Conditions set forth in Articles  
         VII and VIII hereof. 
          
                   SECTION 6.2.  Certificates.  At the Closing, the Pur- 
         chaser will furnish the Company with the Purchaser's Closing  
         Certificate. 
          
                   SECTION 6.3.  HSR Act Filings.  If applicable, the  
         Purchaser shall make any and all filings which are required  
         under the HSR Act or any antitrust, restricted practices, for- 
         eign investment or other law of any jurisdiction.   The Pur- 
         chaser will furnish to the Sellers such necessary information  
         (other than confidential information) and reasonable assistance  
         as the Sellers may request in connection with their preparation  
         of necessary filings or submissions under provisions of the HSR  
         Act or any necessary or, in the Sellers' reasonable opinion,  
         desirable filings under the laws of any other jurisdiction.    
         The Purchaser will supply the Sellers with copies of all cor- 
         respondence, filings or communications (or memoranda setting  
         forth the substance thereof) between the Purchaser or its rep- 
         resentatives, on the one hand, and the Federal Trade Commis- 
         sion, the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice  
         or any other Government Authority or members of their respec- 
         tive staffs, on the other hand, with respect to this Agreement  
         or any of the Ancillary Documents or the transactions contem- 
         plated hereby or thereby.   The Purchaser shall use reasonable  
         endeavours to obtain an early termination of the applicable  
         waiting period under the HSR Act, and shall promptly make any  
         further filing pursuant thereto that may be necessary, proper  
         or advisable. 
          
                   SECTION 6.4.  Consents.  The Purchaser will use rea- 
         sonable endeavours to obtain prior to the Closing all consents  
         necessary to be obtained by the Purchaser in connection with  
         the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this  
         Agreement.   All consents will be in writing and executed coun- 
         terparts thereof will be delivered to the Sellers at or prior  
         to the Closing. 
          
                   SECTION 6.5.  Post-Closing Tax and Accounting Mat- 
         ters.  Following the Closing, the Purchaser will furnish to the  
         Sellers such necessary and available information and access to  
         employees of the Purchaser and its Affiliates as the Sellers  
         may reasonably request in connection with tax and accounting  
         matters of the Sellers relating to the Sale Assets and the Con- 
         tainer Operations prior to or after the Closing Date.   The  
         Sellers shall pay all of the Purchaser's out-of-pocket expenses  
         actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such re- 
         quest.   For a period of ten years following the Closing Date,  
         the Purchaser will not destroy any information which is subject  
         to this Section 6.5 without giving at least 60 days' notice to  
         the Company, and, if the Company so requests, within 60 days of  
         receipt of such notice, the Purchaser shall deliver to the Com- 
         pany or to its order, at the Company's expense, such informa- 
         tion intended to be destroyed. 
          
                   SECTION 6.6.  Employees.  (a)  It is understood and  
         agreed that the sale of the Sale Assets pursuant to this Agree- 
         ment is intended to constitute a "relevant transfer" for pur- 
         poses of the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employ- 
         ment) Regulations 1981 so that, upon Closing, the contracts of  
         employment of Employees located in the U.K. and states where it  
         is recognized will be transferred to the Purchaser as provided  
         in such Regulations.   
          
                   (b)  It is understood and agreed that the Purchaser  
         shall, with effect from the Closing Date, be responsible for  
         employing and, in the case of each employee, shall either ex- 
         tend to that employee such contractual and employment benefits  
         as are comparable in the aggregate to those currently offered  
         to employees of Transamerica Leasing Inc. or as are required to  
         be provided under applicable law or, if any employee shall not  
         have been extended any such contractual and employment benefits  
         or shall have been constructively dismissed, shall offer the  
         right to receive the severance payable to them under any em- 
         ployment contract with the Sellers or under applicable law in  
         lieu of the foregoing.   For the purposes of this Section 6.6,  
         constructive dismissal shall mean a material diminution in re- 
         sponsibilities or in base salary of any employee. 
          
                   (c)  All wages, salaries, bonuses or emoluments of  
         any nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, pension  
         contributions and accrued holiday pay) due to the Employees  
         shall be discharged by the Sellers and their Affiliates in re- 
         spect of the period up to the Closing Date (whether or not the  
         same shall fall due for payment prior to the Closing Date), and  
         all necessary apportionments shall be made;  provided, however,  
         that all amounts to be paid by the Sellers pursuant to this  
         Section 6.6 in respect of which amounts (other than amounts  
         with respect to pension benefits) shall have been reserved on  
         the Final Closing Balance Sheet and shall be reflected on the  
         Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement shall be paid by the Pur- 
         chaser on behalf of the Seller to the extent of any such re- 
         serve. 
          
                   SECTION 6.7.  Capital Allowances.  The Purchaser  
         shall not claim or disclaim any capital allowances under CAA  
         with respect to the Containers or Chassis. 
          
                   SECTION 6.8.  Claims in Respect of Available Units.   
         The Purchaser covenants and agrees to use reasonable endeavours  
         to pursue any claims the Purchaser may have against depots in  
         respect of amounts paid to Purchaser from the Repairs Escrow  
         Account and to pay any amounts recovered from any such depots  
         into the Repairs Escrow Account or to Sellers, whichever may be  
         required pursuant to Section 1.4(b)(y).   The Purchaser further  
         covenants and agrees that, pursuant to the request of any  
         Seller, it will assign to any such Seller any rights of recov- 
         ery it may have against any depot in respect of any Available  
         Unit and that any such Seller shall thereupon be subrogated to  
         the rights of Purchaser in respect of any such claim. 
          
                   SECTION 6.9.   Overseas Properties.  From the Closing  
         Date, the Purchaser shall observe and perform all the covenants  
         conditions and obligations set out in the Holding Documents and  
         shall comply with all laws, regulations, obligations, duties  
         and any other matters whatsoever affecting the Overseas Proper- 
         ties and shall indemnify the Sellers against any actions pro- 
         ceedings, costs, claims, demands and liabilities whatsoever  
         arising by reason of any breach, non-observance or non- 
         performance of any such matters provided, that the Sellers  
         shall indemnify the Purchaser against any such liabilities  
         arising by reason of any such breach, non-observance or non- 
         performance by Sellers prior to the Closing Date. 
          
          
                                   ARTICLE VII 
         SECTION 7.
                  CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE SELLERS 
          
                   Each and every obligation of the Sellers under this  
         Agreement to be performed on or before the Closing Date shall  
         be subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing, of  
         each of the following conditions, unless waived in writing by  
         the Sellers. 
          
                   SECTION 7.1.  Representations and Warranties True.   
         Each of the representations and warranties contained in Article  
         IV hereof, the Purchaser Disclosure Letter and in all certifi- 
         cates delivered and to be delivered by the Purchaser to the  
         Sellers or their representatives pursuant hereto or in connec- 
         tion with the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be in all  
         material respects true, complete and accurate as of the date  
         when made and as of the Closing Date as though such representa- 
         tions and warranties were made at and as of such date, except  
         for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific  
         date or time other than the Closing Date (which need only be  
         true and correct as of such date or time). 
          
                   SECTION 7.2.  Performance.  The Purchaser shall have  
         performed and complied with all agreements, obligations and  
         conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or com- 
         plied with by it on or prior to the Closing which, in the rea- 
         sonable opinion of the Seller, are material to the transactions  
         contemplated hereby taken as a whole. 
          
                   SECTION 7.3.  No Injunction, Etc.  On the Closing  
         Date, there shall be no effective injunction, writ, preliminary  
         restraining order or any order of any nature issued by a court  
         of competent jurisdiction or regulatory body prohibiting or  
         enjoining the consummation of the transactions provided for  
         herein, or any material part of them, or any material related  
         transaction or action;  nor shall there be in effect any stat- 
         ute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted  
         by any Government Authority which prohibits or enjoins the con- 
         summation of transactions contemplated herein. 
          
                   SECTION 7.4.  Certificates.  The Purchaser shall have  
         furnished the Sellers with the Purchaser's Closing Certificate. 
          
                   SECTION 7.5.  Opinion of the Purchaser's Counsel.   
         The Purchaser shall have delivered to the Sellers opinions of  
         counsel to the Purchaser, dated as of the Closing Date, sub- 
         stantially in the Agreed Form. 
          
                   SECTION 7.6.  Consents Obtained.  Holders of each of  
         the three series of the Bonds shall have given the requisite  
         consents pursuant to the Offer to approve the Supplemental In- 
         denture, and the Supplemental Indenture shall have been ex- 
         ecuted and shall be in full force and effect. 
          
                   SECTION 7.7.  Other Agreements.  The Purchaser shall  
         have delivered to the Sellers on the Closing Date duly executed  
         counterparts of all of the documents stated in this Agreement  
         to be required to be delivered on or prior to the Closing Date  
         in the Agreed Form. 
          
                   SECTION 7.8.  Payment.  The Purchaser shall have made  
         the payments referred to in Section 1.4(a). 
 
                   SECTION 7.9.  Shareholder Approval.  This Agreement  
         shall have been approved by the shareholders of the Company. 
          
                                  ARTICLE VIII 
         SECTION 8.
                 CONDITIONS TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PURCHASER 
          
                   Each and every obligation of the Purchaser under this  
         Agreement to be performed on or before the Closing shall be  
         subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing, of each  
         of the following conditions, unless waived in writing by the  
         Purchaser. 
          
                   SECTION 8.1.  Representations and Warranties True.   
         Each of the representations and warranties contained in this  
         Agreement, in the Sellers' Disclosure Letter and in all cer- 
         tificates delivered and to be delivered by the Sellers to the  
         Purchaser or its representatives pursuant hereto or in connec- 
         tion with the transaction contemplated hereby shall be in all  
         material respects true, complete and accurate as of the date  
         when made and as of the Closing Date as though such representa- 
         tions and warranties were made at and as of such date, except  
         for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific  
         date or time other than the Closing Date (which need only be  
         true and correct as of such date or time) and except that the  
         representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.1(b),  
         3.14, 3.16, 3.17, 3.20(a), (b), (d), (e) and (g), 3.28, 3.30(a)  
         and 3.33 shall be true, complete and accurate as of the date  
         when made and as of the Closing Date as though such representa- 
         tions and warranties were made at and as of such date, except  
         where the failure of such representations and warranties to be  
         true, complete and accurate shall not have, and could not rea- 
         sonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the  
         financial condition, business prospects or conditions (finan- 
         cial or otherwise) of the Container Operations or in the Sale  
         Assets, taken as a whole or on the ability of the Sellers to  
         consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.   
         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the representations and warran- 
         ties of the Sellers set forth in Section 3.25 of this Agreement  
         need only be true on the date scheduled for the Shareholders  
         Meeting, or any adjournment date, in the case of the Share- 
         holder Circular, or on the date of the Closing or, if the Clos- 
         ing shall not occur, at the date of termination of this Agree- 
         ment, in the case of the Offer. 
          
                   SECTION 8.2.  Performance.  Each of the Sellers shall  
         have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations  
         and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or  
         complied with by it on or prior to the Closing which, in the  
         reasonable opinion of the Purchaser, are material to the trans- 
         actions contemplated hereby taken as a whole. 
          
                   SECTION 8.3.  No Governmental Proceeding or Litiga- 
         tion.  (a)  No suit, action or other proceeding by any Govern- 
         ment Authority shall have been instituted or threatened which  
         challenges the validity or legality of the transfer of the Sale  
         Assets or otherwise challenges any of the transactions (other  
         than any insignificant transactions) contemplated by this  
         Agreement. 
          
                   (b)  It being established, in terms satisfactory to  
         the Purchaser: 
          
                   (i)  that the proposed acquisition of the Container  
         Operations by the Purchaser, or any matters arising from it,  
         will not be referred to the Monopolies and Mergers Commission,  
         and/or 
          
                  (ii)  (a)  that the conditions for prohibition under  
                             section 24 GWB (German Act against Re- 
                             straints on Competition) are not fulfilled  
                             or 
          
                        (b)  that the Federal Cartel Office has not no- 
                             tified the parties within one month after  
                             receipt of the complete pre-merger notifi- 
                             cation in accordance with section 24 a (2)  
                             sentence 1 GWB that it has commenced a for- 
                             mal investigation on the proposed acquisi- 
                             tion, or 
          
                        (c)  that the term for a prohibition of the  
                             transaction in accordance with section 24 a  
                             (2) sentence 1 GWB has expired without a  
                             decision of the Federal Cartel Office. 
          
                   SECTION 8.4.  No Injunction, Etc.  On the Closing  
         Date, there shall be no effective injunction, writ, preliminary  
         restraining order or any order of any nature issued by a court  
         of competent jurisdiction or regulatory body prohibiting or  
         enjoining the consummation of the transactions provided for  
         herein, or any material part of them, or any material related  
         transaction or action, nor shall there be in effect any stat- 
         ute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted  
         by any Government Authority which prohibits or enjoins the con- 
         summation of transactions contemplated herein. 
          
                   SECTION 8.5.  Certificates.  The Sellers shall have  
         furnished the Purchaser with the Sellers' Closing Certificate  
         and with the solvency certificates referred to in Section  
         1.6(a)(xxiii). 
          
                   SECTION 8.6.  Material Change.  From the date hereof  
         to the Closing Date, there shall not be any material adverse  
         change in the assets, liabilities, results of operations, busi- 
         ness prospects or conditions (financial or otherwise) of the  
         Container Operations or in the Sale Assets, taken as a whole  
         (whether or not such change is or has been referred to or de- 
         scribed in the Sellers Disclosure Letter, any supplement  
         thereto or any other document or statement). 
          
                   SECTION 8.7.  Opinion of the Sellers' Counsel.  The  
         Sellers shall have delivered to the Purchaser opinions of coun- 
         sel to the Sellers, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially  
         in the Agreed Form relating to Tiphook plc, Tiphook Container  
         Rental Company Limited, TFS Equipment Leasing Limited, TFS  
         Leasing Limited, Tiphook Financial Services Limited and Tiphook  
         Containers Rental, Inc. 
          
                   SECTION 8.8.  Consents Obtained.  (a)  The following  
         consents shall have been obtained and shall be in full force  
         and effect:   
          
                   (i)    consents from each Tiphook customer under the  
                   lease purchase agreements and lease plan agreements  
                   referred to in paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 of Annexure  
                   3.3(b)a to the Sellers' Disclosure Letter to the as- 
                   signment of the benefit of such agreements to the  
                   Purchaser substantially in the Agreed Form; 
          
                   (ii)   consents from each bank which has given a let- 
                   ter of credit as security for any of the Operating  
                   Leases to the assignment of the benefit of each such  
                   letter of credit to the Purchaser substantially in  
                   the Agreed Form; 
          
                   (iii)  consents from each guarantor which has given a  
                   guarantee in connection with any of the Operating  
                   Leases to the assignment of the benefit of each such  
                   guarantee to the Purchaser substantially in the  
                   Agreed Form;  and 
          
                   (iv)   a consent in the form of a novation from  
                   Leasecon International Inc. to the assignment of the  
                   benefit and burden of the Management Agreement  
                   between Tiphook Container Leasing Company Limited and  
                   Leasecon International Inc. dated July 15, 1983 to  
                   the Purchaser substantially in the form of the  
                   Assignment and Assumption of Management Agreements; 
          
         provided, however, that this condition shall be deemed satis- 
         fied if any failure to obtain consents required to be obtained  
         under this Section 8.8(a) involves less than 3,500 TEU. 
          
                   (b)   Holders of each of the three series of the  
         Bonds shall have given the requisite consents pursuant to the  
         Offer to approve the Supplemental Indenture and the Supplemen- 
         tal Indenture shall have been executed and shall be in full  
         force and effect. 
          
                   SECTION 8.9.  Other Instruments and Agreements.  The  
         Sellers shall have delivered to the Purchaser on the Closing  
         Date duly executed counterparts of all of the documents stated  
         in this Agreement to be required to be delivered on or prior to  
         the Closing Date in the Agreed Form. 
          
                   SECTION 8.10.  Shareholder Approval.  This Agreement  
         shall have been approved by the shareholders of the Company.    
          
                   SECTION 8.11.  Litigation.  There shall not be any  
         suit, action or other proceeding pending or threatened by any  
         person other than a Government Authority which challenges the  
         validity or legality of the transfer of the Sale Assets or  
         challenges any of the transactions contemplated by this Agree- 
         ment or which seeks to obtain from the Purchaser or any Affili- 
         ate thereof damages of any substantial amount in connection  
         with any of the foregoing (whether or not such matter is or has  
         been referred to or described in the Sellers Disclosure Letter,  
         any supplement thereto or any other document or statement). 
          
                   SECTION 8.12.  DPP Coverage.  Unless the Purchaser  
         shall have exercised the DPP Option, on or prior to the Closing  
         Date, the Sellers shall have purchased the DPP Tail Coverage  
         described in Section 1.8(b) of this Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 8.13.  Advisors' Letter.  The Purchaser shall  
         have received a certified copy of an extract from the minutes  
         of the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company held on  
         February 14, 1994 recording the advice of Hambro Magan and Mor- 
         gan Grenfell that the sale of the Sale Assets to the Purchaser  
         is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. 
          
          
                                   ARTICLE IX 
         SECTION 9.
                   CONDUCT OF THE BUSINESS PENDING THE CLOSING 
          
                   The Sellers jointly and severally agree, from the  
         date hereof until the Closing, and except as otherwise ex- 
         pressly consented to or approved by the Purchaser in writing: 
          
                   SECTION 9.1.  Regular Course of Business.  The Sell- 
         ers will carry on the Container Operations diligently and sub- 
         stantially in the same manner as heretofore conducted, includ- 
         ing, without limitation, paying any accounts payable in a man- 
         ner consistent with past practice and continuing historic main- 
         tenance and repair practices, and none of the Sellers shall  
         institute any new methods of purchase, sale, lease, management,  
         accounting or operation or engage in any transaction or activ- 
         ity, enter into any agreement or make any commitment, which  
         would relate to or affect any of the Sale Assets, except in  
         accordance with this Agreement.   The Sellers shall make all  
         necessary reserves and accruals in respect of their repair  
         practices so as to reserve amounts sufficient to repair all Dry  
         Cargo Containers to Standard IICL-4, all Chassis to Standard  
         IICL Guide and all Tank Containers to Standard for Tank Con- 
         tainers, in each case, which are redelivered to depots between  
         the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date.   Notwith- 
         standing any other provision of this Agreement, Sellers shall  
         pay all amounts under, or in respect of, all Sellers' Chassis  
         Leases which relate to any periods through and including the  
         Closing Date when such amounts are due and payable. 
          
                   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  
         none of the Sellers or the Company shall without the  
         Purchaser's prior written consent: 
          
                   (i)  make, or enter into any new agreements or com- 
              mitments providing for, capital expenditures in respect of  
              the Container Operations (including, without limitation,  
              the purchase of dry cargo containers, tank containers or  
              chassis);   
          
                  (ii)  permit or allow any of the Sale Assets to be  
              subjected to any mortgage, pledge, lien or encumbrance,  
              except those referred to in Section 3.5, those existing on  
              the date hereof to the extent listed in Schedule 3.5 of  
              the Sellers' Disclosure Letter and subject to Section 3.5  
              hereof and those arising in respect of obligations to be  
              paid by the Sellers prior to the Closing Date pursuant to  
              this Agreement;   
          
                 (iii)  cause to occur prior to Closing any of the mat- 
              ters or events set out in Section 3.4(b); 
          
                  (iv)  incur any Secured Indebtedness;   
          
                   (v)  sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, or de- 
              clare as a casualty and elect not to repair, any of the  
              Containers or Chassis, other than pursuant to the terms of  
              existing contracts or agreements or Section 1.8 of this  
              Agreement; 
          
                  (vi)  (A) no lease in or hire purchase or commitment  
              to lease in or hire purchase shall be entered into by or  
              on behalf of any of the Sellers with respect to any con- 
              tainers or chassis, (B) no current Operating Lease shall  
              be extended beyond its original term, other than as re- 
              quired pursuant to the terms of such Operating Lease or in  
              the ordinary course of business of the Container Opera- 
              tions and on terms no less favorable to the Sellers, (C)  
              no new Operating Lease or series of Operating Leases with  
              the same party or (to Sellers' knowledge) affiliated par- 
              ties (or renewal of any current Operating Lease) in re- 
              spect of Dry Cargo Containers that carries, or is likely  
              to carry (after such renewal), 500 or more TEU, or any  
              Operating Lease in respect of Tank Containers that car- 
              ries, or is likely to carry (after such renewal), 30 or  
              more units shall be entered into, and (D) no further Con- 
              tainers or Chassis shall be leased to (or otherwise made  
              available to) any lessee listed in subparts A or B of Part  
              XXVI of Exhibit A or to any lessee with respect to which a  
              Bankruptcy has occurred since the date of this Agreement,  
              whether or not such lessee shall be entitled to request  
              the provision of such equipment pursuant to any Operating  
              Lease or other arrangement with any Seller; 
          
                 (vii)  waive or modify any provision of any confidenti- 
              ality or similar agreement entered into by any Seller or  
              the Company with any third party; 
          
                (viii)  modify any current Operating Lease or series of  
              Leases to the same party or (to Sellers' knowledge) af- 
              filiated parties in respect of Dry Cargo Containers that  
              carries, or is likely to carry (after such modification),  
              500 or more TEU, or any current Operating Lease or series  
              of Operating Leases to the same party or (to Sellers'  
              knowledge) affiliated parties in respect of Tank Contain- 
              ers that carries or is likely to carry (after such modifi- 
              cation), 30 or more units;  or 
          
                  (ix)  sell or otherwise agree to sell, directly or  
              indirectly, any Disposal Container or Disposal Chassis; 
          
                   (x)  earmark any Container or Chassis as a Disposal  
              Container or a Disposal Chassis which is not listed as a  
              Disposal Container or Disposal Chassis in Part IX of Ex- 
              hibit A;  or 
               
                   (xi) restore or attempt to restore to the non- 
              disposal fleet any Container or Chassis which is listed as  
              a Disposal Container or Disposal Chassis in Part IX of  
              Exhibit A. 
          
                   SECTION 9.2.  Organization.  Each Seller shall pre- 
         serve its corporate existence and shall use reasonable  
         endeavours to preserve its business organization intact and to  
         preserve for the Purchaser its relationships with licensors,  
         suppliers, distributors, customers and others having business  
         relations with it with respect to the Container Operations and  
         the Sale Assets. 
          
                   SECTION 9.3.  Clear Title.  The Sellers shall take  
         all necessary and advisable actions to ensure that on or prior  
         to the Closing Date, the Security Interests shall be released  
         and discharged or enforceable and irrevocable arrangements sat- 
         isfactory to the Purchaser and its counsel in their sole dis- 
         cretion have been entered into to effect such release and dis- 
         charge;  provided, however, that any Containers or Chassis sub- 
         ject to any Security Interest not released or discharged as of  
         the Closing Date shall become subject to the Management Agree-
         ment for Encumbered Equipment immediately following the Clos- 
         ing. 
 
                  SECTION 9.4.  Employees.  Unless approved in writing  
         in advance by the Purchaser, each of the Sellers and Sellers'  
         Affiliates shall refrain from entering into any new employment  
         contract or new employment arrangements (including, without  
         limitation, hiring new employees) in respect of the Container  
         Operations or giving any increase or permitting any other mate- 
         rial change in the compensation arrangements (including sever- 
         ance, pension, bonus and fringe and other employment benefit  
         arrangements) of the Employees from the compensation arrange- 
         ments as of the date hereof or from terminating (or giving no- 
         tice to terminate) the employment of any Employee, whether or  
         not for cause. 
          
                   SECTION 9.5.  Collection of Debts.  Prior to the  
         Closing Date each of the Sellers shall continue to collect all  
         debts owed to it in a manner consistent with the practices  
         which it applied prior to the date of this Agreement and with- 
         out limitation shall not except in accordance with such prac- 
         tices (or as agreed in writing by the Purchaser) (i) settle,  
         compromise or cancel any debt on terms inconsistent with its  
         normal practices, (ii) offer any debtor or lessee of a Con- 
         tainer or Chassis any discount for prompt or early payment,  
         (iii) refrain or withhold from seeking to collect any trade  
         debt pursuant to the Sellers' normal collection practices, (iv)  
         endeavor to collect trade debts which have been outstanding for  
         periods of less than 90 days ahead of and to the detriment of  
         trade debts overdue for more than 90 days. 
          
          
                                    ARTICLE X 

         SECTION 10.
                             POST-CLOSING TRANSITION 
          
                   SECTION 10.1.  Transitional Services Agreement. Sub- 
         ject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the  
         Closing the Company and an Affiliate of the Purchaser will en- 
         ter into the Transitional Services Agreement.  

         SECTION 11.
                                   ARTICLE XI 
          
                         SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND 
                          WARRANTIES;  INDEMNIFICATION 
          
                   SECTION 11.1.  Survival of Representations and War- 
         ranties.  The representations and warranties made in this  
         Agreement shall survive for two years after the Closing hereun- 
         der other than the representations and warranties set forth in  
         Sections 3.21 and 3.24, which shall survive until expiry of the  
         relevant limitation period under applicable law.   The repre- 
         sentations and warranties referred to in the preceding sentence  
         shall automatically terminate upon the expiration of the ap- 
         plicable survival period, except that if a claim shall have  
         been made for indemnification hereunder in accordance with Sec- 
         tion 11.4 within such period, the representations and warran- 
         ties to which such claim relates shall survive until such claim  
         is disposed of as provided in Article XI, provided such claim  
         is made in good faith by such Indemnified Party.   All cov- 
         enants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive  
         Closing. 
          
                   SECTION 11.2.  Statements as to Representations.  All  
         statements contained herein or in the Disclosure Letters or in  
         the Exhibits thereto delivered pursuant hereto (except as spe- 
         cifically stated) shall be deemed representations and warran- 
         ties within the meaning of Sections 7.1, 8.1, 11.1, 11.3 and  
         11.6 hereof. 
          
                   SECTION 11.3.  Agreement to Indemnify by the Sellers.   
         (a)  Subject to the conditions and provisions herein set forth,  
         the Sellers, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, defend and  
         hold harmless the Purchaser and each Affiliate of the Purchaser  
         and each Associate, director, employee or agent of any of them  
         (an "Indemnified Party") from and against all demands, claims,  
         actions or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, li- 
         abilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation,  
         interest, penalties and attorneys' fees and disbursements, as- 
         serted against or imposed upon or incurred by an Indemnified  
         Party resulting from (i) a breach of any then surviving repre- 
         sentation or warranty of any of the Sellers contained in or  
         made pursuant to this Agreement (other than any such breach of  
         any representation or warranty which refers to the "business  
         prospects" of the Container Operations or the Sale Assets, to  
         the extent such breach is attributable to the "business pros- 
         pects" not being as warranted), (ii) save in respect of the  
         Overseas Properties as set out in Section 6.9 any obligation,  
         responsibility, claim or liability of or against the Sellers  
         (including, without limitation, any indemnification or similar  
         arrangement under any lease), whether known or unknown, contin- 
         gent, absolute or otherwise, existing prior to, on or after the  
         Closing or resulting from actions taken or events occurring  
         prior to, on or after the Closing, other than Assumed Li- 
         abilities, (iii) any claim (including interest, additions to  
         tax and penalties) asserted against an Indemnified Party with  
         respect to any Taxes levied against or relating to the Sale  
         Assets, including the leasing of the Containers or Chassis, in  
         respect of any period ending on or prior to the Closing, or in  
         respect of any Taxation payable by the Sellers or their Affili- 
         ates, (iv) the ownership by the Sellers or any of their Affili- 
         ates of the Sale Assets, including the Owned Containers and the  
         Owned Chassis, and the conduct by the Sellers or any of their  
         Affiliates of the Container Operations other than Assumed Li- 
         abilities, (v) any breach or default by the Sellers (or any of  
         them) or any of their Affiliates of any of their covenants or  
         agreements contained herein or in any Ancillary Document, (vi)  
         any breach of any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit  
         arising out of the Container Operations or any circumstances  
         relating to the Container Operations prior to the Closing Date,  
         (vii) the presence of any Hazardous Substance in, on or under  
         any of the Sale Assets or migrating thereto or therefrom, in  
         any case at or prior to Closing, (viii) (except as referred to  
         in (vii), any acts or omissions, or circumstances existing at  
         or prior to Closing, which give rise to Environmental Concerns  
         in relation to the Container Operations or any of the Contain- 
         ers or Chassis or other Sale Assets or activities carried on  
         from them at or prior to Closing, (ix) any work carried out by  
         or on behalf of the Purchaser which is reasonably required to  
         avoid, mitigate, abate or prevent any Loss which is the subject  
         matter of (vii) or (x), (x) subject to subsection (e) of this  
         Section 11.3, any loss suffered by the Purchaser as a result of  
         any person who is, as at the Closing Date, treated by the Sell- 
         ers and the Purchaser as being a lessee under a valid Operating  
         Lease, not having entered into properly executed lease documen- 
         tation with any of the Sellers, or (xi) any liability or obli- 
         gation to any employee or to any agent of Sellers or any of  
         their Affiliates arising prior to the Closing Date (col- 
         lectively, "Damages") (whether or not any such matter is or has  
         been referred to or described in the Sellers' Disclosure Let- 
         ter, any supplement thereto or any other document or state- 
         ment).   In the event that the Purchaser has a legal claim  
         against any third parties with respect to the Damages claimed,  
         the Purchaser shall use reasonable endeavours to pursue any  
         such rights against such third parties.   If any Damages are  
         paid to the Purchaser pursuant to this Section, the Sellers  
         shall be subrogated to the rights of the Purchaser against any  
         such third party.    
          
                   (b)  The Sellers shall indemnify and keep indemnified  
         the Purchaser and its Affiliates against any claims, demands,  
         orders, damages, awards or judgments for or relating to redun- 
         dancy payments, protective awards, racial or sexual discrimina- 
         tion, wrongful dismissal or unfair dismissal, personal injuries  
         or work-related illnesses, any matter arising out of the Ben- 
         efit Plans or (without limitation) any other breach or claimed  
         breach of contract, in each case, in connection with the em- 
         ployment or former employment of any of the Employees (other  
         than following the Closing Date) or of any employee of any of  
         the Sellers or their Affiliates who is not an Employee:  (i) by  
         the Sellers or their Affiliates or (ii) which relate to or  
         arise out of any act or omission by the Sellers or their Af- 
         filiates prior to the Closing Date;  and expenses reasonably  
         incurred by the Purchaser in settling, contesting or dealing  
         with any such claim referred to in (i) or (ii) above. 
          
                   (c)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this  
         Agreement (but subject always to the Purchaser's ability to  
         claim against sums standing to the credit of the Escrow Ac- 
         counts in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement and  
         this Agreement), Sellers' liability for indemnification hereun- 
         der shall be limited to the aggregate amount paid by the Pur- 
         chaser to the Sellers under this Agreement and to the Escrow  
         Agent under the Escrow Agreement. 
          
                   (d)  For the avoidance of doubt,  (i)  the Sellers  
         and the Purchaser acknowledge and agree that the Sellers shall  
         not be liable for indemnification under this Section 11.3 in  
         respect of (but only to the extent of) any Claim for any item  
         for which an accrual has been made on the Initial Adjusted Net  
         Assets Statement, if made on or prior to the date the Final  
         Purchase Price has been determined in accordance with Section  
         1.4, and the Final Adjusted Net Assets Statement, if made fol- 
         lowing the date the Final Purchase Price has been determined,  
         provided, however, that to the extent that the liability in  
         respect of any item for which an accrual has been so made ex- 
         ceeds the amount of any such accrual, the Purchaser shall not  
         be limited in its ability to seek indemnification for any such  
         excess hereunder and  (ii)  the Purchaser shall not be pre- 
         cluded from asserting claims for indemnification hereunder fol- 
         lowing the date the Final Purchase Price has been determined. 
          
                   (e)  The Sellers shall not be liable to indemnify the  
         Purchaser under subsection (a)(x) of this Section 11.3 (i) to  
         the extent that the loss arises from the non-payment of rent  
         under an Operating Lease;  or (ii) for the costs of repairs to  
         a Container or Chassis to which such subsection (a)(x) applies,  
         provided that the lessee has paid some but not all of the re- 
         pair costs. 
          
                   SECTION 11.4.  Notification Procedure.  In the event  
         of any claim by the Purchaser under this Article XI, the Pur- 
         chaser shall notify the Company in writing of such claim, which  
         notice shall set forth the basis of the claim for Damages and,  
         if then reasonably determinable by the Purchaser, an estimate  
         of the amount thereof, provided that the failure by the Pur- 
         chaser to give such notice promptly shall not relieve the Sell- 
         ers of their obligations hereunder, except to the extent the  
         Sellers are materially prejudiced thereby. 
          
                   SECTION 11.5.  Indemnification Procedure.  The obli- 
         gations and liabilities of the Sellers under Section 11.3  
         hereof with respect to claims for Damages resulting from the  
         assertion of liability by third parties ("Third Party Claims")  
         shall be subject to the following: 
          
                   (a)  Upon notice of any Third Party Claim asserted or  
         imposed upon or incurred by an Indemnified Party, subject to  
         Section 11.5(c), the Sellers will undertake the defense thereof  
         by counsel of their own choosing reasonably satisfactory to the  
         Indemnified Party. 
          
                   (b)  In the event that the Sellers, within 30 days  
         after notice of any such Third Party Claim, fail to notify the  
         Purchaser of their intention to defend or fail to defend within  
         a reasonable time thereafter, the Purchaser or such Indemnified  
         Party will have the right to undertake the defense of such  
         Third Party Claim for the account of the Sellers, jointly and  
         severally, subject to the right of the Sellers to assume the  
         defense of such Third Party Claim with counsel reasonably sat- 
         isfactory to the Indemnified Party. 
          
                   (c)  Anything in the Section 11.5 to the contrary  
         notwithstanding, the Sellers shall not, without the Purchaser's  
         written consent, settle or compromise any Third Party Claim or  
         consent to entry of any judgment (i) which does not include as  
         an unconditional term thereof the release by the claimant or  
         the plaintiff of all Indemnified Parties from all liability in  
         respect of such Third Party Claim or (ii) which includes in- 
         junctive or equitable remedies against the Purchaser or any  
         Indemnified Party. 
          
                   (d)  With respect to any Third Party Claim as to  
         which the Sellers shall have assumed the defense, the Indemni- 
         fied Party shall have the right to participate therein and re- 
         tain its own counsel at its own expense unless (i) any of the  
         Sellers shall have agreed in writing to pay the expense of re- 
         taining such counsel by such Indemnified Party or (ii) the  
         named parties to any such action, suit or proceeding (including  
         impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and one  
         or more of the Sellers, their respective Affiliates and Associ- 
         ates, and representation of such parties by the same counsel  
         would, in the view of the Indemnified Party,  be inappropriate  
         due to actual or potential conflicting defenses, and in either  
         such case, such separate counsel may be retained by such Indem- 
         nified Party at the Sellers' expense. 
          
                   (e)  The Purchaser shall make reasonably available to  
         the Sellers, at the Sellers' expense, any of the personnel of  
         Purchaser reasonably required by Seller in anticipation of,  
         preparation for, or the conduct of, existing or future litiga- 
         tion or other matters in which Sellers are involved. 
          
                   SECTION 11.6.  Agreement to Indemnify by the Pur- 
         chaser.  (a)  Subject to the conditions and provisions herein  
         set forth, the Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and  
         hold harmless the Sellers and each of their Affiliates and each  
         Associate, director, employee and agent of any of them (an "In- 
         demnified Party") from and against all demands, claims, actions  
         or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities,  
         costs and expenses, including, without limitation, interest,  
         penalties and attorneys' fees and disbursements, asserted  
         against or imposed upon or incurred by any then Indemnified  
         Party resulting from (i) a breach of any surviving representa- 
         tion or warranty of the Purchaser contained or made in this  
         Agreement;  (ii) any failure to perform or assume any Assumed  
         Liability;  or (iii) the ownership by the Purchaser or its Af- 
         filiates of the Owned Containers and Owned Chassis and the con- 
         duct by the Purchaser of the leasing of the Containers and  
         Chassis after the Closing, except to the extent resulting from  
         a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement  
         made by Sellers hereunder or under the Ancillary Documents or  
         out of any breach or non-performance on the part of any Seller  
         or Affiliate thereof (save to the extent that the breach or  
         non-performance results directly from a breach or non- 
         performance of the Purchaser's obligations to the Seller) of  
         any agreement, covenant or obligation to which it is a party or  
         by which it is obligated, or out of any failure by the Sellers  
         to comply with any law, rule, regulation or other requirement  
         of Government Authority;  or (iv) any breach or default by the  
         Purchaser of any of its covenants or agreements contained  
         herein or in any Ancillary Document, except to the extent re- 
         sulting from a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant  
         or agreement made by Sellers hereunder or under any such other  
         agreements (save to the extent that the breach or non- 
         performance results directly from a breach or non-performance  
         of the Purchaser's obligations to the Seller) (collectively,  
         "Damages").   The procedures set forth in Sections 11.4 and  
         11.5 shall apply to this Section 11.6, except that the Pur- 
         chaser shall have the rights and obligations of the Sellers,  
         and the Sellers shall have the rights and obligations of the  
         Purchaser, set forth in such Section. 
          
                  (b)  The Purchaser shall indemnify and keep indemni- 
         fied the Sellers and their Affiliates against any claims, de- 
         mands, orders, damages, awards or judgments for or relating to  
         redundancy payments, protective awards, racial or sexual dis- 
         crimination, wrongful dismissal or unfair dismissal, personal  
         injuries or work-related illnesses, any matter arising out of  
         any breach or claimed breach of contract in connection with the  
         employment of any of the Employees (other than prior to and  
         including the Closing Date):  (i) by the Purchaser or its Af- 
         filiates or (ii) which relate to or arise out of any act or  
         omission by the Purchaser or its Affiliates following the Clos- 
         ing Date;  and expenses reasonably incurred by the Sellers in  
         settling, contesting or dealing with any such claim referred to  
         in (i) or (ii) above. 
          
                   SECTION 11.7.  Treatment of Indemnity Payments.  In- 
         demnity payments made by the Sellers to the Purchaser pursuant  
         to Section 11.3(a)(i) shall be treated as a reduction in the  
         consideration for the Sale Assets.   Indemnity payments made by  
         the Purchaser to the Sellers pursuant to Section 11.6(i) shall  
         be treated as an increase in the purchase price. 
          
                   SECTION 11.8.  Limitation on Recovery in Respect of  
         Shareholder Circular and Offer.  (a)  Notwithstanding anything  
         in this Article XI to the contrary, the Purchaser acknowledges  
         and agrees that, from and after the Closing Date (but not prior  
         to the occurrence of the Closing), the Purchaser's right to  
         assert a claim for indemnification under this Article XI or for  
         breach of contract under Article III in either case in respect  
         of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.25  
         of this Agreement shall be limited to those circumstances in  
         which a third party not affiliated with the Sellers has as- 
         serted a Claim against the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates  
         which relates directly or indirectly to the transactions con- 
         templated by this Agreement.   For the avoidance of doubt, the  
         Purchaser and the Sellers agree that the limitations on  
         Purchaser's rights set forth in the immediately preceding sen- 
         tence shall not be of any force and effect unless and until the  
         Closing shall have occurred. 
          
                   (b)  Notwithstanding anything in this Article XI to  
         the contrary, the Purchaser and the Seller acknowledge and  
         agree that, prior to the Closing Date , the damages that the  
         Purchaser may recover in respect of the representations and  
         warranties set forth in Section 3.25 of this Agreement shall be  
         limited to pound sterling 25 million, in the case of any
         misstatement of material fact or omission of material fact in the
         Shareholder Circular or the Offer, as amended or supplemented,
         unless such misstatement of material fact or omission of a
         material fact is intentional, in which case the Purchaser's damages
         shall not be so limited.
          
          
                   SECTION 11.9.  Limitation on Recovery in Respect of  
         Location of Containers Chassis.  Notwithstanding anything in  
         this Article XI to the contrary, the Purchaser acknowledges and  
         agrees that its right to recover Damages in respect of the  
         Seller's representation and warranty in Section 3.5(a) of this  
         Agreement relating to the location of any Container or Chassis  
         as of the Closing Date shall be limited to the Purchaser's rea- 
         sonable costs of locating or finding any Container or Chassis  
         with respect to which such representation or warranty is  
         breached and shall not include any repositioning costs incurred  
         by the Purchaser in respect of any such Container or Chassis. 
          
         SECTION 12.
                                   ARTICLE XII 
          
                 TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT;  CERTAIN PAYMENTS 
          
                   SECTION 12.1.  Methods of Termination.  The transac- 
         tions contemplated herein may be terminated and/or abandoned at  
         any time, but not later than the Closing: 
          
                   (a)  By mutual consent of the Purchaser and the Com- 
         pany; 
          
                   (b)  By the Purchaser (i) on or after 1 May, 1994, if  
         any of the conditions provided for in Article VIII of this  
         Agreement shall not have been met or waived in writing by the  
         Purchaser prior to such date, unless such failure is due to the  
         act or failure to act of the Purchaser, (ii) if the Company  
         fails to, resolves not to, announces that it intends not to, or  
         withdraws or changes in any manner adverse to Purchaser its  
         decision to, recommend to its shareholders approval of the Pro- 
         posal or recommends any proposal inconsistent with the Proposal  
         or such recommendation or the Company fails to convene or fails  
         to cause to be held the shareholders meeting on or before March  
         15, 1994 for the purpose, among other things, of voting on the  
         Proposal, or (iii) this Agreement shall not have been approved  
         by the shareholders of the Company; 
          
                   (c)  By the Company on or after 1 May 1994, if any of  
         the conditions provided for in Article VII of this Agreement  
         shall not have been met or waived in writing by the Company  
         prior to such date, unless such failure is due to the act or  
         failure to act of the Sellers or the Company; 
          
                   (d)  By notice from the Purchaser or the Company, as  
         the case may be, of any material default hereunder by any of  
         the Sellers (in the case of a notice from the Purchaser) or the  
         Purchaser (in the case of a notice from the Company) and the  
         continuance thereof for ten days after notice thereof has been  
         received;  or 
          
                   (e)  By the Purchaser if any representation or war- 
         ranty made by the Sellers in this Agreement, other than those  
         made in Sections 3.1(b), 3.14, 3.16, 3.17, 3.20(a), (b), (d),  
         (e) and (g), 3.28, 3.30(a) and 3.33 if made as of any date be- 
         tween the date hereof and the Closing Date, would not have been  
         true in any material respect if such representation or warranty  
         had been made by the Sellers on and as of any such date pro- 
         vided that the Purchaser may not terminate this Agreement by  
         reason of those representations or warranties in Sections 3.10,  
         3.17, 3.21(a), 3.25 being untrue in respect of the Overseas  
         Properties and the UK Properties or by reason of the represen- 
         tation in Section 3.5 relating to title defects being untrue in  
         respect of the Overseas Properties and the UK Properties.  The  
         Sellers shall have the duty to promptly inform the Purchaser if  
         any such representation or warranty of Sellers herein shall  
         cease to be true in any material respect on and as of any date  
         between the date hereof and the Closing Date. 
          
                   SECTION 12.2.  Procedure Upon Termination;  Effect of  
         Termination.  In the event of termination and abandonment pur- 
         suant to Section 12.1 hereof, written notice thereof shall  
         forthwith be given to the other parties and the transactions  
         contemplated by this Agreement shall be terminated and aban- 
         doned, without further action by the parties hereto, except as  
         provided below.   If the transactions contemplated by this  
         Agreement are terminated and abandoned as provided herein pur- 
         suant to Section 12.1, then: 
          
                   (a)  Each party will redeliver all documents, work  
         papers and other material of any other party (including all  
         copies) relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, pre- 
         pared or obtained after the execution hereof, to the party fur- 
         nishing the same; 
          
                   (b)  All confidential information and documentation  
         received by the Purchaser with respect to the Sale Assets and  
         the Container Operations shall be treated in accordance with  
         the Confidentiality Agreement;  and 
          
                   (c)  No party hereto shall have any liability or fur- 
         ther obligation to any other party to this Agreement except (i)  
         as provided in Section 13.3, (ii) in respect of breaches of  
         this Agreement occurring prior to termination of this Agreement  
         and (iii) if applicable, as provided in the Confidentiality  
         Letter, the Exclusivity Letter (as extended herein) and the  
         Break Fee Letter. 
          
         SECTION 13.
                                  ARTICLE XIII 
          
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 
          
                   SECTION 13.1.  Amendment and Modification.  Subject  
         to applicable law, this Agreement may be amended, modified and  
         supplemented by written agreement of the Sellers and the Pur- 
         chaser at any time prior to the Closing with respect to any of  
         the terms contained herein. 
          
                   SECTION 13.2.  Waiver of Compliance.  Any failure of  
         the Sellers, on the one hand, or the Purchaser, on the other,  
         to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition  
         herein may be expressly waived on behalf of the Purchaser, in  
         writing by its Chairman of the Board, President or any Vice  
         President and, on behalf of the Sellers, in writing by the  
         Chairman or any Executive Director of the Company.   Any such  
         waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such  
         obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate  
         as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or  
         other failure.   The Purchaser's execution of this Agreement  
         shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights or claims of  
         the Purchaser hereunder as a result of any breach or alleged  
         breach by the Sellers or any of their Affiliates of any repre- 
         sentation, warranty or covenant contained herein prior to the  
         execution of this Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 13.3.  Expenses;  Transfer Taxes.  Except as  
         otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, whether or not  
         the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be con- 
         summated, the Sellers agree that all fees and expenses incurred  
         by them in connection with this Agreement shall be borne by the  
         Sellers and the Purchaser agrees that all fees and expenses  
         incurred by it in connection with this Agreement shall be borne  
         by the Purchaser, including, without limitation, all fees of  
         counsel, actuaries and accountants.   The Sellers and the Pur- 
         chaser each agree to pay fifty percent (50%) of any other simi- 
         lar tax payable in the United Kingdom and any sales, stamp,  
         transfer or other similar taxes which may be payable in connec- 
         tion with the execution, delivery and performance of this  
         Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, and sale and transfer of  
         the Sale Assets. 
          
                   SECTION 13.4.  Value Added Tax.  (a)  The Sellers and  
         the Purchaser hereby declare that the sale of the Container  
         Operations and Sale Assets pursuant to this Agreement is the  
         transfer of a business as a going concern for the purposes of  
         section 33 VATA and article 5(1)(a) SPO ("TOGC").   
          
                   (b)  The Purchaser shall be under no obligation to  
         dispute or appeal (or assist in the dispute or appeal by any of  
         the Sellers) to any court or tribunal against any determination  
         of HM Customs and Excise that the transfer is not a TOGC  
         (including without limitation any application for judicial  
         review). 
          
                   (c)  Where notwithstanding Section 13.4(a) the trans- 
         fer of the Sale Assets involves a taxable supply or supplies,  
         all consideration payable by the Purchaser to the Sellers (or  
         any of them) in respect of any taxable supply or supplies under  
         or pursuant to this Agreement shall be inclusive of VAT and  
         subject only to section 13.4(d), the Purchaser shall not be  
         liable on any account whatsoever to pay to the Sellers or any  
         of them any additional amount in respect of VAT.   Nothing  
         herein shall be construed to suggest that VAT is not payable  
         under the Transitional Services Agreement or the Buckingham  
         Palace Road Sub-sub-underlease 
          
                   (d)  If, notwithstanding Section 13.4(a), any of the  
         Sellers issues to the Purchaser a valid and proper tax invoice  
         for VAT purposes in respect of a supply or supplies referred to  
         in (c) above, and the Purchaser actually recovers all or any  
         part of such VAT, the Purchaser will, if and when it is com- 
         pletely satisfied that such recovery is absolute and the ben- 
         efit thereof cannot be withdrawn or otherwise clawed-back in  
         any manner whatsoever), pay to the Sellers or the relevant  
         Seller an amount equal to the VAT as recovered.   The Purchaser  
         shall be under no obligation whatsoever to pursue any recovery  
         in respect of such VAT and shall not be liable in any circum- 
         stances whatsoever if it pursues such recovery but fails to  
         obtain it or the recovery is delayed for any reason.   For the  
         purpose of this clause, VAT shall be treated as recovered on  
         the later of the date upon which the VAT in question is repaid  
         unconditionally by HM Customs to the Purchaser in cash or the  
         date upon which the Purchaser obtains and HM Customs agree that
         the Purchaser is entitled to credit in full for the VAT as in-
         put tax deductible from output tax for which the Purchaser is  
         liable to account and would, but for such input tax, be re- 
         quired to pay to HM Customs.   The entitlement to credit shall  
         not arise at the earliest until 30 days after the end of the  
         prescribed accounting period for VAT purposes for which a re- 
         turn is made to HM Customs claiming the deduction. 
          
                   SECTION 13.5.  Notices.  All notices, requests, de- 
         mands and other communications required or permitted hereunder  
         shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given  
         if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail  
         with postage prepaid or communicated by facsimile transmission  
         (receipt confirmed) or by tested telex: 
          
                   (a)  If to the Sellers, to: 
          
                        Tiphook plc 
                        123 Buckingham Palace Road 
                        London SW1W 9TG 
                        England 
                        Attention:  Company Secretary 
                        Fax No:  071-396-7957 
          
                        with a copy to: 
          
                        Freshfields 
                        65 Fleet Street 
                        London EC4Y 1HS 
                        ENGLAND 
                        Attention:  James Davis 
                        Fax No:  071-832-7001 
          
                        Cravath, Swaine & Moore 
                        825 Eighth Avenue 
                        New York, N.Y.  10019 
                        U.S.A. 
                        Attention:  James M. Edwards 
                        Fax No:  (212) 474-3700 
          
         or to such other person or address as the Sellers shall furnish  
         to the Purchaser in writing. 
          
                   (b)  If to Purchaser: 
          
                        Transamerica Container Acquisition Corporation 
                        100 Manhattanville Road 
                        Purchase, New York  10577 
                        U.S.A. 
                        Attn:  General Counsel 
                        Fax No.:  (914) 697-2526 


                       with a copy to:
          
                        Transamerica Corporation 
                        600 Montgomery Street 
                        San Francisco, California  94111 
                        U.S.A. 
                        Attention:  General Counsel 
                        Fax No.:  (415) 983-4164 
          
                        Berwin Leighton 
                        Adelaide House 
                        London Bridge 
                        London EC4R 9HA 
                        England 
                        Attention:  Daniel P. Rosenberg 
                        Fax No.:  071-623-4416 
          
                        Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz 
                        51 West 52 Street 
                        New York, NY  10019 
                        Attention:  Daniel A. Neff 
                        Fax No.:  (212) 403-2000 
          
         or such other person or address as the Purchaser shall furnish  
         to the Company in writing. 
          
                   SECTION 13.6.  Assignment.  This Agreement and all of  
         the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the  
         benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors  
         and permitted assigns, but neither this Agreement nor any of  
         the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be as- 
         signed by any of the parties hereto without the prior written  
         consent of the other parties, except (a) by operation of law,  
         and (b) that the Purchaser may be substituted, for any or all  
         purposes under this Agreement, by one or more Affiliates of the  
         Purchaser.   If any such substitution shall be made by any Af- 
         filiate of the Purchaser, such Affiliate shall be entitled to  
         such of the rights and shall assume such of the obligations of  
         the Purchaser hereunder as the Purchaser shall provide, pro- 
         vided that the Purchaser shall remain personally liable for the  
         performance of the Purchaser's obligations under this Agree- 
         ment.   The Purchaser shall be liable to the Sellers for any  
         increased out-of-pocket expenses to the Sellers resulting from  
         such assignment. 
          
                   SECTION 13.7.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall  
         be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of  
         England applicable to agreements to be performed wholly within  
         England. 
          
                   SECTION 13.8.  Submission to Jurisdiction.  Each of  
         the parties hereto irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive ju- 
         risdiction of the courts of England, and hereby waives any ob- 
         jections it may have to such jurisdiction on the grounds of  
          
 
         lack of personal jurisdiction of any such court or the laying
         of venue of any such court or on the basis of forum non- 
         conveniens or otherwise.   The Purchaser hereby designates  
         Transamerica Leasing Limited  Roding House, Two Cambridge Road,  
         Barking, Essex, IG11 8NL, England as agent for service of pro- 
         cess.   Each of the Sellers which is not incorporated in the  
         United Kingdom hereby designates Tiphook plc as agent for ser- 
         vice of process. 
          
                   SECTION 13.9.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be  
         executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of  
         which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together  
         shall constitute one and the same instrument. 
          
                   SECTION 13.10.  Headings.  The headings of the Sec- 
         tions and Articles of this Agreement are inserted for conve- 
         nience only and shall not constitute a part thereof or affect  
         in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 13.11.  Entire Agreement.  (a)  This Agree- 
         ment, including the Exhibits hereto, the Sellers' Disclosure  
         Letter, the Purchaser Disclosure Letter and the other documents  
         and certificates delivered pursuant to the terms hereof, the  
         Confidentiality Agreement, the Exclusivity Letter and the Break  
         Fee Letter set forth the entire agreement and understanding of  
         the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained  
         herein, and supersede all prior agreements, promises, cov- 
         enants, arrangements, communications, representations or war- 
         ranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or  
         representative of any party hereto.   The Company agrees that  
         (for itself and on behalf or its Affiliates), after the Closing  
         Date, the Confidentiality Agreement (other than in respect of  
         any information provided thereunder that relates exclusively to  
         operations or financial information of the Company or any of  
         Affiliates which information does not relate to the Container  
         Operations) shall be null and void and have no further force  
         and effect to the extent the Confidentiality Agreement relates  
         to the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates. 
          
                   (b)  The rights and remedies of the Purchaser in re- 
         spect of any breach of any warranty, representation or covenant  
         in this Agreement shall not be affected by the Closing, by any  
         investigation made by or on behalf of the Purchaser or any of  
         its Affiliates into the affairs of the Sellers, the Company or  
         any of their Affiliates, by the Purchaser terminating or fail- 
         ing to terminate this Agreement or by any other event or matter  
         whatsoever except a specific and duly authorized written waiver  
         or release. 
          
                   SECTION 13.12.  Third Parties.  Except as specifi- 
         cally set forth or in Article XI with respect to Indemnified  
         Parties, nothing herein expressed or implied is intended to be  
         construed to confer upon or give to any person or corporation,  
 
          
          
         other than the parties hereto and their successors or assigns,
         any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement. 
          
                   SECTION 13.13.  Bulk Transfers.  The parties hereto  
         agree that they will comply with the bulk transfer provisions  
         of Article 6 of the Uniform Commercial Code in connection with  
         the sale of the Sale Assets to the Purchaser, including, with- 
         out limitation, any requirements relating to notification of  
         creditors of the Sellers or of any other third parties to whom  
         the Purchaser reasonably requests that notice of the Sale As- 
         sets be given. 
          
                   SECTION 13.14.  Joint and Several Liability;  Non- 
         Party Sellers.  All obligations of the Sellers hereunder are  
         joint and several, and may be enforced against any one or more  
         of the Sellers whether or not enforced against any other such  
         party.   In the event that the Company or any Affiliate of the  
         Company which is not a Seller hereunder owns any Sale Assets,  
         the Company agrees that it shall, or shall cause such Affiliate  
         to, perform all of the obligations of a "Seller" hereunder with  
         respect to such Sale Assets and each representation and war- 
         ranty made by the Sellers with respect to a Seller shall also  
         be construed as a representation and warranty of the Company  
         with respect to such Affiliate, as though it were a "Seller"  
         hereunder. 
          
                   SECTION 13.15.  Representative.  (a)  Each of the  
         Sellers undertakes with the Company to take all action required  
         under this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents or which may  
         otherwise be required by the Company in connection therewith. 
          
                   (b)  Each of the Sellers hereby constitutes and ap- 
         points the Company, acting alone, as its true and lawful at- 
         torney to perform on its behalf all acts which by the provi- 
         sions of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents are to be  
         performed by it;  to execute and give on its behalf all no- 
         tices, requests, consents, amendments, designations, receive  
         payments and give receipts, demands and other communications  
         required or permitted to be given by it hereunder or under the  
         Ancillary Documents and to receive on its behalf all notices,  
         requests, consents, amendments, demands and other communica- 
         tions to it hereunder or thereunder;  to exercise all rights  
         hereunder and under any Ancillary Documents on its behalf;  and  
         generally to act for such Seller and on such Seller's behalf in  
         all matters connected with this Agreement and the Ancillary  
         Documents as fully and with the same force and effect as such  
         Seller might act in person.   The powers of attorney granted by  
         the Sellers under this Section 13.15(b) are given by way of  
         security for the obligations of the Sellers under Section  
         13.15(a) and shall be irrevocable in accordance with section 4  
         of the Powers of Attorney Act 1971. 
          
                   SECTION 13.16.  Invalidity.  If any term or provision  
         in this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents shall in whole or  
 
          
         in part be held to any extent to be illegal or unenforceable
         under any enactment or rule of law, that term or provision or  
         part shall to that extent be deemed not to form part of this  
         Agreement or such documents and the enforceability of the re- 
         mainder of this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents shall not  
         be affected. 
          
 
 
                   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Purchaser and TFC have caused
         this Agreement to be duly executed, under hand and the Sellers  
         have caused this Agreement to be executed as a deed and deliv- 
         ered all on the day and year first above written. 
          
          
                                       Sealed with the common seal of 
                                       TIPHOOK plc 
                                       in the presence of: 
                                        
                                       N H SMITH
                                           Director
                                        
                                       C A PALMER
                                           Director 
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                       Sealed with the common seal of 
                                       TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL COMPANY
                                         LIMITED 
                                       in the presence of: 
                                        
                                       C A PALMER
                                           Director 
                                        
                                       N H SMITH
                                           Secretary 
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                       Sealed with the common seal of 
                                       TFS EQUIPMENT LEASING LIMITED 
                                       in the presence of: 
                                        
                                       N H SMITH
                                           Director 
                                        
                                       C A PALMER
                                           Director 
                                        
                                        
                                       Sealed with the common seal of 
                                       TFS LEASING LIMITED 
                                       in the presence of: 

          
          


                                       N H SMITH
                                           Duly authorised 
                                        
                                       C A PALMER
                                           Duly authorised 
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                       Sealed with the common seal of 
                                       TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL  
                                         (AUSTRALASIA) LTD. 
                                       in the presence of: 
                                        
                                       N H SMITH
                                           Duly authorised 
                                        
                                       C A PALMER
                                           Duly authorised 
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                       Executed as a Deed by  
                                       TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL  
                                         (SOUTH AMERICA) LTDA. 
                                       acting by: 
                                        
                                       N H SMITH
                                           Duly authorised 
                                        
                                       C A PALMER
                                           Duly authorised 
                                        
                                        
                                       Sealed with the common seal of 
                                       TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL  
                                         (HONG KONG) LTD. 
                                       in the presence of: 
                                        
                                       N H SMITH
                                           Director 
                                        
                                       C A PALMER
                                           Secretary/Director 
                                        
                                        




                                       Executed as a deed by
                                       TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL S.R.L. 
                                       acting by: 
                                        
                                       N H SMITH
                                           Duly authorised 
                                        
                                       C A PALMER
                                           Duly authorised 
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                       Executed as a deed by 
                                       TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL  
                                         (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD. 
                                       acting by: 
                                        
                                       N H SMITH
                                           Director 
                                        
                                       C A PALMER
                                           Director 
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                       Sealed with the corporate seal of 
                                       TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL INC. 
                                       in the presence of: 
                                        
                                       N H SMITH
                                           Duly authorised 
                                        
                                       C A PALMER
                                           Duly authorised 
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                       Sealed with the common seal of 
                                       TIPHOOK FINANCIAL SERVICES  
                                       LIMITED in the presence of: 
                                        
                                       N H SMITH
                                           Director 
                                        
                                       C A PALMER
                                           Director
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                       TRANSAMERICA CONTAINER 
                                         ACQUISITION CORPORATION 
                                        
                                       By  ANTONY GROSSMAN
                                           Attorney on behalf of 
                                           Transamerica Container 
                                           Acquisition Corporation 
                                        
                                        
                                        
                                       TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION  
                                       (For purposes of Sections 4.1,  
                                       4.2, 4.3 and 4.7 only) 
                                        
                                       By  ANTONY GROSSMAN
                                           Attorney on behalf of
                                           Transamerica Container 
                                           Acquisition Corporation 
 





           AMENDMENT AND SUPPLEMENT TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

           AMENDMENT AND SUPPLEMENT TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
dated March 15, 1994 (this "Agreement"), amending and
supplementing the Asset Purchase Agreement dated February 13,
1994 (the "Asset Purchase Agreement") by and among Tiphook plc,
Tiphook Container Rental Company Limited, TFS Equipment Leasing
Limited, TFS Leasing Limited, Tiphook Financial Services Limited,
each a company incorporated under the laws of England, Tiphook
Container Rental Inc., a Delaware corporation, Tiphook Container
Rental (Australasia) Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws
of New Zealand, Tiphook Container Rental (South America) Ltda., a
company incorporated under the laws of Brazil, Tiphook Container
Rental (Hong Kong) Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of
Hong Kong, Tiphook Container Rental S.R.L., a company
incorporated under the laws of Italy, and Tiphook Container
Rental (Singapore) pte Ltd., a company incorporated under the
laws of Singapore, as sellers, and Transamerica Container
Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as purchaser,
and, as to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.7 hereof, Transamerica
Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation.  Terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the
Asset Purchase Agreement.

           This Agreement sets forth certain amendments and
supplements to the Asset Purchase Agreement under which, subject
to the satisfaction of certain conditions, the Sellers have
agreed to sell, and the Purchaser has agreed to purchase, assets
of the Sellers' container business, including without limitation
dry cargo and tank containers, and tank chassis and related
assets.

           In consideration of the mutual agreements contained
herein, intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

           SECTION 1.  The Asset Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended and supplemented by adding to Article I thereof the
following Section 1.13:

"SECTION 1.13   Further Closing Arrangements.  Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Agreement:

     (a)  On Closing:

(A)  the Sellers shall give a direction in the Agreed Form to the
     Purchaser to make the payments referred to in Parts A and B
     of the payment schedule in the Agreed Form (the "Closing
     Payments Schedule"), and the making of such payments by the
     Purchaser and the receipt of such payments by the relevant
     payees shall discharge the obligations of the Purchaser
     under Section 1.4(b) to pay the Initial Purchase Price to
     the Sellers and to pay the Purchase Price in Escrow to the
     Escrow Agent;

(B)  the Purchaser shall (i) make the payments referred to in
     Part A of the Closing Payments Schedule and (ii) give
     irrevocable instructions in the Agreed Form to its bankers
     for the making (either immediately or as soon as normal
     banking hours for the relevant currency permit) of the
     payments referred to in Part B of the Closing Payments
     Schedule;

(C)  the Sellers shall give (or procure to be given) irrevocable
     instructions in the Agreed Form to their bankers for the
     making (either immediately or as soon as normal banking
     hours for the relevant currency permit) of the payments
     referred to in Part C of the Closing Payments Schedule and
     shall procure that such payments are made and received for
     value on the Closing Date (or otherwise as required by the
     payees).

     (b)   Save for the element of the payments referred to in the
Closing Payments Schedule which relates to the purchase price
payable to third party lessors in respect of those Sale Assets
the subject of finance leases, including the VAT charged (or
purportedly charged)  on such purchase price (the "FL Equipment
Price"), the payments referred to in Section 1.13(a)(B)(ii) shall
be made on behalf of all of the Sellers.  The Purchaser shall not
be liable to the Sellers or to any third party for the late
arrival of the payments referred to in Section 1.13(a)(B)(ii),
provided that the irrevocable instructions in respect of those
payments are given on Closing as required by that Section.  In
the event that any of the payments referred to in Section
1.13(a)(B)(ii) is not received for value on the Closing Date (or
otherwise by the time agreed with the payee pursuant to the
documents in the Agreed Form  relating to certain Sale Assets the
subject of finance leases, hire purchase agreements or charges
(the "Financed Equipment Documentation")), the Sellers shall
immediately pay to the payee any amounts remaining due pursuant
to the relevant Financed Equipment Documentation (including,
without limitation, all interest accrued) and shall indemnify the
Purchaser against all additional costs, claims and expenses
incurred as a result of such late receipt or non-receipt by the
payee.  The Sellers confirm and undertake that the bank account
of Tiphook Finance Corporation numbered 273264.01 with Swiss Bank
Corporation shall have a nil balance immediately before the
receipt of the payment made by Transamerica Container Acquisition
II Corporation into that account and that all funds in that
account, from whatever source, will be transferred to the account
of The First National Bank of Boston for the benefit of Tiphook
Finance Corporation.

     (c)   Notwithstanding Section 1.2(a), the parties agree that
legal and beneficial title to those of the Sale Assets referred
to in Financed Equipment Documentation which are expressed to be
subject to finance leases  (the "FL Sale Assets") shall be
conveyed to the Purchaser by the relevant finance lessors
pursuant to the Financed Equipment Documentation (and not by the
Sellers, but free of any right, title or interest of the
Sellers).  The Sellers shall on Closing deliver or procure the
delivery to the Purchaser of the Financed Equipment Documentation
duly executed by all parties (other than the Purchaser), together
with the invoices for VAT from the relevant finance lessors
selling the FL Sale Assets (such invoices being valid and proper
invoices for VAT purposes assuming all the sales are supplies of
goods in the United Kingdom), in lieu of the Sellers' obligations
to convey legal title to the FL Sale Assets to the Purchaser on
Closing.  The Purchaser shall, where appropriate, deliver
counterparts of such documentation duly executed by the Purchaser
to the Sellers on Closing or as soon as practicable following
Closing (in the case of any documentation to be delivered to the
relevant finance lessors).  The Purchaser acknowledges to the
Sellers that the Purchaser shall not receive legal and beneficial
title free from all liens, charges and encumbrances to those Sale
Assets which are the subject of the Financed Equipment
Documentation until the receipt by the relevant payees of the
payments to be made to them in respect of the particular Sale
Assets pursuant to Section 1.13(a)(B)(ii).  The Purchaser
acknowledges to the Sellers that the Sellers' obligation to
deliver title in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to
those Sale Assets which are the subject of the Financed Equipment
Documentation will be discharged by delivery of the Financed
Equipment Documentation executed as set forth in this paragraph
and (in the case of Sale Assets subject to charges) by the
delivery of such Sale Assets either at Closing or (in the case of
Sale Assets subject to hire purchase agreements) at the time that
the relevant Seller itself acquires title. 

     (d)   For the avoidance of doubt, the FL Sale Assets shall
remain Sale Assets for the purposes of this agreement and,
without limitation:

(A)  they shall continue to be treated as Sale Assets for the
     purposes of the Applicable Accounting Principles; and

(B)  all warranties, representations and indemnities of the
     Sellers relating to the Sale Assets shall continue to apply
     to the FL Sale Assets (but save that reference to the title
     to such assets shall be construed so as to recognise that
     such title is to be conveyed to the Purchaser from the
     relevant finance lessors rather than from the Sellers).

     (e)   The Sellers have agreed to bear the cost of any VAT
charged or purportedly charged in respect of the sale of the FL
Sale Assets to the extent that the Purchaser does not recover it. 
The aggregate amount of the VAT included within the FL Equipment
Price has however been deducted from the amount to be paid to the
Escrow Agent on Closing in respect of the General Escrow Account.

     (f)   The Purchaser shall use all reasonable endeavours to
recover from HM Customs & Excise the VAT paid to the finance
lessors as part of the FL Equipment Price as soon as practicable
and the Sellers shall use all reasonable endeavours to assist the
Purchaser in the making of such a claim for the repayment of such
VAT.  Whilst the Purchaser shall be under no obligation to incur
any costs (unless the Sellers (i) request that costs be incurred
and (ii) advance to the Purchaser the funds necessary to pay such
costs) in seeking recovery or entering into any dispute with HM
Customs and Excise (or any other fiscal authority) or making any
appeal to any court or tribunal in relation to the recovery of
the VAT, the Sellers shall indemnify and keep indemnified the
Purchaser on demand against any reasonable costs, claims and
expenses which it shall in fact incur in seeking recovery. 
Section 13.4(d) shall apply for the purposes of Section 1.13(e)
and (f) in relation to the VAT charged or purportedly charged in
respect of the sale of the FL Sale Assets as it would apply
mutatis mutandis to any VAT charged by the Sellers to the
Purchaser.  Any such VAT recovered by the Purchaser shall be paid
by the Purchaser forthwith into the General Escrow Account and
shall become part of the General Escrow (or, in the event that
the repayment is received after the date on which, pursuant to
Section 1.4(b), the remaining sums held in the General Escrow
Account are to be (or would be, but for the exhaustion of that
account) paid to the Sellers,  such recovered VAT shall be paid
to the Sellers).

     (g)   Each of the Sellers shall procure statutory memoranda
of satisfaction to be sworn in respect of each outstanding charge
appearing as at Closing on the file relating to them maintained
by the Registrar of Companies and which relates (or could relate)
to any of the Sale Assets, immediately on being reasonably
satisfied that the relevant payment referred to in Part B of the
Closing Payments Schedule which is being made to (or to the order
of) the person having the benefit of such charge (a "Discharging
Payment") has been received as required by the relevant Financed
Equipment Documentation with that person (or otherwise that the
charge has been satisfied).  For the purposes of this Agreement,
the Live Charge Release List in the Agreed Form relates payments
to be made to charges in respect of which memoranda are to be
sworn.  The Sellers confirm that, provided that they receive
written confirmation on the Closing Date from the Purchaser's
bankers that they have been informed by the bankers to the
relevant payee that a Discharging Payment has been received, by
the time (or for value) on the Closing Date provided by the
relevant Financed Equipment Documentation, the relevant
memorandum of satisfaction shall be sworn on the Closing Date. 
The Sellers shall file each memorandum of satisfaction with the
Registrar of Companies on the Business Day after it is sworn and
shall on the same day provide evidence of such filing to the
Purchaser.  The Sellers shall immediately on being reasonably
satisfied that all of the payments referred to in Parts A and B
of the Closing Payments Schedule have been received by the
relevant payees deliver to the Purchaser the receipts in the
Agreed Form in lieu of their obligation in Section 1.6(a)(xxix).

     (h) For all purposes of this Agreement, the payment referred
to on the Closing Payments Schedule to be made to the Escrow
Agent at the Closing shall comprise pound sterling 7 million in 
respect of the Repairs Escrow and the balance in respect of the 
General Escrow."

           SECTION 2.  The Asset Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended by making the following amendments to the Sections and
pages referred to below: 

(i)  the definition of "Buckingham Palace Road
     Sub-sub-underlease" and the definition of "Sublease for 123
     Buckingham Palace Road" on pages 6 and 22 respectively shall
     be deleted;

(ii) the words ", the Buckingham Palace Road Sub-sub-underlease"
     in Section 1.3(a)(v) shall be deleted;

(iii)      Section 1.6(a)(xx) shall be deleted and each of the
           following sub-sections in Section 1.6(a) shall be
           renumbered accordingly;

(iv) Section 1.6(a)(xxvi) (as renumbered) shall be amended by the
     deletion of the words "a duly executed Sublease for 123
     Buckingham Palace Road";

(v)  Section 1.6(b)(xii) shall be deleted and each of the
     following sub-sections in Section 1.6(b) shall be renumbered
     accordingly;

(vi) Section 13.4(c) shall be amended by deletion of the words
     "the Buckingham Palace  Road Sub-sub-underlease" and the
     insertion of "any agreement referred to in the Transitional
     Services Agreement" in their place.

     SECTION 3.  The parties acknowledge and agree that the Final
Adjusted Net Assets Statement and the Final Closing Balance Sheet
shall reflect payments and receipts as at midnight on the Closing
Date.  Between the time of Closing and midnight on the Closing
Date, the Purchaser agrees that it shall conduct the Container
Operations consistent with the past practice of the Container
Operations.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Purchaser has caused this
Agreement to be duly executed, under hand and the Sellers have
caused this Agreement to be executed as a deed and delivered all
on the day and year first above written.


Signed as a deed by              )
                                 )
(acting as an attorney) on behalf     )
of TIPHOOK plc in the presence of     )





Signed as a deed by              )
                                 )
(acting as an attorney) on behalf     )
of TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL           )
COMPANY LIMITED in the presence of)





Signed as a deed by              )
                                 )
(acting as an attorney) on behalf     )
of TFS EQUIPMENT LEASING         )
LIMITED in the                   )
presence of                           )






Signed as a deed by              )
                                 )
(acting as an attorney) on behalf     )
of TFS LEASING LIMITED in the         )
presence of                           )





Signed as a deed by              )
                                 )
(acting as an attorney) on behalf     )
of TIPHOOK FINANCIAL SERVICES    )
LIMITED in the presence of            )





Signed as a deed by              )
                                 )
(acting as an attorney) on behalf     )
of TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL INC.      )
in the presence of                    )





Signed as a deed by              )
                                 )
(acting as an attorney) on behalf     )
of TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL           )
(AUSTRALASIA) LTD. in the             )
presence of                           )





Signed as a deed by              )
                                 )
(acting as an attorney) on behalf     )
of TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL           )
(SOUTH AMERICA) LTDA. in the     )
presence of                           )





Signed as a deed by              )
                                 )
(acting as an attorney) on behalf     )
of TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL           )
(HONG KONG) LTD. in the          )
presence of                           )





Signed as a deed by              )
                                 )
(acting as an attorney) on behalf     )
of TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL S.R.L.)
in the presence of                    )





Signed as a deed by              )
                                 )
(acting as an attorney) on behalf     )
of TIPHOOK CONTAINER RENTAL           )
(SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD. in the     )
presence of                           )




TRANSAMERICA CONTAINER
  ACQUISITION CORPORATION




By                         
     Title


EXHIBIT 12
                                
        TRANSAMERICA FINANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                
        COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Years Ended December 31,
                                                  1993        1992         1991      1990       1989
                                                 ------       -----       ------    ------     ------
                                                           (dollar amounts in thousands)

<S>                                           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Fixed charges:                                                                                           
 Interest and debt expense                      $414,556    $459,518    $514,230    $620,626    $659,114
 One-third of rent expense                        18,266      20,095      20,966      22,460      19,670
                                                                                                         
    Total                                       $432,822    $479,613    $535,196    $643,086    $678,784
                                                                                                         
Earnings:                                                                                                
 Income (loss) from continuing operations                                                                  
  before income taxes, extraordinary loss                                                                  
  on early extinguishment of debt in 1993,                                                                 
  and cumulative effect of change in                                                                       
  accounting for post employment benefits                                                                  
  other than pensions in 1991                   $218,238    $283,724   $(123,599)   $181,104    $285,002
 Fixed charges                                   432,822     479,613     535,196     643,086     678,784

    Total                                       $651,060    $763,337    $411,597    $824,190    $963,786
                                                                                                         
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges                  1.50        1.59        0.77        1.28        1.42


</TABLE>



EXHIBIT 23

                           EXHIBIT 23
                                
                                
                 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


 We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements (Form S-3, Nos. 33-40236 and 33-49763) of Transamerica
Finance   Corporation  and  subsidiaries  and  in   the   related
Prospectus of our report dated February 16, 1994, except for Note N,
as to which the date is March 15, 1994, with respect to the
consolidated   financial  statements   and   schedules   of
Transamerica Finance Corporation and subsidiaries included in the
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.



                                                 ERNST & YOUNG

Los Angeles, California
March 15, 1994



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission